Bibliography

This file should contain full bibliographic references for all the books and papers referred to in the online and hardcopy publications of the Darwin Correspondence Project. If you think we have missed something, please let us know.

NB: where there are references to more than one publication by the same author in the same year, these are distinguished here by the addition of “a”, “b”, etc. These may not correspond in all cases with their use in other parts of the website, or in different published volumes of the Correspondence. If you are in doubt about the identification of a particular reference, feel free to email us and ask.

ADB

Allgemeine deutsche Biographie. Under the auspices of the Historical Commission of the Royal Academy of Sciences. 56 vols. Leipzig: Duncker & Humblot. 1875–1912.

AMS

American men of science. J. McKeen Cattell, ed. Editions 1–4, New York: 1906–27.

Abbott, C. C. 1861

Abbott, Charles Compton. 1861. Notes on the birds of the Falkland Islands. Ibis 3: 149–67.

Abich, O. H. W. 1841

Abich, Otto Hermann Wilhelm. 1841. Geologische Betrachtungen über die vulkanischen Erscheinungen und Bildungen in Unter- und Mittel-Italien. Braunschweig.

Accum, Frederick. 1820

Accum, Frederick. 1820. A treatise on the art of brewing, exhibiting the London practice of brewing porter, brown stout, ale, table beer, and various other kinds of malt liquors. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.

Acevedo Moraga, Fernando. 1987

Acevedo Moraga, Fernando. 1987. La Escuela de Minas de la Serena. In La Serena University, edited by Claudo Canut de Bon: 1–18. Chile.

Adams, C. B. 1851a

Adams, Charles Baker. 1851. On the nature and origin of the species of the terrestrial Mollusca in the island of Jamaica. Proceedings of the 4th meeting American Association for the Advancement of Science, held at New Haven, Connecticut, in 1850, pp. 29-32.

Adams, C. B. 1851b

Adams, Charles Baker. 1851. On the value of the shells of Mollusca for the purpose of distinguishing species and higher groups. Proceedings of the 4th meeting American Association for the Advancement of Science, held at New Haven, Connecticut, in 1850, pp. 180-7.

Adams, C. B. 1852

Adams, Charles Baker. 1852. Hints on the geographical distributionof animals, with special reference to the Mollusca. Reprinted from Adams, Charles Baker. [1849--52]. Contributions to conchology. London and New York.

Adams, Henry and Adams, Arthur. 1853–8

Adams, Henry and Adams, Arthur. [1853--]8. The genera of recent mollusca; arranged according to their organisation. 3 vols. London.

Adams, Henry. 1918

Adams, Henry. 1918. The education of Henry Adams. An autobiography. Massachusetts: Massachusetts Historical Society.

Adams, O. F. 1897

Adams, Oscar Fay, ed. 1897. A dictionary of American authors. Boston, Mass.: Houghton Mifflin & Co.

Afzelius, Adam. 1798

Afzelius, Adam. 1798. Observations on the genus Pausus, and description of a newspecies. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 4: 243–75.

Agardh, J. G. 1858

Agardh, Jacob Georg. 1858. Theoria systematis plantarum; accedit familiarum phanerogamarum in series naturales dispositio, secundum structuræ normas et evolutionis gradus instituta. Lund, Sweden: C. W. K. Gleerup.

Agassiz, E. C. C. 1885

Agassiz, Elizabeth Cary. 1885. Louis Agassiz: his life and correspondence. 2 vols. London.

Agassiz, G. R. 1913

Agassiz, G. R., ed. 1913. Letters and recollections of Alexander Agassiz. Boston and New York.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1833–43

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1833–43. Recherches sur les poissons fossiles. 5 vols in 2. Neuchâtel: Petitpierre.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1837

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1837. Upon glaciers, moraines, and erratic blocks; being the address delivered at the opening of the Helvetic NaturalHistory Society, at Neuchâtel, on the 24th of July 1837. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 24 (1837–8): 364–83.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1838

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1838. On the erratic blocks of the Jura. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 24: 176–9.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1839

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1839. Remarks on glaciers. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 27: 383–90.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1840a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1840. Discovery of the former existence of glaciers in Scotland, especially in the Highlands. Scotsman, 7 October 1840, p. [!?pp?]

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1840b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1840. Etudes sur les glaciers. Neuchâtel: Jent & Gassmann.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1840c

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1840. On glaciers, and the evidence of their having once existed in Scotland, Ireland, andEngland. [Read 4 November 1840.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3 (1838–42): 327–32.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1842–6

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1842–6. Nomenclator zoologicus, continens nomina systematica generum animalium tam viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum disposita adjectis auctoribus, libris, in quibus reperiunter, etc. Soloduri.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1842a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1842. The glacial theory and its recent progress. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 33: 217–83.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1842b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1842. On the succession and development of organised beings at the surface of the terrestrial globe; being a discourse delivered at the inauguration of the Academy of Neuchâtel. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 33: 388–99.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1844

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1844.On the classification of fishes. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 37: 132–43.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1845–55

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1845–55. A monograph of the British nudibranchiate Mollusca: with figures of all the species. 7 pts. London.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1846

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1846. On the ichthyological fossil fauna of the Old Red Sandstone. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 41: 17-49.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1847

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1847. Nouvelles études et expériences sur les glaciers actuels, leur structure, leur progression et leur action physique sur le sol. Paris: Victor Masson.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1848

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1848. Nomenclatoris zoologici index universalis, continens nomina systematica, classium, ordinum, familiarum et generum animalium omnium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum unicum disposita,adjectis homonymiis plantarum. 2d ed. Soloduri.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1848–54

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1848–54. Bibliographia zoologiæ et geologiæ. A general catalogue of all books, tracts, and memoirs on zoology and geology. Edited and enlarged by Hugh Edwin Strickland. 4 vols. London.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1849

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1849. On the differences between progressive, embryonic, and prophetic types in the succession of organized beings through the whole range of geological times. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. First meeting, held at Philadelphia, September, 1848, pp. 432–8.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1850a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1850. De la classification des animaux dans ses rapports avec leurs développement embryonaire et avec leur histoire paléontologique. Archives des Sciences Physiques etNaturelles. Supplément à la Bibliothèque Universelle de Genève 15: 190–204.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1850b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolph. 1850. Glacial theory of the erratics and drift of the New and Old Worlds. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 49: 97–117.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1850c

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1850. Lake Superior: its physical character, vegetation, and animals, compared with those of other and similar regions. Boston.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1851a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1851. The classification of insects from embryological data. [Read 1849.] Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 2, no. 6: 1–28.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1851b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1851. Observations on the blind fish of the Mammoth cave. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 11: 127–8.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1851c

Agassiz, Jean LouisRodolphe. 1851. Results of an exploration of the coral reefs of Florida. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Science 2: 262.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1857

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1857. On some young gar pikes from Lake Ontario. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 23: 284.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1857–62

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1857–62. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America. 4 vols. Boston, Mass.: Little, Brown & Company. London: Trübner.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1859a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1859. An essay on classification. London. [Reprint of vol. 1, pt 1, of Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America. 4 vols. 1857--62.]

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1859b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1859. Essay on classification. London. Reprint edition. Edited by Edward Lurie. Cambridge, Mass.:Belknap Press of Harvard University, 1962.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1860

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1860. On the origin of species. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 30: 142–54. [Reprinted in Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6 (1860): 219--32.]

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1863a

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1863. The formation of glaciers. Atlantic Monthly 12: 568–76.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1863b

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1863. Methods of study in natural history. Boston, Mass.: Ticknor & Fields.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1863c

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1863. The Silurian beach. Atlantic Monthly 11: 460–71.

Agassiz, J. L. R. 1866–76

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. 1866–76. Geological sketches. Boston: Ticknor & Fields; J. R. Osgood.

Agassiz, J. L. R. and Vogt, Carl. 1839–42

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolpheand Vogt, Carl. 1839–42. Histoire naturelle des poissons d’eau douce de l’Europe centrale. Pt 2 by Carl Vogt, Embryologie des Salmones. 2 pts. Neuchâtel.

Ainslie, Robert. 1865

Ainslie, Robert. 1865. Discourses delivered in Christ Church, New Road, Brighton. London.

Airy, G. B. 1843

Airy, George Biddell. 1843. Letter from the astronomer royal to the earl of Rosse. Report of the 13th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Cork, Transactions of the sections, p. 62.

Ajasson de Grandsagne, J. B. F. E. 1829–33

Ajasson de Grandsagne, Jean Baptiste François Étienne. 1829–33. Histoire naturelle de Pline. 20 vols. Paris.

Akin, C. K. 1864

Akin, C. K. 1864. The form of heat; being a history of the kinetic theory of heat from 1620 to 1862. The Reader 3: 428–30, 458–60, 523–5.

Albert,W. 1845

Albert, W. 1845. Authentische Thatsachen über die Verjüngung der Kartoffeln aus Samenkörnern, mit Berücksichtigung der unter denselben jetzt herrschenden Krankheiten. Magdeburg.

Albin, Eleazar. 1731–8

Albin, Eleazar. 1731–8. A natural history of birds. 3 vols. London.

Alder, Joshua and Hancock, Albany. 1844

Alder, Joshua and Hancock, Albany. 1844. Report on the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Report of the 14th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at York, pp. 24–9.

Alder, Joshua and Hancock, Albany. 1845–55

Alder, Joshua and Hancock, Albany. 1845–55. A monograph of the British Nudibranchiæ Mollusca: with figures of all the species. 7 pts. in 1 vol. London.

Aldrovandi, Ulisse. 1599–1603

Aldrovandi, Ulysse. 1599–1603. Ornithologiae. De avibus historiae libri . . . cum indice septendecimlinguarum copiosissimo. 3 vols. Bologna.

Alefeld, F. C. W. 1863

Alefeld, Friedrich Christoph Wilhelm. 1863. Über Linum. Botanische Zeitung 21: 281–2.

Alexander, R. C. 1846a

Alexander, Richard Chandler. 1846. Botanical excursion in Lower Styria in 1842. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 17: 457–66.

Alexander, R. C. 1846b

Alexander, Richard Chandler. 1846. Excursions in Upper Styria, 1842. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 18: 94–102.

Allan, Mea. 1967

Allan, Mea. 1967. The Hookers of Kew, 1785–1911. London: Michael Joseph.

Allan, Mea. 1972

Allan, Mea. 1972. Palgrave of Arabia. The life of William Gifford Palgrave 1826–88. London: Macmillan.

Allan, Mea. 1977

Allan, Mea. 1977. Darwin and his flowers: the key to natural selection. London: Faber & Faber.

Allan,Mea. 1982

Allan, Mea. 1982. William Robinson 1838–1935. Father of the English flower garden. London: Faber and Faber.

Allen, D. C. 1949

Allen, Don Cameron. 1949. The legend of Noah: Renaissance rationalism in art, science, and letters. Illinois Studies in Language and Literature 33 (nos. 3 and 4): 1–221.

Allen, D. E. 1969

Allen, David Elliston. 1969. The Victorian fern craze. A history of pteridomania. London: Hutchinson & Co.

Allen, D. E. 1976

Allen, David Elliston. 1976. The naturalist in Britain: a social history. London: Allen Lane.

Allen, D. E. 1980

Allen, David Elliston. 1980. The early history of plant conservation in Britain. Transactions of the Leicester Literary & Philosophical Society 72: 35–50.

Allen, D. E. 1986

Allen, David Elliston. 1986. The botanists. A history of the Botanical Society of the British Isles througha hundred and fifty years. Winchester: St Paul’s Bibliographies.

Allen, D. E. 1987

Allen, David Elliston. 1987. Changing attitudes to nature conservation: the botanical perspective. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 32: 203–12.

Allen, D. E. 1994

Allen, David Elliston. 1994. The naturalist in Britain. A social history. 2d edition. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

Allen, D. E. 1999

Allen, David Elliston. 1999. C. C. Babington, Cambridge botany and the taxonomy of British flowering plants. Nature in Cambridgeshire 41: 2–11.

Allen, H. C. 1954

Allen, H. C. 1954. Great Britain and the United States: a history of Anglo-American relations (1783–1952). London: Oldhams Press.

Allen, Peter. 1978

Allen, Peter. 1978. The Cambridge Apostles. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Allen, William and Thomson,T. R. H. 1848

Allen, William and Thomson, Thomas Richard Heywood. 1848. A narrative of the expedition sent by Her Majesty’s Government to the River Niger, in 1841. Under the command of Captain H. D. Trotter, R.N. 2 vols. London.

Allgemeines Lexikon der bildenden Künstler

Allgemeines Lexikon der bildenden Künstler von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. 37 vols. Edited by Ulrich Thieme and Felix Becker. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann; E. A. Seeman. 1907–50.

Allis, Thomas. 1864

Allis, Thomas. 1864. Notice of a nearly complete skeleton of a Dinornis, presented by Dr. Gibson to the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society. [Read 16 June 1864.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology) 8 (1865): 50–2.

Allman, G. J. 1850

Allman, George James. 1850. On the present state of our knowledge of the freshwater Polyzoa. Report of the 20th meeting of the British Association for theAdvancement of Science held at Edinburgh, pp. 305–37.

Altholz, J. L. 1989

Altholz, Josef L. 1989. The religious press in Britain, 1760-1900. Westport, Conn., New York and London: Greenwood Press.

Altick, R. D. 1978

Altick, Richard D. 1978. The shows of London. Cambridge, Mass., and London: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Alum. Oxon.

Alumni Oxonienses: the members of the University of Oxford, 1500–1886: . . . with a record of their degrees. Being the matriculation register of theuniversity. Alphabetically arranged, revised, and annotated by Joseph Foster. 8 vols. London and Oxford: Parker & Co. 1887–91.

American Philosophical Society 1971

American Philosophical Society. 1971. A letter of Charles Darwin about preparations for the voyage of the "Beagle", 1831. Philadelphia.

Ames, M. L. 1909

Ames, Mary Lesley, ed. 1909. Life and letters of Peter and Susan Lesley. 2 vols. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons. London: Knickerbocker Press.

Anca, Francesco. 1860

Anca, François. 1860. Notes on two newlydiscovered ossiferous caves in Sicily. Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Oxford, Transactions of the sections, p. 73.

Anderson, George and Anderson, Peter. 1834

Anderson, George and Anderson, Peter. 1834. Guide to the highlands and islands of Scotland, including Orkney and Zetland. London.

Anderson, J. A. 1841

Anderson, John. 1841. On the geology of Fifeshire. Prize Essays and Transactions of the Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland n.s. 7: 376–431.

Anderson, P. J. 1889–98

Anderson, Peter John, ed. 1889–98. Fasti Academiae Mariscallanae Aberdonensis. Selections from the records of the Marischal College and University 1593–1860. 3 vols. Aberdeen.

Anderson, Thomas. 1848

Anderson, Thomas. 1848. Case of recovery from a poisonous dose of strychnia; with observations on the tests for the organicalkalies. Monthly Journal of Medical Science 8: 566-74.

Anderson, Thomas. 1860

Anderson, Thomas. 1860. Florula Adenensis. A systematic account, with descriptions, of the flowering plants hitherto found at Aden. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 5 suppl. 1: i–xxiv, 1–47.

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1853

Anderson[-Henry], Isaac. 1853. [Observations on hybridising.] In The book of the garden, vol. 2, pp. 319–22, by Charles Mackintosh. 2 vols. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood & Sons. 1853–5. [Reprinted in Floricultural Cabinet and Florists' Magazine 26 (1858): 60--7.]

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1863

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1863. Crossing strawberries. Journal of Horticulture n.s. 4: 45–6.

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1867a

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1867. On pure hybridization; or, crossing distinct species of plants. [Read 14 November 1867.] Transactions of theBotanical Society [of Edinburgh] 9: 206–31.

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1867b

Anderson-Henry, Isaac. 1867. On the hybridization or crossing of plants. [Read 14 March 1867.] Transactions of the Botanical Society [of Edinburgh] 9: 101–15.

Andersson, N. J. 1858

Andersson, Nils Johan. 1858. Salices Boreali-Americanæ: a synopsis of North American willows. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 4 (1860): 50–78.

Andral, Gabriel. 1829–35

Andral, Gabriel et al. 1829–35. Dictionnaire de médicine et de chirurgie pratiques. 15 vols. Paris.

Andrews, Alexander. 1859

Andrews, Alexander. 1859. The history of British journalism, from the foundation of the newspaper press in England, to the repeal of the stamp act in 1855. 2 vols. London.

Anon. 1860a

Anon. 1860. Review of On the origin of species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 5: 132–43. Reprinted in Darwin and his critics, edited by David L. Hull. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. 1973.

Anon. 1860b

Anon. 1860. [Review of Origin.] Calcutta Review 35: 64–88.

Anon. 1862

Anon. 1862. Mr Darwin’s orchids. Saturday Review 14 (1862): 486.

Anon. 1863a

Anon. 1863. On the relations of man to the inferior animals. Anthropological Review 1: 107–17

Anon. 1863b

Anon. 1863. A report of a sad case, recently tried before the lord mayor, Owen versus Huxley, in which will be found fully given the merits of the great recent bone case. London: n.p.

Anon. 1869

Anon. 1869. Memoir ofW. H. Harvey. London.

Anon. 1957

Anon. 1957. Adam & Charles Black 1807–1857. Some chapters in the history of a publishing house. London: Adam & Charles Black.

Anson, George (a). 1748

Anson, George. 1748. A voyage round the world, in the years 1740–4. Compiled by Richard Walter. London.

Ansted, D. T. 1860

Ansted, David Thomas. 1860. Geological gossip: or, stray chapters on earth and ocean. London.

Ansted, D. T. 1863a

Ansted, David Thomas. 1863. The Ionian islands in the year 1863. London: Wm. H. Allen.

Ansted, D. T. 1863b

Ansted, David Thomas. 1863. On the physical geography of the Ionian Islands. Popular Science Review 2: 458–65.

Appel, T. A. 1980

Appel, Toby A. 1980. Henri de Blainville and the animal series: a nineteenth-century chain of being. Journal of the History of Biology 291–319.

Appel, T. A. 1987

Appel, Toby A. 1987. The Cuvier–Geoffroy debate: French biology in the decades before Darwin. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Appel, T. A. 1988

Appel, Toby A. 1988. Jeffries Wyman, philosophical anatomy, and the scientific reception of Darwin in America. Journal of the History of Biology 21: 69–94.

Apperley, C. J. 1837

Apperley, Charles James [Nimrod]. 1837. Memoirs of the life of the late John Mytton, esq., of Halston, Shropshire . . . with notices of his hunting, shooting, driving, racing, eccentric and extravagant exploits. 2d ed. London.

Arago, D. F. J. 1833

Arago, Dominique François Jean. 1833. On the ground-ice or the pieces of floating ice observed in rivers during winter. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 15: 123–37.

Arbuckle, E. S. 1983

Arbuckle, Elisabeth Sanders, ed. 1983. Harriet Martineau’s letters to Fanny Wedg- wood. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

Arcet, Jean d’. 1794

Arcet, Jean d’, et al. 1794. Rapport sur les divers moyens d’extraire avec avantage le sel de soude du sel marin. Paris.

Archer, William. 1890

Archer, William. 1890. William Charles Macready. London.

Archiac, E. J. A. D. S.-S. 1847–60

Archiac, Étienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de Saint-Simon, Vicomte d’. 1847–60. Histoire des progrès de la géologie de 1834 à 1845. 8 vols. Paris.

Archiac, E. J. A. D. S.-S. 1847–8

Archiac, ÉtienneJules Adolphe Desmier de Saint-Simon. 1847–8. Histoire des progrès de la géologie de 1834 a 1845. 2 vols. Paris.

Argyll, Duke of

See Campbell, George Douglas.

Armstrong, W. G. 1863

Armstrong, William George. 1863. [Presidential address.] Report of the 33d meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, pp. li–lxiv.

Army list

: The army list. London: printed for the compiler of the annual official army list; Her Majesty’s Stationery Office. 1815–1900.

Arnold, R. A. 1864

Arnold, R. Arthur. 1864. The history of the cotton famine, from the fall of Sumter to the passing of thePublic Works Act. London.

Arnott, Neil. 1861

Arnott, Neil. 1861. A survey of human progress, from the savage state to the highest civilization yet attained. London.

Ashworth, J. H. 1935

Ashworth, J. H. 1935. Charles Darwin as a student in Edinburgh, 1825–1827. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 55 (1934–5): 97–113.

Asso y del Rio, I. J. de. 1784

[Asso y del Rio, Ignacio Jordán de]. 1784. Introductio in oryctographiam, et zoologiam Aragoniæ accedit enumeratio stirpium in eadem regione noviter detectarum. [Madrid].

Astley, Thomas. 1745–7

Astley, Thomas. [Publisher]. 1745–7. A new general collection of voyages and travels . . . in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. 4 vols. London.

Atkins, Hedley. 1974

Atkins, Hedley. 1974. Down: the home of the Darwins; the story of a house and the people who lived there. London: Royal College of Surgeons.

Atkinson, H. G. and Martineau, Harriet. 1851

Atkinson, Henry George and Martineau, Harriet. 1851. Letters on the laws of man’s nature and development. London.

Aubuisson de Voisins, J. F. d’. 1814

Aubuisson de Voisins, Jean François d’. 1814. An account of the basalts of Saxony, with observations on the origin of basalt in general. Translated, with notes, by P. Neill. Edinburgh.

Aubuisson de Voisins, J. F. d’. 1819

Aubuisson de Voisins, Jean François d’. 1819. Traité de géognosie. 2 vols. Strasbourg.

Audouin, J. V. 1824

Audouin, Jean Victor. 1824. Recherches anatomiques sur la femelle du Drile jaunatre, et sur le mâle de cette espèce. Annales desSciences Naturelles 2: 443–62.

Audouin, J. V. and Brullé, G. A. 1834–7

Audouin, Jean Victor and Brullé, Gaspard Auguste. 1834–7. Histoire naturelle des insectes, traitant de leur organisation et de leurs moeurs en général, par M. V. Audouin . . . et comprenant leur classification et la description des espèces, par M. A. Brullé. Vols. 4, 5 and 6: Coléoptères. Vol. 9: Orthoptères, Hémiptères. By G. A. Brullé. (No more published.) Paris.

Audouin, J. V. and Milne-Edwards, Henri. 1826

Audouin, Jean Victor and Milne-Edwards, Henri. 1826. Mémoire sur la Nicothoé, animal singulier qui suce le sang des homards. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 9: 345–61.

Audubon, J. J. L. F. 1827–38

Audubon, John James. 1827–38. The birds of America, from original drawings. 4 vols. London.

Audubon, J. J. L. F. and Bachman, John. 1846–54

Audubon, John James and Bachman, John. 1846–54. The viviparous quadrupeds of North America. 3 vols. New York.

Audubon,J. J. L. F. 1831–9

Audubon, John James La Forest. 1831–[9]. Ornithological biography, or an account of the habits of the birds of the United States of America accompanied by descriptions of the objects represented in the work entitled "The birds of America" and interspersed with delineations of American scenery and manners. 5 vols. Edinburgh: Adam Black; Adam & Charles Black.

Augé de Lassus, M. 1861

Augé de Lassus, M. 1861. Analyse du mémoire de Gaetan monti sur l’Aldrovandia, suivie de quelques observations sur l’irritabilité des follicules de cette plante. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 8: 519–23.

Auld, R. C. 1888

Auld, R. C. 1888. The wild cattle of GreatBritain. American Naturalist 22: 498–509.

Aurousseau, M. 1968

Aurousseau, M., ed. 1968. The letters of F. W. Ludwig Leichhardt. 3 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Austen, R. A. C. 1838

Austen, Robert Alfred Cloyne. 1838. On the origin of the limestones of Devonshire. [Read 25 April 1838.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London (1833–8): 669– 70.

Azara, Félix d’. 1801

Azara, Félix d’. 1801. Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des quadrupèdes de la province du Paraguay. 2 vols. Paris.

Azara, Félix d’. 1809

Azara, Felix d’. 1809. Voyages dans l’Amérique méridionale. 4 vols.Paris.

Azuni, D. A. 1802

Azuni, Dominique Albert. 1802. Histoire géographique, politique et naturelle de la Sardaigne. 2 vols. Paris.

Babbage, Charles. 1832

Babbage, Charles. 1832. On the economy of machinery and manufactures. London.

Babbage, Charles. 1837

Babbage, Charles. 1837. The ninth Bridgewater treatise. A fragment. London.

Babington, A. M. 1897

Babington, Anna Maria, ed. 1897. Memorials journal and botanical correspondence of Charles Cardale Babington. Cambridge: Macmillan and Bowes.

Babington, B. G. 1821

Babington, Benjamin Guy. 1821. Remarks on the geology of the country between Tellicherry and Madras. Transactions of the Geological Society of London 328–39.

Babington, B. G. 1830

Babington, Benjamin Guy. 1830. An account of the sculptures and inscriptions at Mahámalaipur. Transactions of theRoyal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and 2: 258–69.

Babington, C. C. 1841–3

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1841–3. Dytiscidæ Darwinianæ; or, descriptions of the species of Dytiscidæ collected by Charles Darwin, Esq., . . . in South America and Australia, during his voyage in HMS Beagle. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 3: 1–17.

Babington, C. C. 1843

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1843. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. London.

Babington, C. C. 1847

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1847. Manual of British botany. 2d ed. London.

Babington, C. C. 1848

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1848. On Anacharis alsinastrum, a supposed new British plant. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 1: 81–8.

Babington, C. C. 1851

Babington,Charles Cardale. 1851. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. 3d edition. London: John van Voorst.

Babington, C. C. 1856

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1856. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. 4th ed. London.

Babington, C. C. 1857

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1857. The Cambridge Ray Club. Cambridge.

Babington, C. C. 1862

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1862. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. 5th edition. London: John van Voorst.

Babington, C. C. 1897

Babington, Charles Cardale. 1897. Memoirs, journal and botanical correspondence of Charles Cardale Babington. Cambridge.

Bachman, John. 1838

Bachman, John. 1838. Monograph of thespecies of squirrel inhabiting North America. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 6: 85–103.

Bachman, John. 1850

Bachman, John. 1850. An investigation of the cases of hybridity in animals on record, considered in reference to the unity of the human species. Charleston Medical Journal 5: 168-97.

Backhouse, James. 1844

Backhouse, James. 1844. A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South Africa. London.

Backhouse, James. 1856

Backhouse, James. 1856. A monograph of the British Hieracia. York.

Baehni, Charles. 1955

Baehni, Charles. 1955. Correspondance de Charles Darwin et d’Alphonse de Candolle. Gesnerus 12 (1955): 109–56.

Baer, K. E. von. 1828–37

Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1828–37. Über Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere. Beobachtung und Reflexion. 2 vols. in 1. Königsberg: Gebrüder Kornträger.

Baer, K. E. von. 1834

Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1834. Das allgemeine Gesetz der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Natur. In Vorträge aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften und der Oekonomie gehalten vor einem Kreise gebildeter Zuhörer in der physikalisch-ökonomischen Gesellschaft zu Königsberg. Königsberg.

Baer, K. E. von. 1835

Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1835. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Fische; nebst einem Anhange über die Schwimmblase. Leipzig.

Baer, K. E. von. 1859

Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1859. Über Papuas und Alfuren. Ein Commentar zu den beiden ersten Abschnitten der Abhandlung "Crania Selecta ex Thesauris Anthropologicus Academiae Imperialis Petropolitanae." Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences naturelles de Saint-Pétersbourg 6th ser. 8: 269–346.

Bagshaw, Samuel. 1851

Bagshaw, Samuel. 1851.History, gazetteer, and directory of Shropshire. Sheffield.

Bailey, E. B. 1963

Bailey, Edward Battersby. 1963. Charles Lyell. Garden City, NY: Doubleday. London: Thomas Nelson. 1962.

Bailey, L. H. and Bailey, E. Z. 1976

Bailey, Liberty Hyde and Bailey, Ethel Zoe. 1976. Hortus third: a concise dictionary of plants cultivated in the United States and Canada. Revised and expanded by the staff of the Liberty Hyde Bailey Hortorium. New York: Macmillan. London: Collier Macmillan.

Baillon, E. H. 1854

Baillon, Ernst Henri. 1854. Sur le mode de fécondation du Catasetum luridum (Lindley). Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 1: 285–8.

Baillon, E. H. 1861

Baillon, Ernest Henri. 1861. Sur l’émission des tubes polliniques des Helianthemum. Adansonia 2 (1861–2): 56–9.

Baillon, E. H. 1876–92

Baillon, Ernest Henri,et al. 1876–92. Dictionnaire de botanique. 4 vols. Paris: Librairie Hachette & Cie.

Baird, William. 1850

Baird, William. 1850. The natural history of the British Entomostraca. London.

Bajot, L. M. 1816–47

Bajot, Louis Marie. 1816–47. Annales maritimes et coloniales, ou recueil de lois et ordonnances royales, réglemens et décisions ministérielles etc. (1834–47 par M. Bajot et M. Poirré.) Paris.

Baker, H. G. 1965

Baker, Herbert G. 1965. Charles Darwin and the perennial flax—-a controversy and its implications. Huntia 2: 141–61.

Bakewell, Robert (b). 1813

Bakewell, Robert. 1813. An introduction to geology, illustrative of the general structure of the earth. London.

Balfour, J. H. 1845

Balfour, John Hutton. 1845. Account of a botanical excursion to Ailsa Crag, in July, 1844. Phytologist 2, pt 1:257–63.

Balfour, J. H. 1849

Balfour, John Hutton. 1849. A manual of botany; being an introduction to the study of the structure, physiology, and classification of plants. London: John Joseph Griffin & Co. Glasgow: Richard Griffin & Co.

Balfour, J. H. 1852–4

Balfour, John Hutton. 1852–4. Class book of botany: being an introduction to the study of the vegetable kingdom. 2 pts. Edinburgh.

Balfour, J. H. 1873

Balfour, John Hutton. 1873. Obituary notice of Thomas Anderson, MD, FLS. Transactions of the Botanical Society [of Edinburgh] 11: 41–5.

Balfour, J. H. 1882

Balfour, John Hutton. 1882. Obituary notice of Charles Robert Darwin. Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 14: 284–8.

Banks,M. R. 1971

Banks, M. R. 1971. A Darwin manuscript on Hobart Town. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 105: 5–19.

Banting, William. 1863

Banting, William. 1863. Letter on corpulence, addressed to the public. 2d edition. London: Harrison & Sons.

Barber, Lynn. 1980

Barber, Lynn. 1980. The heyday of natural history, 1820–1870. London: Jonathan Cape.

Barbieri, Alberto. 1973

Barbieri, Alberto. 1973. Modenesi da ricordare. Modena, Italy: Società Tipograpfica Editrice Modenese, Mucchi.

Barbot, Jean. 1732

Barbot, John. 1732. A description of the coasts of North and South Guinea; and of Ethiopia Inferior, vulgarly Angola: being a new and accurate account of the western maritime countries of Africa. Vol. 5 of Churchill, Awnsham, A collection of voyages and travels. London.

Barlow, Nora. 1933

Barlow, Nora,ed. 1933. Charles Darwin’s diary of the voyage of HMS ""Beagle"". Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Barlow, Nora. 1963

Barlow, Nora, ed. 1963. Darwin’s ornithological notes. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History). Historical series 2 (1959–63): 203–78.

Barlow, Nora. 1967

Barlow, Nora, ed. 1967. Darwin and Henslow. The growth of an idea. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press.

Barnes, D. G. 1930

Barnes, Donald Grove. 1930. A history of the English corn laws from 1600–1846. London: George Routledge.

Barnes, J. J. 1964

Barnes, James John. 1964. Free trade in books: a study ofthe London book trade since 1800. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Barnett, J. A. 1990

Barnett, James Arthur, et al. 1990. Yeasts: characteristics and identification. 2d edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Barnhart, J. H. 1965

Barnhart, John Hendley, comp. 1965. Biographical notes upon botanists . . . maintained in the New York Botanical Garden Library. 3 vols. Boston, Mass.: G. K. Hall.

Barnéoud, F. M. 1846

Barnéoud, François Marius. 1846. Mémoire sur le développement de l’ovule, de l’embryon et des corolles anomales. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Botanique 3d ser. 6: 268–96.

Barr, E. S. 1973

Barr, E. Scott. 1973. An index to biographical fragments in unspecialized scientific journals. Alabama.

Barrande, Joachim. 1852–1911

Barrande, Joachim. 1852–1911. Systême silurien du centre de la Bohême. 8 vols. in 29. Prague.

Barrett, C. R. B. 1893

Barrett, Charles Raymond Booth. 1893. The Trinity House of Deptford Strond. London.

Barrett, P. H. (date?)

Barrett, Paul H., ed. [date?]. Notebooks M, N; Edinburgh notebook (zoological notes); Old & useless notes;Questions & experiments. Barrett, P. H. and Smith, S., eds. Glen Roy notebook. Herbert, S., ed. Red notebook; Notebook A. Kohn, D., ed. Notebooks B, C, D, E; Torn-apart notebook; Summer 1842 notebook.

Barrett, P. H. 1960

Barrett, Paul H. 1960. A transcription of Darwin’s first notebook on "Transmutation of Species". Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College 122: 247– 96.

Barrett, P. H. 1973

Barrett, Paul H. 1973. Darwin’s gigantic blunder. Journal of Geological Education 21: 19–28.

Barrett, P. H. 1974

Barrett, Paul H. 1974. The Sedgwick–Darwin geologic tour of North Wales. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 118: 146-64.

Barrett, P. H. 1977

Barrett, P. H., ed. 1977. The collected papers of Charles Darwin. 2 vols. Chicago.

Barrett, P. H. 1980

Barrett, Paul H. 1980. Metaphysics, materialism, and the evolution of mind. Early writings of Charles Darwin. With a commentary by Howard E. Gruber. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Barrett, P. H. and Corcos, A. F. 1972

Barrett, Paul H. and Corcos, Alain F. 1972. A letter from Alexander Humboldt to Charles Darwin. Journal of the History of Medicine and Allied Sciences 27: 159–72.

Barrow, John. 1818

Barrow, John. 1818. A chronological history of voyages into the Arctic regions (1818): undertaken chiefly for the purpose of discovering a north-east, north-west or polar passage between the Atlantic and Pacific. London. Reprint edition. Devon: South Devon House. 1971.

Barrow, John. 1831

Barrow, John. 1831. The eventful history of the mutiny and piratical seizure of HMS Bounty: its causes and consequences. London. Reprint, edited and introduced by StephenW. Roskill, 1976. London: The Folio Society.

Barry, Martin. 1838

Barry, Martin. 1838. Researches in embryology. First series. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, pp. 301-41.

Barth, Heinrich. 1857–8

Barth, Heinrich. 1857–8. Travels and discoveries in North and Central Africa: being a journal of an expedition undertaken under the auspices of HBM’s government, in the years 1849–1855. 5 vols. London.

Bartholomew, John. 1864

Bartholomew, John. [1864?] Philips’ atlas of Australia, including a general map of the world; a series of maps, constructed from the latest and best authorities. Edited by William Hughes. London and Liverpool.

Bartholomew, John. nd

Bartholomew, John. n.d. The survey gazetteer of the British Isles including summary of 1951 census. 9th ed. (reprint). Edinburgh: John Bartholomew & Son.

Bartholomew, M. J. 1973

Bartholomew, Michael. 1973. Lyell and evolution: an account of Lyell’s response to the prospect of an evolutionary ancestry for man. British Journal for the History of Science 6 (1972–3): 261–303.

Bartholomew, M. J. 1975

Bartholomew, Michael. 1975. Huxley’s defence of Darwin. Annals of Science 32: 525–35.

Bartholomew, M. J. 1975–6

Bartholomew, M. J. 1975–6. The award of the Copley Medal to Charles Darwin. Notes and Records of the Royal Society 30: 209–18.

Bartholomew, M. J. 1976

Bartholomew, Michael. 1976. The non-progress of non-progression: two responses to Lyell’s doctrine. British Journal for the History of Science 9: 166–74.

Bartlett, Edward. 1871

Bartlett, Edward. 1871. Notes on the monkeys of eastern Peru. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1871): 217–20.

Bartlett, Edward. 1900

Bartlett, Edward, ed. 1900.Bartlett’s life among wild beasts in the "zoo" . . . by A. D. Bartlett. London: Chapman and Hall.

Bartlett, H. H. 1940

Bartlett, Harley Harris. 1940. The reports of the Wilkes Expedition, and the work of the specialists in science. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 82: 601-705.

Bartley, Mary. 1992

Bartley, Mary. 1992. Darwin and domestication: studies on inheritance. Journal of the History of Biology 25: 307–33.

Barton, B. S. 1806

Barton, Benjamin Smith. 1806. Memorandum on a new vegetable muscipula. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 6: 79–82.

Barton, B. S. 1809

Barton, Benjamin Smith. 1809. Specimen of a geographical view of the trees and shrubs, and many of the herbaceous plants of North-America. Philadelphia.

Barton, Ruth. 1998

Barton, Ruth. 1998. "Huxley, Lubbock, and Half a Dozen Others": professionalsand gentlemen in the formation of the X Club, 1851–1864. Isis 89: 410–44.

Bartram, William. 1791

Bartram, William. 1791. Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida, the Cherokee country . . . containing an account of the soil and natural productions of those regions. Philadelphia.

Basalla, G. 1963

Basalla, G. 1963. The voyage of the Beagle without Darwin. Mariner’s Mirror 49: 42- -8.

Bastian, H. C. 1864

Bastian, Henry Charlton. 1864. Monograph on the Anguillulidæ, or free nematoids, marine, land and freshwater, with descriptions of 100 new species. [Read 1 December 1864.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 25 (1865–6): 73–184.

Bate, C. S. 1849

Bate, Charles Spence. 1849. Notes on the boring of marine animals. Report of the 19th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held atBirmingham, Transactions of the sections, pp. 73–5.

Bate, C. S. 1851

Bate, Charles Spence. 1851. On the development of the Cirripedia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 8: 324–32.

Bate, C. S. 1852

Bate, Charles Spence. 1852. On some Crustacea dredged by Mr Barlee in the Shetlands. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 10: 356–7.

Bate, C. S. 1855

Bate, Charles Spence. 1855. On the homologies of the carapace and on the structure and function of the antennæ in Crustacea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 16: 36–46.

Bate, C. S. 1863

Bate, Charles Spence. 1863. Presidential address. [Read 29 July 1863.] Report of the Second Meeting of the Devonshire Association for the Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art, held at Plymouth (1863): 9–30.

Bate, C. S. and Westwood, J. O. 1863–8

Bate, Charles Spenceand Westwood, John Obadiah. 1863–8. A history of the British sessile-eyed Crustacea. 2 vols. London.

Bateman, James. 1843

Bateman, James. [1843.] The Orchidaceæ of Mexico & Guatemala. London.

Bates, H. W. 1857

Bates, Henry Walter. 1857. Notes on South American butterflies. [Read 7 September 1857.] Transactions of the Entomological Society of London n.s. 5 (1858–61): 1–11.

Bates, H. W. 1860

Bates, Henry Walter. 1860. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon valley. Diurnal Lepidoptera. [Read 5 March and 24 November 1860.] Transactions of the Entomological Society of London n.s. 5 (1858–61): 223–8, 335–61.

Bates, H. W. 1861

Bates, Henry Walter. 1861. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon valley. Lepidoptera: Heliconidæ. [Read 21 November 1861.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23 (1860–2): 495–566.

Bates, H. W. 1862

Bates, Henry Walter. 1862. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon valley. Coleoptera: Longicornes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 9: 117–24, 396–405, 446–58.

Bates, H. W. 1863

Bates, Henry Walter. 1863. The naturalist on the River Amazons. A record of adventures, habits of animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and aspects of nature under the equator, during eleven years of travel. 2 vols. London: John Murray.

Bates, H. W. 1864a

Bates, Henry Walter. 1864. The naturalist on the River Amazons. A record of adventures, habits of animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and aspects of nature under the equator, during eleven years of travel. 2d edition. London: J. Murray

Bates, H. W. 1864b

[Bates, Henry Walter.] 1864. South African butterflies. [Review of Trimen 1862.] Natural History Review n.s. 4: 220–3.

Bates, H. W. 1886–90

Bates, Henry Walter. 1886–90. Pectinicornia and Lamellicornia. Vol. 2, pt 2 of Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera, edited by Frederick Ducane Goodman and Osbert Salvin. 7 vols. London: R. H. Porter; Dulau & Co. 1881–99.

Bates, H. W. 1892

Bates, Henry Walter. 1892. The naturalist on the River Amazons. A record of adventures, habits of animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and aspects of nature under the equator, during eleven years of travel. With a memoir of the author by Edward Clodd. Reprint of the first edition. London: John Murray.

Bates, H. W. and Smith, Frederick (a). 1855

Bates, Henry Walter and Smith, Frederick. 1855. Descriptions of some species of Brazilian ants belonging to the genera Pseudomyrma, Eciton and Myrmica (with observations on their economy). [Read 1 January 1855.] Transactions of the Entomological Society n.s. 3(1854–6): 156–69.

Bathurst, Charles, Jr and Kinch, Edward. 1898

Bathurst, Charles, Jr and Kinch, Edward, eds. 1898. Register of the staff and students at the Royal Agricultural College, from 1844 to 1897, with a short historical preface. Cirencester, Gloucestershire: George H. Harmer.

Baudement, Émile. 1847

Baudement, Émile. 1847. Observations sur les analogies et les différences des arcs viscéraux de l’embryon dans les deux sousembranchements des vertébrés. Annales des Sciences Naturelle. Zoologie 3d ser. 7: 73–86.

Bauer, F. A. 1830–8

Bauer, Franz Andreas. 1830–8. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants . . . with notes and prefatory remarks by John Lindley. London.

Baxter, William. 1929

Baxter, William. 1929. Darwin’s old home. Bromley and District Times 13 Sept 1929.

Beaglehole, J. C. 1962

Beaglehole, John Cawte, ed. 1962. The Endeavour journal of Joseph Banks, 1768– 1771. 2 vols. Sydney: Trustees of the Public Library of New South Wales in association with Angus and Robertson.

Beal, W. J. 1868

Beal, William James. 1868. Agency of insects in fertilizing plants. American Naturalist 1: 254–60.

Beale, L. S. 1861

Beale, Lionel S. 1861. How to work with the microscope: a course of lectures on the practical use of the instrument and microscopical manipulation. London: John Churchill.

Bean, W. J. 1908

Bean, William Jackson. 1908. The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: historical and descriptive. London, Paris, New York, Toronto and Melbourne: Cassell and Company.

Bean,W. J. 1970–88

Bean, William Jackson. 1970–88. Trees and shrubs hardy in the British Isles. 8th edition, fully revised by D. L. Clarke and George Taylor. 4 vols. and supplement. London: John Murray.

Beasley, Henry. 1852

Beasley, Henry. 1852. The druggist’s general receipt book: comprising . . . numerous recipes in patent and proprietory medicines. 2d ed. London.

Beasley, Henry. 1854

Beasley, Henry. 1854. The book of prescriptions. London.

Beasley, Henry. 1865

Beasley, Henry. 1865. The book of prescriptions, containing more than 3000 prescriptions, collected from the practice of the most eminent physicians and surgeons, English and foreign. 3d edition. London: John Churchill and Sons.

Beaton, Donald. 1850

Beaton, Donald. 1850. On Amaryllids. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 5: 132–6.

Beaton, Donald. 1860

Beaton,Donald. 1860. Crossing flowers. Cottage Gardener 24: 253–5

Beaton, Donald. 1861

Beaton, Donald. 1861. Fertilisation of wheat. Journal of Horticulture n.s. 1: 311–13.

Beaton, Donald. 1862

Beaton, Donald. 1862. The process of fertilisation. Journal of Horticulture n.s. 2: 329–30.

Beatson, Alexander. 1816

Beatson, Alexander. 1816. Tracts relative to the island of St. Helena; written during a residence of five years. London.

Bechstein, J. M. 1789–95

Bechstein, Johann Matthäus. 1789–95. Gemeinnützige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands nach allen drey Reichen. Ein Handbuch zur deutlichern und vollständigern Selbstbelehrung besonders für Forstmänner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen. 4 vols. Leipzig: Siegfried Lebrecht. Crusius.

Bechstein, J. M. 1793–1805

Bechstein, Johann Mathäus. 1793–1805. GemeinnützigeNaturgeschichte Deutschlands nach allen drey Reichen. 4 vols. Leipzig.

Bechstein, J. M. 1840

Bechstein, Johann Matthäus. 1840. Naturgeschichte der Stubenvögel, oder Anleitung zur Kenntniss, Wartung, Zähmung, Fortpflanzung und zum Fang derjenigen in- und ausländischen Vögel, welche man in der Stube halten kann. 4th edition. Halle: E. Heynemann.

Beck, Richard. 1865

Beck, Richard. 1865. A treatise on the construction, proper use, and capabilities of Smith, Beck, and Beck’s achromatic microscopes. London: John Van Voorst.

Becker, L. E. 1864

Becker, Lydia Ernestine. 1864. Botany for novices: a short outline of the natural system of classification of plants. By L. E. B. London: Whittaker & Co.

Becker, L. E. 1869

Becker, Lydia Ernestine. 1869. On alteration in the structure of Lychnis diurna, observed in connexion with the development of a parasiticfungus. [Read August 1869.] Report of the 39th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Exeter, Transactions of the sections, p. 106.

Beckett, I. F. W. 1982

Beckett, Ian F. W. 1982. Riflemen form. A study of the Rifle Volunteer Movement, 1859–1908. Aldershot: The Ogilby Trusts.

Beddall, B. G. 1972

Beddall, Barbara G. 1972. Wallace, Darwin, and Edward Blyth: further notes on the development of evolution theory. Journal of the History of Biology 5: 153–8.

Beddall, B. G. 1973

Beddall, B. G. 1973. Notes for Mr. Darwin: letters to Charles Darwin from Edward Blyth at Calcutta: a study in the process of discovery. J. Hist. Biol. 6: 69–95.

Beddall, B. G. 1988

Beddall, Barbara G. 1988. Darwin and divergence: the Wallace connection. Journal of the History of Biology 21: 1–68.

Beddoe, John. 1862

Beddoe,John. 1862. On the relation of temperament and complexion to disease. British Medical Journal 1 (1862): 431–4.

Beechey, F. W. 1831

Beechey, Frederick William. 1831. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Beering’s Strait, to co-operate with the Polar expeditions: performed in HMS Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. 2 vols. London.

Beechey, F. W. 1839

Beechey, Frederick William. 1839. The zoology of Captain Beechey’s voyage; compiled from the collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the expedition, during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed in His Majesty’s Ship Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. London.

Beer, J. G. 1863

Beer, Joseph Georg. 1863. Beiträge zur Morphologie und Biologie der Familie der Orchideen. Vienna: Carl Gerold’s Sohn.

Bektas, M. Y. and Crosland, Maurice. 1992

Bektas,M. Yakup and Crosland, Maurice. 1992. The Copley Medal: the establishment of a reward system in the Royal Society, 1731–1839. Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London 46: 43–76.

Belcher diary (MS)

. La Trobe Library. Melbourne.

Belcher, Edward. 1843

Belcher, Edward. 1843. Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in Her Majesty’s Ship Sulphur, during the years 1836–1842, including details of the naval operations in China, from Dec. 1840, to Nov. 1841. 2 vols. London.

Belcher, Edward. 1844

Belcher, Edward. 1844. Zoology of the Voyage of HMS "Sulphur". Edited by Richard Brinsley Hinds. 2 vols. London.

Belcher, Edward. 1848

Belcher, Edward. 1848. Narrative of the voyage of HMS Samarang, during the years 1843–46;employed surveying the islands of the Eastern Archipelago. 2 vols. London.

Belich, James. 1986

Belich, James. 1986. The New Zealand Wars, and the Victorian interpretation of racial conflict. Auckland, New Zealand: Auckland University Press.

Bell, Bill. 1995

Bell, Bill. 1995. The secret history of Smith & Elder: the Publishers’ Circular as a source for publishing history. In A genius for letters; booksellers and bookselling from the 16th to the 20th century, edited by Robin Myers and Michael Harris. Winchester: St Pauls Bibliographies. New Castle, Delaware: Oak Knoll Press.

Bell, Charles. 1806

Bell, Charles. 1806. Essays on the anatomy of expression in painting. London.

Bell, Charles. 1833

Bell, Charles. 1833. Thehand. Its mechanism and vital endowments as evincing design. London.

Bell, Charles. 1844

Bell, Charles. 1844. The anatomy and philosophy of expression as connected with the fine arts. Preface by George Bell, and an appendix on the nervous system by Alexander Shaw. 3d ed. London.

Bell, G. E. 1976

Bell, Gerda Elizabeth. 1976. Ernst Dieffenbach: rebel and humanist. Palmerston North: Dunmore Press.

Bell, Thomas. 1825

Bell, Thomas. 1825. On a new genus of Iguanidæ [Amblyrhynchus]. Zoological Journal 2 (1825–6): 204–7.

Bell, Thomas. 1837

Bell, Thomas. 1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London: John van Voorst.

Bell, Thomas. 1841

Bell, Thomas. 1841. Some account of the Crustacea of the coasts of South America, with descriptions of new genera and species; founded principally on the collections obtained by Mr Cumingand Mr Miller. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 2: 39–66.

Bell, Thomas. 1853

Bell, Thomas. 1853. A history of the British stalk-eyed Crustacea. London. Bell, Thomas. 1853. A history of the British stalk-eyed Crustacea. London.

Bellot, H. H. 1929

Bellot, Hugh Hale. 1929. University College London, 1826-1926. London: University of London Press.

Belon, Pierre. 1693

Belon, Pierre. 1693. Remarks in the island of Crete or Candy. Vol. 2, ch. 1, in Ray, John, A collection of curious travels and voyages. 2 vols. London.

Benfey, Christopher. 1997

Benfey, Christopher. 1997. Degas in New Orleans: encounters in the Creole world of Kate Chopin and George Washington Cable. New York: Knopf.

Bennett, J. H. 1841

Bennett, John Hughes. 1841. Treatise on the oleum jecoris aselli, or cod liver oil as a therapeutic agent in certain forms of gout, rheumatism, and scrofula; with cases. London.

Bennett, William. 1826

Bennett, William, trans. 1826. The anatomy of the foetal brain; with a comparative exposition of its structure in animals. By Friedrich Tiedemann. Edinburgh.

Benson, W. H. 1851

Benson, William Henry. 1851. Descriptions of new land shells from St. Helena, Ceylon, and China. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 7: 262–6.

Benson, W. H. 1853

Benson, William Henry. 1853. Characters of new land shells, collected by Edgar L. Layard, Esq., in Ceylon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 12: 90–7.

Benthall, Paul. 1980

Benthall, Paul. 1980. George Maw: a versatile Victorian. National Trust Studies (1980): 11–20.

Bentham, George and Hooker, J. D. 1862–83

Bentham, George and Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1862–83. Genera plantarum. Ad exemplaria imprimis in herbariis Kewensibus servata definita. 3 vols. London: A. Black [ & others].

Bentham, George andHooker, J. D. 1844

Bentham, George and Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1844. The botany of the voyage of HMS Sulphur under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher. London.

Bentham, George. 1826

Bentham, George. 1826. Catalogue des plantes indigènés des Pyrènées et du Bas- Languedoc, avec des notes et observations sur les espèces nouvelles ou peu connues; précédé d’une notice sur un voyage botanique, fait dans les Pyrénées. Paris.

Bentham, George. 1835

Bentham, George. 1835. Scrophularineæ Indicæ. London.

Bentham, George. 1838

Bentham, George. 1838. On the structure and affinities of Arachis and Voandzeia. [Read 1 May 1838.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 18: 155–62.

Bentham, George. 1857a

Bentham, George. 1857. Memorandum on the principles of generic nomenclature in botany. [Read 3 March 1857.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 2 (1858): 30–3.

Bentham, George. 1857b

Bentham, George. 1857. Synopsis of the genus Clitoria. [Read 3 March 1857.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Botany 2 (1858): 33–44.

Bentham, George. 1858

Bentham, George. 1858. Handbook of the British flora; a description of the flowering plants and ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. London: Lovell Reeve.

Bentham, George. 1861

Bentham, George. 1861. Flora Hongkongensis: a description of the plants and ferns of the Island of Hong Kong. London: Lovell Reeve. Bentham, George. 1861. Outlines of elementary botany, as introductory to local floras. London. Bentham, George. 1861. On the species and genera of plants, considered with reference to their practicalapplication to systematic botany. Natural History Review n.s. 1: 133–51.

Bentham, George. 1862a

Bentham, George. 1862. [Anniversary address, 24 May 1862.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 6: lxvi–lxxxiii.

Bentham, George. 1862b

Bentham, George. 1862. Notes on Caryophylleæ, Portulaceæ, and some allied orders. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 6: 55-77.

Bentham, George. 1863

Bentham, George. 1863. [Anniversary address, 25 May 1863.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 7 (1864): xi–xxix.

Bentham, George. 1863–78

Bentham, George. 1863–78. Flora Australiensis: a description of the plants of the Australianterritory. Assisted by Ferdinand Mueller. 7 vols. London: Lovell Reeve.

Bentham, George. 1864a

Bentham, George. 1864. [Anniversary address, 24 May 1864.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 8 (1865): ix–xxiii.

Bentham, George. 1864b

Bentham, George. 1864. South-European Floras. Natural History Review 4: 369–84.

Bentham, George. 1865

Bentham, George. 1865. Handbook of the British flora; a description of the flowering plants and ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. For the use of beginners and amateurs. 2 vols. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

Bentham, George. 1878

Bentham, George. 1878. Handbook of the British flora: a description of the flowering plants and ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. For the use of beginners and amateurs. 4th edition. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Benton, M. J. 1982

Benton, Michael J. 1982. Progessionism in the 1850s: Lyell, Owen, Mantell and the Elgin fossil reptile Leptopleuron (Telerpeton). Archives of Natural History 11: 123–36.

Benza, P.-M. 1836

Benza, Pasquale-Maria. 1836. Notes on the geology of the country, between Madras and the Neilgherry Hills, via Bangalore and via Salem. Madras Journal of Literature and Science 4: 1–27.

Benza, P.-M. 1837

Benza, Pasquale-Maria. 1837. Notes, chiefly geological, of a journey through theNorthern Circars in the year 1835. Madras Journal of Literature and Science 5: 43–70.

Berg, Carlos. 1895

Berg, Carlos. 1895. Carlos Germán Conrado Burmeister. Reseña Biográfica. Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires 2d ser. 1: 316–57.

Berghaus, H. K. W. 1845–8

Berghaus, Heinrich Karl Wilhelm. 1845–8. Physikalischer Atlas. 2 vols. Gotha.

Berkeley, M. J. 1840

Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1840. Notice of some fungi collected by C. Darwin, Esq., during the expedition of HM Ship Beagle. Annals of Natural History 4: 291–3.

Berkeley, M. J. 1842

Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1842. Notice of some fungi collected by C. Darwin, Esq., in SouthAmerica and the islands of the Pacific. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9: 443–8.

Berkeley, M. J. 1845

Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1845. On an edible fungus from Tierra del Fuego, and an allied Chilian species. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 19: 37–43.

Berkeley, M. J. 1850–1

Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1850–1. Gärtner’s observations upon muling among plants. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 5 (1850): 156–72; 6 (1851): 1–13.

Berkeley, M. J. 1857

Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1857. Introduction to cryptogamic botany. London.

Berkeley, M. J. 1862

[Berkeley, Miles Joseph]. 1862. Fertilization of orchids. London Review and Weekly Journal of Politics, Arts and Sciences 4: 553–4.

Berkenhout, John. 1764

Berkenhout, John. 1764. Clavis Anglica linguaea botanicaea; or, a botanical lexicon; in which the terms of botany. . . are applied, derived, explained, contrasted and exemplified. London.

Berlin, Isaiah. 1978

Berlin, Isaiah. 1978. Marx’s Das Kapital and Darwin. J. Hist. Ideas 39: 519.

Bertero, C. G. L. 1830

Bertero, Carlo Giuseppe. 1830. Notice sur l’histoire naturelle de l’i<^>le Juan Fernandez. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 21: 344–51.

Bertero, C. G. L. 1831–3

Bertero, Carlo Giuseppe. 1831–3. List of the plants of Chile; translated from the "Mercurio Chileno,’ by W. S. W. Ruschenberger. American Journal of Science and Arts 19 (1831): 63–70, 299–311; 20 (1831): 248–60; 23 (1833): 78-96, 250–71.

Bessel, F. W. 1841

Bessel, Friedrich Wilhelm. 1841. On barometrical measurement of heights. (Translated from the Astronomische Nachrichten, nos. 356, 357.) Scientific Memoirs, selected from the transactions of foreign academies of science and learned societies, andfrom foreign journals 2: 517–50.

Besterman, Theodore. 1969

Besterman, Theodore. 1969. Voltaire. London and Harlow: Longmans.

Bettany, G. T. 1887

Bettany, G. T. 1887. Life of Charles Darwin. London: Walter Scott.

Beven, F. L. 1946

Beven, Francis Lorenz, ed. [1946]. A history of the diocese of Colombo. A centenary volume. [Colombo, Sri Lanka]: n.p.

Bewick, Thomas. 1790

Bewick, Thomas. 1790. A general history of quadrupeds. The figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. [The text by R. Beilby.] Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Bewick, Thomas. 1797–1804

Bewick, Thomas. 1797–1804. History of British birds. 2 vols. Newcastle.

Bewick, Thomas. 1804

Bewick, Thomas. 1804 [ca 1814--16]. History of British birds. 2 vols. Newcastle: T. Bewick.

Bewick, Thomas. 1826

Bewick, Thomas. 1826. A history ofBritish birds. 2 vols. Newcastle: T. Bewick.

Bibby, Cyril. 1959

Bibby, Cyril. 1959. T. H. Huxley. Scientist, humanist and educator. London: Watts.

Bibra, Ernst von. 1853

Bibra, Ernst von. 1853. Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte von Chile. Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe 5, pt 2: 73–142.

Bigelow, Jacob. 1831

Bigelow,Jacob. 1831. Elements of technology. 2d ed. Boston.

Billings, Elkanah. 1859a

Billings, Elkanah. 1859a. On some new genera and species of Brachiopoda from the Silurian and Devonian rocks of Canada. Canadian Naturalist 4: 131–5.

Billings, Elkanah. 1859b

Billings, Elkanah. 1859b. Description of a new genus of Brachiopoda, and on the genus Cyrtodonta. Canadian Naturalist 4: 301–3.

Binney, E. W. 1846

Binney, Edward William. 1846. Description of the Dukinfield Sigillaria. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 2: 390–3.

Binney, E. W. 1847

Binney, Edward William. 1847. On the origin of coal. (Privately printed.) Manchester. Reprinted in Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester 2d ser. 8 (1848): 148–l94.

Binney, E. W. 1848

Binney, Edward William. 1848. Sketch of the Drift deposits of Manchester andits neighbourhood. Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester 2d ser. 8: 195–234.

Binney, E. W. 1862

Binney, Edward William. 1862. On some fossil plants, showing structure, from the lower coal-measures of Lancashire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 106–12.

Binney, E. W. and Hooker, J. D. 1855

Binney, Edward William and Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1855. On the structure of certain limestone nodules enclosed in seams of bituminous coal, with a description of some Trigonocarpons contained in them. [Read 14 December 1854.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 145: 149–56.

Birse, R. M. 1994

Birse, Ronald M. 1994. Science at the University of Edinburgh, 1583–1993. An illustrated history to mark the centenary of the Faculty of Science and Engineering, 1893–1993. Edinburgh: Faculty of Science and Engineering, University ofEdinburgh.

Bischof, C. G. C. 1839

Bischof, Carl Gustav Christoph. 1839. On the natural history of volcanos and earthquakes. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 26: 25–81, 347–86.

Biscoe, John. 1833

Biscoe, John. 1833. Recent discoveries in the Antartic Ocean. From the log-book of the brig Tula, commanded by Mr John Biscoe, R.N. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 3: 105-12.

Black, Joseph. 1775

Black, Joseph. 1775. On the supposed effect of boiling water in disposing it to freeze morereadily. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 65 (1775): 124– 8.

Blackadder, Alexander. 1824

Blackadder, Alexander. 1824. On the superficial strata of the Forth district. [Read 15 May 1824.] Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 5 (1823–4): 424–39.

Blackburn, Helen. 1902

Blackburn, Helen. 1902. Women’s suffrage: a record of the Women’s Suffrage Movement in the British Isles with biographical sketches of Miss Becker. London: Williams & Norgate.

Blackie, John. 1976

Blackie, John. 1976. Bradfield 1850–1975. Bradfield, Berkshire: Warden and council of St Andrew’s College, Bradfield.

Blacklock, Ambrose. 1838

Blacklock, Ambrose. 1838. A treatise on sheep; with the best means for their improvement, general management, and the treatment of their diseases. With a chapter on wool, and history of the wool trade. Glasgow.

Blackwall, John. 1834

Blackwall, John. 1834. Researches in zoology, illustrative of the manners and economy of animals. London.

Blagg, C. J. 1902

Blagg, C. J. 1902. A history of the North Staffordshire hounds and country 1825 to 1902. London: Sampson Low, Marston & Company.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1824

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de, ed. 1824. Traité zoologique et physiologique sur les vers intestinaux de l’homme par M. Bremser . . . traduit de l’allemand par M. Grundler. 2 vols. Paris.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1834

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1834. Rapport sur les résultats scientifiques du voyage de M. Alcide d’Orbigny . . . par MM. De Blainville, Brongniart, Savary, Cordier. Nouvelles annales du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle 3: 84-115.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1837

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1837. Surquelques anomalies du système dentaire dans les Mammifères. Annales Françaises et Étrangers d’Anatomie et de Physiologie, appliquées à la Médecine et à l’Histoire Naturelle 1: 285-314.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1838a

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1838a. Doutes sur le prétendu Didelphe fossile de Stonefield, ou à quelle Classe, à quelle Famille, à quel Genre doit-on rapporter l’animal auquel ont appartenu les ossements fossiles, à Stonefield, désignés sous les noms de Didelphis Prevostii, et Didelphis Bucklandii, par les paléontologistes. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 7: 402–18.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1838b

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1838b. Nouveaux doutes sur le prétendu Didelphe de Stonesfield. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires desSéances de l’Académie des Sciences 7: 727–36, 749–51.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1839–64

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1839–64. Ostéographie, ou description iconographique comparée du squelette et du système dentaire des mammifères récents et fossiles, pour servir de base à la zoologie et à la géologie. 4 vols. Paris.

Blainville, H. M. D. de. 1841–55

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1841–55. Ostéographie, ou description iconographique comparée du squelette et du système dentaire des cinq classes d’animaux vertébrés récents et fossiles pour servir de base à la zoologie et à la géologie. 3 vols. and atlas (2 vols.). Paris: Arthus Bertrand.

Blake, C. C. 1861a

Blake, Charles Carter. 1861. On the discovery of Macrauchenia in Bolivia. Annals and Magazineof Natural History 3d ser. 7: 441–3. [Reprinted in Geologist 4: 354--5.]

Blake, C. C. 1861b

Blake, Charles Carter. 1861. On the distribution of Mastodon in South America. Geologist 4: 469–72.

Blake, C. C. 1862a

Blake, Charles Carter. 1862. Fossil monkeys. Geologist 5: 81–6.

Blake, C. C. 1862b

Blake, Charles Carter. 1862. On a fossil elephant from Texas (E. Texianus). Geologist 5: 57–8.

Blake, C. C. 1862c

Blake, Charles Carter. 1862. Past life in South America. Geologist 5: 323–30.

Blake, C. C. 1863a

Blake, Charles Carter, ed. 1863. A manual of zoology. By Henri Milne-Edwards. Translated by Robert Knox. 2d edition. London: Henry Renshaw.

Blake, C. C. 1863b

Blake, Charles Carter. 1863. On some points in the cranioscopy of South American nations. Report of the 33d meeting of the British Associationfor the Advancement of Science, held at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Transactions of the sections, pp. 133–4.

Blake, C. C. 1863c

[Blake, Charles Carter.] 1863. [Review of T. H. Huxley's Man's place in nature & other works.] Edinburgh Review 117: 541–69.

Blakeway, J. B. 1831

Blakeway, John Brickdale. 1831. The sheriffs of Shropshire, with their armorial bearings; and notices, genealogical and biographical, of their families. Shrewsbury.

Blanford, H. F. 1862

Blanford, Henry Francis. 1862. On the specific identity of the described forms of Tanalia. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23: 603– 10.

Blaringhem, Louis. 1913

Blaringhem, Louis. 1913. La notion d’espèce et la disjonction des hybrides, d’après Charles Naudin (1852–1875). Progressus rei botanicæ 4: 27–108.

Blaschko, M. D. 1958

Blaschko, Mary D. 1958.Sidcot school: register of old scholars, 1808–1958. Winscombe, Somerset: Sidcot School.

Bliss, Trudy. 1953

Bliss, Trudy, ed. 1953. Thomas Carlyle: letters to his wife. London: Victor Gollancz.

Blomefield, Leonard. 1889

Blomefield (formerly Jenyns), Leonard. 1889. Chapters in my life. Privately printed. Bath.

Blume, C. L. and Fischer, J. B. 1828–51

Blume, Carl Ludwig and Fischer, Joann Baptist. 1828[--51]. Flora Javae nec non insularum adjacentium. Brussels.

Blyakher, L. 1836a

Blyakher, L. 1836. The natural history of Selborne, with its antiquities; naturalist’s calendar, &c., by the Rev. Gilbert White. London.

Blyakher, L. 1836b

Blyakher, L. 1836. Observations onthe various seasonal and other external changes which regularly take place in birds, more particularly in those which occur in Britain; with remarks on their great importance in indicating the true affinities of species; and upon the natural system of arrangement. Magazine of Natural History 9: 393–409.

Blyakher, L. 1837a

Blyakher, L. 1837. On the counterfeiting of death, as a means to escape from danger, in the fox and other animals. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 1: 566–74.

Blyakher, L. 1837b

Blyakher, L. 1837. On the psychological distinctions between man and all other animals; and the consequent diversity of human influence over the inferior ranks of creation, from any mutual and reciprocal influence exercised among the latter. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 1: 1–9, 77–85, 131–41.

Blyakher, L. 1840a

Blyakher, L. 1840. Additional notices of species of the genus Equus. Magazine ofNatural History n.s. 4: 369–73.

Blyakher, L. 1840b

Blyakher, L. 1840. Desultory sketches in natural history. No. 1.— The hyæna group. Analyst; a Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature, Natural History, and the Fine Arts 10: 43–74.

Blyakher, L. 1840c

Blyakher, L. 1840. Notice of some additional species of the genus Equus, to those currently admitted by zoologists. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 4: 81–7.

Blyakher, L. 1841

Blyakher, L. 1841. A monograph of the species of wild sheep. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 10, pt 2: 858–88.

Blyakher, L. 1842

Blyakher, L. 1842. A monograph of the species of lynx. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 11, pt 2: 740–60.

Blyakher, L. 1847

Blyakher, L. 1847. Drafts for a fauna Indica. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 19: 41–53, 98–108, 179–86.

Blyakher, L. Y. 1982

Blyakher, L. Y. 1982. History of embryology in Russia from the middle of the eighteenth century to the middle of the nineteenth century. Translated from the Russian by H. I. Youssef and B. A. Malek, with an introduction by Jane Maienschein. Washington, D.C.: Al Ahram Center for Scientific Translations for the Smithsonian Institution and the National Science Foundation.

Blyth, Edward. 1835

Blyth, Edward. 1835. An attempt to classify the "varieties’ of animals, with observations on the marked seasonal and other changes which naturally take place in various British species, and which do not constitute varieties. Magazine of Natural History 8: 40–53.

Blyth, Edward. 1837

Blyth, Edward. 1837. On the counterfeiting of death, as a means to escape from danger, in the fox and other animals. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 1: 566–74.

Blyth, Edward. 1838

Blyth, Edward. 1838. Outlines of a new arrangement of insessorial birds. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 2: 256–68, 314–19.

Blyth, Edward. 1847a

Blyth, Edward. 1847. A few critical remarks on M. Carl J. Sundevall’s paper on the birds of Calcutta, as republished by H. E. Strickland, Esq. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 20: 382-94.

Blyth, Edward. 1847b

Blyth, Edward. 1847.Supplementary report by the curator, zoological department. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 16, pt 2: 864–78.

Blyth, Edward. 1848

Blyth, Edward. 1848. Corrections of "Critical remarks on Mr Gray’s Catalogue of Mammalia and birds presented by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., to the British Museum’. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 1: 454–7.

Blyth, Edward. 1849a

Blyth, Edward. 1849. Catalogue of the birds in the Museum Asiatic Society. Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press.

Blyth, Edward. 1849b

Blyth, Edward. 1849. A supplemental note to the catalogue of the birds in the Asiatic Society’s museum. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 18, pt 2 (1850): 800–21.

Blyth, Edward. 1855a

Blyth, Edward. 1855. Further remarks on the different species of orang-utan. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 24 (1856): 518–28.

Blyth, Edward. 1855c

Blyth, Edward. 1855. Report on a zoological collection from the Somáli country. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 24 (1856): 291–306.

Blyth, Edward. 1856

Blyth, Edward. 1856. Curator’s report for the August meeting, 1856. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 25 (1857): 439-49.

Blyth, Edward. 1857a

[Blyth, Edward]. 1857. British birds in India. Calcutta Review 28: 129–95.

Blyth, Edward. 1857b

Blyth, Edward. 1857. Description of a new Indian pigeon, akin to the "stock dove’ of Europe; with notices of other Columbinæ. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 26: 217–26.

Blyth, Edward. 1859

Blyth, Edward. 1859. On the differentanimals known as wild asses. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 28: 229–53. [Reprinted in Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6 (1860): 233--54.]

Blyth, Edward. 1875

Blyth, Edward. 1875. Catalogue of mammals and birds of Burma. With a memoir [by A. Grote] and portrait of the author. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 43 (1874), pt 2, extra number (1875).

Blyth,Edward. 1855b

Blyth, Edward. 1855. Report of curator, zoological department, for April meeting, 1855. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 24 (1856): 252–81.

Bochart, Samuel. 1675

Bochart, Samuel. 1675. Opera omnia. 2 vols. Leiden.

Boddaert, Pieter. 1783

Boddaert, Pieter. 1783. Table des planches enluminéez d’histoire naturelle, de M. d’Aubenton . . . precedé d’une Notice des Principaux OuvragesZoologiques enluminés. Utrecht. Facsimile reprint edited by W. B. Tegetmeier. London. 1874.

Bollaert, William. 1860

Bollaert, William. 1860. Antiquarian, ethnological and other researches in New Granada, Equador, Peru and Chile. London.

Bompas, G. C. 1885

Bompas, George C. 1885. Life of Frank Buckland. London: Smith, Elder & Co.

Bonafous, Matthieu. 1836

Bonafous, Matthieu. 1836. Histoire naturelle, agricole et économique du mai<">s. Paris and Turin.

Bonaparte, C. L. 1850–7

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1850–7. Conspectus generum avium. 2 vols. Leiden.

Bonaparte, C. L. 1854

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1854. Coup d’oeil sur les pigeons (troisième partie). Comptes Rendus Hebdomaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 39: 1102–12.

Bonaparte, C. L. 1855a

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1855a.Coup d’oeil sur les pigeons (quatrième partie). Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 40: 15–24.

Bonaparte, C. L. 1855b

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1855b. Remarques de S. A. Monseigneur le Prince Bonaparte au sujet de cette communication ["Sur deux chevaux sauvages, d'une espèce nouvelle (Equus hemippus) . . . par M. Is. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire']. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 41: 1219–20.

Bonaparte, L. L. 1862

Bonaparte, Louis Lucien. 1862. Langue Basque et langues Finnoises. London.

Bonham-Carter, Victor. 1960

Bonham-Carter, Victor. 1960. In a liberal tradition: a social biography 1700–1950. London: Constable.

Bonner, H. B. 1894

Bonner, Hypatia Bradlaugh. 1894. Charles Bradlaugh: a record of his life and work. 2 vols. London.

Bonney, T. G. 1919

Bonney, T. G. 1919. Annals of the Philosophical Club of the Royal Society written from its minute books. London: Macmillan.

Boott, Francis. 1851

Boott, Francis. 1851. Caricis species novæ, vel minus cognitæ. [Read 3 and 17 June 1845, 17 February 1846.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20: 115–47.

Boott, Francis. 1858–67

Boott, Francis. 1858–67. Illustrations of the genus Carex. 4 pts. London: William Pamplin (pts 1, 2, and 3), L. Reeve & Co. (pt 4).

Boreau, Alexandre. 1840

Boreau, Alexandre. 1840. Flore du centre de la France; ou, description des plantes qui croissent spontanément dans la région centrale de la France. 2 vols. in 1. Paris.

Borrow, G. H. 1843

Borrow, George Henry. 1843. The Bible in Spain; or, the journeys, adventures, and imprisonments of an Englishman, in an attempt to circulate the Scriptures in the Peninsula. 3 vols. London.

Borrow, G. H. 1851

Borrow, George Henry. 1851. Lavengro; the scholar, the gypsy, the priest. 3 vols. London.

Borthwick, D. E. 1965

Borthwick, D. E. 1965. Outfitting the United States exploring expedition: Lieutenant Charles Wilkes’ European assignment, August–November, 1836. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 109: 159–72.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1804

Bory de Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie. 1804. Voyage dans les quatres principales i<^>les des mers d’Afrique. 3vols. Paris.

Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1822–31

Bory de Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie, ed. 1822–31. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. 17 vols. Paris.

Bosanquet, S. R. 1845

Bosanquet, Samuel Richard. 1845. "Vestiges of the natural history of creation’: its argument examined and exposed. London.

Bosquet, J. A. H. de. 1852

Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1852. Description des Entomostracés fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Brussels.

Bosquet, J. A. H. de. 1854

Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1854. Monographie des Crustacés fossiles du terrain Crétacé du Duché de Limbourg. Haarlem.

Bosquet, J. A. H. de. 1857

Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1857. Notice sur quelques cirripèdes récémment découverts dans le terraincrétacé du Duché de Limbourg. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen té Haarlem 2d ser. 13, pt 3: 1–36.

Bosse, J. F. W. 1829

Bosse, J. F. W. 1829. Über die Befruchtung der Passions-Blumen. Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beförderung des Gartenbaus in den königlich Preussischen Staaten. 5: 431–2.

Boswell, James. 1791

Boswell, James. 1791. The life of Samuel Johnson. 2 vols. London.

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1838–41

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1838–41. De la création. Essai sur l’origine et la progression des êtres. 5 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz.

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1847–64

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1847–64. Antiquités celtiques etantédiluviennes. Mémoire sur l’industrie primitive et les arts a leur origine. 3 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz [ & others].

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1860a

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1860. De l’homme antédiluvien et de ses oeuvres. [Read 7 June 1860.] Mémoires de la Société Impériale d’Emulation d’Abbeville (1857–60): 471–571.

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1860b

Boucher de Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques. 1860. De l’homme antédiluvien et de ses oeuvres. Paris: Jung-Treuttel [ & others]. [Reprinted from Mémoire de la Société Impériale d'Emulation d'Abbeville (1857--60): 471--571.]

Bourne, K. H. 1961

Bourne, K. H. 1961. British preparations for war with the North. English Historical Review 76: 600–32.

Bowen, Francis. 1860b

[Bowen, Francis]. 1860. [Review of Origin.] North American Review 90: 474–506.

Bowen, Francis. 1861

Bowen, Francis. 1861. Observations of the supposed hereditability of peculiar traits of bodily and mental organization, and especially of mental disease. [Read 8 January 1861.] Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 5 (1860–2): 102–10.

Bowen, Francis. 1864

Bowen, Francis. 1864. A treatise on logic, or, the laws of pure thought; comprising both the Aristotelic and Hamiltonian analyses of logical forms, and some chapters of applied logic. Cambridge, Mass.: Sever & Francis.

Bowen,Francis. 1860a

Bowen, Francis. 1860. Remarks on the latest form of the development theory. [Read 27 March, 10 April, and 1 May 1860.] Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences n.s. 8 (pt 1) (1861): 97–122.

Bowlby, John. 1990

Bowlby,John. 1990. Charles Darwin: a biography. London: Hutchinson.

Bowler, P. J. 1976

Bowler, Peter John. 1976. Fossils and progress. Palaeontology and the idea of progressive evolution in the nineteenth century. New York: Science History Publications.

Bowler, P. J. 1983

Bowler, Peter J. 1983. The eclipse of Darwinism. AntiDarwinian evolution theories in the decades around 1900. Baltimore and London: John Hopkins University Press.

Boylan, P. J. 1977

Boylan, Patrick J. 1977. The Falconer papers, Forres. Leicester: Leicestershire Museums, Art Galleries and Records Service.

Boylan, P. J. 1979

Boylan, Patrick J. 1979. The controversy of the Moulin-Quignon jaw: the role of Hugh Falconer. In Images of the earth: essays in the history of the environmental sciences, edited by Ludmilla J. Jordanova and Roy S. Porter. Chalfont St Giles, Buckinghamshire: British Society for theHistory of Science.

Brace, C. L. 1852

Brace, Charles Loring. 1852. Hungary in 1851: with an experience of the Austrian police. London: Richard Bentley.

Brace, C. L. 1863

Brace, Charles Loring. 1863. The races of the old world. A manual of ethnology. London: John Murray.

Brackman, A. C. 1980

Brackman, Arnold C. 1980. A delicate arrangement. The strange case of Charles Darwin and Alfred Russel Wallace. New York: Times Books.

Bradley, Richard. 1726

Bradley, Richard. 1726. A general treatise on husbandry and gardening. 2 vols. London.

Bramwell, V. and McCracken Peck, Robert. 2008.

Bramwell, V. and McCracken Peck, Robert. 2008. All in the Bones: A Biography of Benjamin Waterhouse Hawkins. Philadelphia.

Brande, W. T. 1819

Brande, William Thomas. 1819. A manual of chemistry. London.

Brandon-Jones, Christine. 1996

Brandon-Jones, Christine. 1996. Charles Darwin and the repugnant curators. Annals of Science 53: 501–10.

Brandon-Jones, Christine. 1997

Brandon-Jones, Christine. 1997. Edward Blyth, Charles Darwin, and the animal trade in nineteenth-century India and Britain. Journal of the History of Biology 30: 145–78. pub. details.

Braun, A. C. H. 1851

Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1851. Betrachtungen über die Erscheinung der Verjüngung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungsgeschichte der Pflanze. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Braun, A. C. H. 1853a

Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1853. Considerations on the phenomenon of rejuvenescence in nature, especially in the life and development of plants. Translated by A. Henfrey. InBotanical and physiological memoirs, edited by Arthur Henfrey. London.

Braun, A. C. H. 1853b

Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1853. Das Individuum der Pflanze in seinem Verhältniss zur Species. Generationsfolge, Generationswechsel und Generationstheilung der Pflanze. Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Physikalische Abhandlungen, pp. 19–122.

Braun, A. C. H. 1859

Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1859. Uber Polyembryonie und Keimung von Caelebogyne. Ein Nachtrag zu der Abhandlung über Parthenogenesis bei Pflanzen. Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1860), pp. 109–263.

Bravais, Auguste and Bravais, Louis. 1838

Bravais, Auguste and Bravais, Louis. 1838. Essai sur la disposition générale des feuilles rectisériées. Congrès scientifique de France 6: 278–330.

Bravais, Auguste. 1843

Bravais, Auguste. [1843?]. Sur les lignes d’ancien niveau de la mer dans le Finmark. In vol. 4 of Gaimard, Paul, ed., Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Feröe, pendant les années 1838, 1839 et1840, sur la corvette la Recherche . . .: Géographie physique. 2 vols. Paris.

Bravais, Auguste. 1845

Bravais, Auguste. 1845. On the lines of ancient level of the sea in Finmark. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 1: 534–49.

Bravard, Auguste. 1857

Bravard, Auguste. 1857. Observaciones geológicas sobre diferentes terrenos de transporte, en la Hoya del Plata. Buenos Aires.

Bravard, Auguste. 1858

Bravard, Auguste. 1858. Monografia de los terrenos marinos Terciarios de las Cercanias del Parana. Parana.

Brayley, E. W. 1845

Brayley, Edward W. 1845. Additional testimonials submitted to the Councilof University College, London, by Edward William Brayley, a candidate for the Professorship of Geology. London.

Bree, C. R. 1860

Bree, Charles Robert. 1860. Species not transmutable, nor the result of secondary causes. Being a critical examination of Mr Darwin’s work entitled "Origin and variation of species". London: Groombridge & Sons. Edinburgh: Maclachlan & Stewart.

Brehm, C. L. 1831

Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1831. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vögel Deutschlands. Ilmenau.

Brent, B. P. 1856

Brent, Bernard P. 1856. Classification of pigeons. Cottage Gardener and Country Gentleman’s Companion 15: 417–18.

Brent, Peter. 1981

Brent, Peter. 1981. Charles Darwin. "A man of enlarged curiosity". London: William Heinemann.

Breton, W. H. 1843

Breton, William Henry. 1843. Excursion to the western range, Tasmania. Tasmanian Journal ofNatural Science 2: 121–41.

Brewer, J. A. 1863

Brewer, James Alexander. 1863. Flora of Surrey; or, a catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county, with the localities of the rarer species, from the manuscripts of the late J. D. Salmon, F.L.S., and from other sources. London: John van Voorst.

Brewster, David. 1823

Brewster, David. 1823. Observations on the mean temperature of the globe. [Read 7 February 1820.] Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 9: 201–25; also Edinburgh Journal of Science n.s. 4 (1831): 300–20.

Brewster, David. 1826

Brewster, David. 1826. Results of the thermometrical observations made at Leith Fort, every hour of the day and night, during the whole of the years 1824 and 1825. [Read 23 January 1826.]Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 10: 362-88; Edinburgh Journal of Science n.s. 5: 18–32.

Brewster, David. 1838

[Brewster, David]. 1838. M. Comte’s ""Course of Positive Philosophy"". Edinburgh Review 67: 271–308.

Brewster, David. 1855

Brewster, David. 1855. Memoirs of the life, writings, and discoveries of Sir Isaac Newton. 2 vols. Edinburgh.

Brewster, David. 1862

Brewster, David. 1862. The facts and fancies of Mr Darwin. Good Words (1862), pp. 3- -9.

Brian, A. D. and Crane, E. E. 1959

Brian, A. D. and Crane, E. E. 1959. Charles Darwin and bees. Bee world 40: 297–303.

Bridges, E. L. 1948

Bridges, Esteban Lucas. 1948. Uttermost part of the earth. London: Hodder and Stoughton.

Bridges, Thomas. 1933

Bridges, Thomas. 1933. Yamana-English. A dictionary of the speech of Tierra delFuego. Edited by Ferdinand Hestermann and Martin Gusinde. Mödling, Austria: privately printed.

Bridgman, W. K. 1861

Bridgman, William Kencely. 1861. On the influence of the venation in the reproduction of monstrosities among ferns. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 8: 490–2.

Brinton, William. 1859

Brinton, William. 1859. The diseases of the stomach, with an introduction on its anatomy and physiology; being lectures delivered at St. Thomas’s Hospital. London: John Churchill.

British Museum (Natural History) 1904–6

British Museum (Natural History). 1904–6. The history of the collections contained in the natural history departments of the British Museum. 2 vols. London.

British Museum (Natural History) 1909

British Museum (Natural History). 1909. Special guide no. 4. Memorials of Charles Darwin: a collection of manuscripts, portraits, medals, books, and natural history specimens to commemorate the centenary of his birth and the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of "The origin of species’. London: British Museum.

British Museum (Natural History) 1910

British Museum (Natural History). 1910.Special guide no. 4. Memorials of Charles Darwin . . . 2d ed. London: British Museum. Facsimile reprint. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Historical Series 14 (1988): 235–98.

Broca, P. P. 1858–9

Broca, Paul. 1858–9. Mémoire sur l’hybridité en général, sur la distinction des espèces amimales et sur les métis obtenus par le croisement du lièvre et du lapin. Journal de la Physiologie de l’Homme et des Animaux 1: 432–71, 684–729; 2: 218–58, 345–96.

Brock, T. D. 1994

Brock, Thomas D., et al. 1994. Biology of microorganisms. 7th edition. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:Prentice-Hall International.

Brock, W. H. and Macleod, R. M. 1976

Brock, William H. and Macleod, Roy M. 1976. The scientists’ declaration: reflexions on science and belief in the wake of Essays and reviews 1864–5. British Journal for the History of Science 9: 39–66.

Brockway, L. H. 1979

Brockway, Lucile H. 1979. Science and colonial expansion. The role of the British Royal Botanic Gardens. New York: Academic Press.

Broderip, W. J. 1840–1

Broderip, William John. 1840–1. Descriptions of shells collected in the Philippine Islands by H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 8: 83–7, 94–6, 119–24, 155–9, 180–2; pt 9: 14–17, 22–3, 34–5, 36-9, 44–6.

Brodie, B. C. 1854

[Brodie, Benjamin Collins]. 1854. Psychological inquiries: in a series of essays, intended to illustrate the mutual relations of the physical organization and the mental faculties. London.

Brodie, P. B. 1845

Brodie, Peter Bellinger. 1845. A history of the fossil insects in the secondary rocks of England. London.

Brogan, Hugh. 1975

Brogan, Hugh ed. 1975. The Times reports. The American Civil War. Extracts from The Times, 1860–1865. London: Times Books.

Bromfield, W. A. 1856

Bromfield, William Arnold. 1856. Flora Vectensis: being a systematic description of the phænogamous or flowering plants and ferns indigenous to the Isle of Wight. Edited by William Jackson Hooker and Thomas Bell Salter. London: William Pamplin.

Brongniart, A. T. 1822

Brongniart, Adolphe. 1822. Sur la classification et la distribution desvégétaux fossiles en général, et sur ceux des terrains de sédiment supérieur en particulier. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 8: 203–40.

Brongniart, A. T. 1828

Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore. 1828. Considérations générales sur la nature de la végétation qui couvrait la surface de la terre aux diverses époques de formation de son écorce. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 15: 225–58.

Brongniart, A. T. 1839

Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore. 1839. Note sur les poils collecteurs des Campanules et sur le mode de fécondation de ces plantes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 2d ser. 12: 244–7. Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore. 1839. Observations sur la structure intérieure du Sigillaria elegans comparée a celle des Lepidodendron etdes Stigmaria et a celle des végétaux vivants. Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle 1: 405–61.

Brongniart, A. T. 1849

Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore. 1849. Végétaux. In vol. 13 of Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle, edited by Alcide Charles Victors Dessalines d’Orbigny. 13 vols. and 3 atlases. Paris: Au bureau principal des editeurs. 1841–9.

Bronn, H. G. 1841–3

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1841–3. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur. 2 vols. Stuttgart.

Bronn, H. G. 1841–9

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1841–9. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur. 3 vols. in 5 and atlas. Stuttgart.

Bronn, H. G. 1858a

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1858. Morphologische Studien über die Gestaltungs-Gesetze der Naturkörper, überhaupt und der organischen insbesondere. Leipzig and Heidelberg.

Bronn, H. G. 1858b

Bronn,Heinrich Georg. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organischen Welt während der BildungsZeit unserer Erd-Oberfläche. Eine von der Französischen Akademie im Jahre 1857 gekrönte Preisschrift . . . Natura doceri. Stuttgart.

Bronn, H. G. 1860a

Bronn, Heinrich Georg, trans. 1860. Charles Darwin, über die Entstehung der Arten im Thier- und Pflanzen-Reich durch natürliche Züchtung, oder Erhaltung der vervollkommneten Rassen im Kampfe um’s Daseyn. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.

Bronn, H. G. 1860b

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1860. Review of Origin of species. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-Kunde (1860), pp. 112–16. [Translated in Hull 1973, pp. 120--4.]

Bronn, H. G. 1860c

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1860. Über den Stufengang des organischen Lebens von den Insel-Felsen des Ozeans bis auf dieFestländer. Eine Fest-Rede mit erläuternden Beilagen. Stuttgart.

Bronn, H. G. 1861

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1861. Essai d’une réponse à la question de prix proposée en 1850 par l’Académie des Sciences pour le concours de 1853, et puis remise pour celui de 1856. Supplément aux Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 2: 377–918.

Bronn, H. G. 1862

Bronn, Heinrich Georg, trans. 1862. Charles Darwin, über die Einrichtungen zur Befruchtung Britischer und ausländischer Orchideen durch Insekten und über die günstigen Erfolge der Wechselbefruchtung. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.

Bronn, H. G. 1863

Bronn, Heinrich Georg, trans. 1863. Über die Entstehung der Arten im Thier- und Pflanzen-Reich durch natürliche Züchtung; oder, Erhaltung der vervollkommneten Rassen im Kampfe um’s Daseyn. 2dedition. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.

Brooke, C. N. L. 1993

Brooke, Christopher N. L. 1993. A history of the University of Cambridge, 1870–1990. Vol. 4 of A history of the University of Cambridge, general editor Christopher N. L. Brooke. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Brooke, J. H. 1985

Brooke, John Hedley. 1985. The relations between Darwin’s science and his religion. In Durant, John, ed., Darwinism and divinity. Oxford and New York: Basil Blackwell.

Brookes, Samuel. 1815

Brookes, Samuel. 1815. An introduction to the study of conchology. London.

Brooks, J. L. 1969

Brooks, John Langdon. 1969. Re-assessment of Alfred Russel Wallace’s contribution to the theory of organic evolution. Yearbook, 1968. Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.

Brooks, J. L. 1984

Brooks, John Langdon. 1984. Just before the Origin: Alfred RusselWallace’s theory of evolution. New York: Columbia University Press.

Brougham, H. P. 1839

Brougham, Henry Peter. 1839. Dissertations on subjects of science connected with natural theology: being the concluding volumes of the new edition of Paley’s work. 2 vols. London: C. Knight.

Brougham, H. P. 1858

Brougham, Henry Peter. 1858. Recherches analytiques et expérimentales sur les alvéoles des abeilles. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 46: 1024–9.

Brougham, H. P. 1863

Brougham, Henry Peter. 1863. Opening address. Transactions of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science, Edinburgh, 1863, pp. 1–25.

Brown, Edwin. 1862a

Brown, Edwin. 1862. On the mutability of specific or race forms. Proceedings of the Northern Entomological Society, 28 July 1862, pp. 7–18. [Reprinted in theZoologist 20 (1862): 8249--53.]

Brown, Edwin. 1862b

Brown, Edwin. 1862. On the mutability of species. Proceedings of the Northern Entomological Society, 22 December 1862, pp. 4–26.

Brown, Edwin. 1863

Brown, Edwin. 1863. Monograph on the genus Acentropus. In The natural history of Tutbury. Together with the fauna and flora of the district surrounding Tutbury and Burton-on-Trent, edited by Oswald Mosley. London: John van Voorst.

Brown, P. A. H. 1982

Brown, Philip A. H. 1982. London publishers and printers c. 1800–1870. London: British Library.

Brown, R. H. 1975

Brown, R. H. 1975. One thousand years of Devon beekeeping. Devon: Devon Beekeepers Association.

Brown, Robert (a). 1810

Brown, Robert. 1810. Prodromus floræ Novæ Hollandiæ et Insulæ Van-Diemen. Vol. 1 (no more published). London.

Brown, Robert (a). 1814

Brown, Robert. 1814. General remarks, geographical and systematical, on the botany of Terra Australis. Appendix 3, pp. 533–613, in vol. 2 of Flinders, Matthew, A voyage to Terra Australis. 2 vols., and atlas. London.

Brown, Robert (a). 1818

Brown, Robert. 1818. Observations, systematical and geographical, on Professor Christian Smith’s collection of plants from the vicinity of the river Congo. Appendix 5 of Tuckey, James Kingston, Narrative of an expedition to explore the river Zaire, usually called the Congo, in South Africa, in 1816, under the direction of Capt. J. K. Tuckey, R.N. London. Facsimile reprint. London: Frank Cass and Co. 1967.

Brown, Robert (a). 1824

Brown, Robert. 1824. A list of plants, collected in Melville Island, by the officers of the expedition; with characters and descriptions of the new species. Appendix 2 in Parry, William Edward, Journal of a voyage for thediscovery of a northwest passage. 2d ed. 1 vol. and supplement. London. 1821-4.

Brown, Robert (a). 1831a

Brown, Robert. 1831. Observations on the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. London: [privately printed].

Brown, Robert (a). 1831b

Brown, Robert. 1831. On the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. [Read 1 and 15 November 1831.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16 (1833): 685–745.

Brown, Robert (a). 1832

Brown, Robert. 1832. Additional observations on the mode of fecundation in Orchideæ. [Read 5 June 1832.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16 (1833): 739–45.

Brown, Robert (a). 1833

Brown, Robert. 1833. On the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16: 685- -745.

Brown,Ron. 1994

Brown, Ron. 1994. Great masters of beekeeping. Borrowbridge, Somerset: Bee Books New & Old.

Brown-Séquard, C. E. 1860

Brown-Séquard, Charles Edouard. 1860. Hereditary transmission of an epileptiform affection accidentally produced. [Read 2 February 1860.] Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 10 (1859–60): 297–8.

Browne, Janet. 1978

Browne, Janet. 1978. The Charles Darwin–Joseph Hooker correspondence: an analysis of manuscript resources and their use in biography. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 8: 351–66.

Browne, Janet. 1980

Browne, Janet. 1980. Darwin’s botanical arithmetic and the "principle of divergence", 1854–1858. Journal of the History of Biology 13: 53–89.

Browne, Janet. 1981

Browne, Janet. 1981. The making of the Memoir of Edward Forbes, F.R.S. Archives of Natural History 10: 205–19.

Browne, Janet. 1983

Browne, Janet. 1983. The secular ark. Studies in the history of biogeography. New Haven, Conn., and London: Yale University Press.

Browne, Janet. 1985a

Browne, Janet. 1985. Darwin and theexpression of the emotions. In The Darwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Browne, Janet. 1985b

Browne, Janet. 1985. Darwin and the face of madness. In Bynum, W. F., Porter, Roy and Shepherd, Michael, eds., The anatomy of madness: essays in the history of psychiatry vol. 1. London and New York: Tavistock Publications.

Browne, Janet. 1990

Browne, Janet. 1990. Spas and sensibilities: Darwin at Malvern. In The medical history of waters and spas, edited by Roy S. Porter. Medical History, supp. 10. London: Wellcome Institute for the History of Medicine.

Browne, Janet. 1995

Browne, Janet. 1995. Charles Darwin. Voyaging. Volume 1 of a biography. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.

Browne, Janet. 1998

Browne, Janet. 1998. I could have retched all night. Darwin and his body. In Scienceincarnate. Historical embodiments of natural knowledge, edited by Christopher Lawrence and Steven Shapin. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Browne, W. G. 1799

Browne, William George. 1799. Travels in Africa, Egypt, and Syria, from the year 1792 to 1798. London.

Bruce, James. 1813

Bruce, James. 1813. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, & 1773. 3d ed. 7 vols. Edinburgh.

Bruguière, J. G. 1789–92

Bruguière, Jean Guillaume. 1789–92. Encyclopédie méthodique. Histoire naturelle des vers. 2 vols. Paris.

Brullé,G. A. 1844

Brullé, Gaspard Auguste. 1844. Recherches sur les transformations des appendices dans les articulés. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 3d ser. 2: 271–374.

Brush, S. G. 1979

Brush, Stephen G. 1979. Nineteenth-century debates about the inside of the earth: solid, liquid or gas? Annals of Science 36: 225–54.

Brush, S. G. 1996

Brush, Stephen G. 1996. Transmuted past. The age of the Earth and the evolution of the elements from Lyell to Patterson. Vol. 2 of A history of modern planetary physics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Buch, C. L. von. 1813

Buch, Christian Leopold von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland . . . Translated by John Black. Withnotes . . . by Robert Jameson. London. Buch, Leopold von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland . . . Translated . . . by John Black. With notes . . . by Robert Jameson. London.

Buch, C. L. von. 1825

Buch, Christian Leopold von. 1825. Physicalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln. Berlin.

Buch, C. L. von. 1836

Buch, Christian Leopold von. 1836. Description physique des iles Canaries, suivie d’une indication des principaux volcans du globe. Translated by C. Boulanger. Paris.

Buchanan, F. H. 1807

Buchanan (afterwards Hamilton), Francis. 1807. A journey from Madras through the countries of Mysore, Canara, and Malabar. 3 vols. London.

Buchanan, F. H. 1838

Buchanan (afterwards Hamilton), Francis. 1838. The history, antiquities, topography, and statistics of Eastern India . . . Collated from the original documents. . . by Montgomery Martin. 3 vols. London.

Buchanan, Robert. 1849

Buchanan, Robert. 1849. The ten years’ conflict: being the history of the disruption of the Church of Scotland. 2 vols. Glasgow, Edinburgh, and London.

Buckland, F. T. 1857

Buckland, Francis Trevelyan. 1857. Curiosities of natural history. London: RichardBentley.

Buckland, F. T. 1860

Buckland, Francis Trevelyan. 1860. Curiosities of natural history. Second series. London: Richard Bentley.

Buckland, F. T. 1863

Buckland, Francis Trevelyan. 1863. Fish hatching. London: Tinsley Brothers.

Buckland, William. 1832

Buckland, William. 1832. On the fossil remains of the Megatherium recently imported into England from South America. Report of the British Association meeting in Oxford (1832), pp. 104–7.

Buckland, William. 1836

Buckland, William. 1836. Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural theology. Sixth Bridgewater treatise. 2 vols. London.

Buckland, William. 1841

Buckland, William. 1841. On the glacia-diluvial phænomena in Snowdonia and the adjacent parts of North Wales. [Read 15 December 1841.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3 (1838–42): 579–88.

Buckle, H. T. 1857–61

Buckle, Henry Thomas. 1857–61. History of civilization in England. 2 vols. London: John W. Parker & Son.

Buckley, S. B. 1860

Buckley, Samuel Botsford. 1860. The cutting ant of Texas. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 233–6.

Buckman, James. 1856a

Buckman, James. 1856. Notes on experiments in the botanical garden of the Royal Agricultural College. Report of the 26th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cheltenham, Transactions of the sections, p. 83.

Buckman, James. 1856b

Buckman, James. 1856. On the natural history of British meadow and pasture grasses. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England 17: 513–42.

Buckman, James. 1857

Buckman, James. 1857. Report on the experimental plots in the Botanical Garden of the Royal Agricultural College atCirencester. Report of the 27th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Dublin, pp. 200–15.

Buffetaut, Eric. 1987

Buffetaut, Eric. 1987. A short history of vertebrate palaeontology. London: Croom Helm.

Buffon, G. L. L. 1749–1804

Buffon, George Louis Leclerc, comte de, et al. 1749–1804. Histoire naturelle, générale et particulière, avec la description du cabinet du roy. 44 vols. Paris: de l’imprimerie royale.

Buffon, G. L. L. 1770–83

Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de. 1770–83. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 9vols. Paris.

Buffon, G. L. L. 1793

Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de. 1793. The natural history of birds. From the French of the Count de Buffon. Illustrated with engravings; and a preface, notes, and additions, by the translator. 9 vols. London.

Buffon, G. L. L. 1830

Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de. 1830. The natural history of quadrupeds . . . translated from the French. 3 vols. Edinburgh.

Bulhof, I. N. 1974

Bulhof, Ilse N. 1974. The Netherlands. In The comparative reception of Darwin, edited by T. F. Glick. Austin and London: University of Texas Press.

Buller, Walter. 1870

Buller, Walter. 1870. On the New Zealand rat. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 3: 1–4.

Bunbury, C. J. F. 1846a

Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1846. Notes on the fossil plants communicated by Mr Dawson from Nova Scotia. Quarterly Journal ofthe Geological Society of London 2: 136– 9.

Bunbury, C. J. F. 1846b

Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1846. On some remarkable fossil ferns from Frostburg, Maryland, collected by Mr Lyell. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 2: 82-91.

Bunbury, C. J. F. 1847

Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1847. On fossil plants from the coal formation of Cape Breton. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 3: 423–38.

Bunbury, C. J. F. 1848

Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1848. Journal of a residence at the Cape of Good Hope; with excursions into the interior, and notes on the natural history, and the native tribes. London.

Bunbury, C. J. F. 1857

Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1857. Remarks on the botany of Madeira and Teneriffe. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 1: 1–35.

Bunbury, F. J. 1891–3

Bunbury, Frances Joanna,ed. 1891–3. Memorials of Sir C. J. F. Bunbury, Bart. Early life 1 vol.; Middle life vols. 1–3; Later life vols. 1–5. Mildenhall.

Bunsen, Frances. 1868

Bunsen, Frances, ed. 1868. A memoir of Baron Bunsen . . . drawn chiefly from family papers. 2 vols. London.

Bunsen, R. W. E. 1847a

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. 1847a. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Isländischen Tuffgebirges. Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie 61: 265–79.

Bunsen, R. W. E. 1847b

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. 1847b. Über den innern Zusammenhang der pseudovulkanischen Erscheinungen Islands. Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie 62: 1–59.

Bunsen, R. W. E. 1847c

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. 1847c. Physikalische Beobachtungen über die hauptsächlichsten Geiser Islands. Annalen der Physik und Chemie 3d ser. 72: 159–70.

Bunsen, R. W. E. 1851

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. 1851. Über die Processe der vulkanischen Gesteinsbildungen Islands. Annalen der Physik und Chemie 3d ser. 83: 197–272.

Bunsen, R. W. E. 1853

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. 1853. Recherches sur la formation des roches volcaniques en Islande. Annales de Chimie et de Physique 3d ser. 38: 215–300.

Bunsen, R. W. von and Kirchhoff, G. R. 1860

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm von and Kirchhoff, Gustav Robert. 1860. Chemische Analyse durch Spectralbeobachtungen. Annalen der Physik und Chemie 110: 161–89.

Burchell, W. J. 1822–4

Burchell, William John. 1822–4. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. 2 vols. London.

Burchfield, J. D. 1990

Burchfield, Joe D. 1990. Lord Kelvin and the age of the earth. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Burckhardt, J. L. 1819

Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1819. Travels inNubia. London.

Burckhardt, J. L. 1822

Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1822. Travels in Nubia. 2d ed. London.

Burckhardt, J. L. 1829

Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1829. Travels in Arabia. 2 vols. London.

Burckhardt, J. L. 1830

Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1830. Notes on the Bedouins and Wahábys, collected during his travels in the east. 2 vols. London.

Burgess, G. H. O. 1967

Burgess, G. H. O. 1967. The curious world of Frank Buckland. London: John Baker.

Burgess, T. H. 1839

Burgess, Thomas Henry. 1839. The physiology or mechanism of blushing. London.

Burgon, J. W. 1870

Burgon, John William. 1870. Dr Temple’s ""explanation"" examined. Oxford and London.

Burke, Bernard. 1884

Burke, Bernard. 1884. The general armory of England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales. London.

Burkhalter, L. W. 1965

Burkhalter, Lois Wood. 1965. Gideon Lincecum, 1793–1874. A biography. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Burkhardt, F. B. 1974

Burkhardt, Frederick B. 1974. England and Scotland: the learned societies. In The comparative reception of Darwinism, ed. T. F. Glick. Austin: University of Texas Press,pp. 32–74.

Burkhardt, R. W., Jr. 1977

Burkhardt, Richard W. Jr. 1977. The spirit of system. Lamarck and evolutionary biology. Cambridge, Mass., and London: Harvard University Press.

Burmeister, K. H. K. 1834

Burmeister, Karl Hermann Konrad. 1834. Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte der Rankenfüsser (Cirripedia). Berlin.

Burmeister, K. H. K. 1853

Burmeister, Karl Hermann Konrad. 1853. Reise nach Brasilien, durch die Provinzen von Rio de Janeiro und Minas geraës. Berlin.

Burnes, Alexander. 1828

Burnes, Alexander. 1828. A memoir of a map of the eastern branch of the Indus, giving an account of the alterations produced in it by the earthquake of 1819 and the bursting of the dams in 1826; also a theory of the Runns formation & some surmises on the route of Alexander the Great etc. Bombay.

Burnes, Alexander. 1834

Burnes, Alexander. 1834.Travels into Bokhara. 3 vols. London. Facsimile reprint with an introduction by James Lunt. 3 vols. Karachi, London, and New York: Oxford University Press. 1973.

Burnett, W. A. S. 1992

Burnett, William A. S. 1992. Darwin’s microscopes. Microscopy: the Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club 36: 604–27.

Burnett, W. I. 1854

Burnett, Waldo I. 1854. Researches on the development of viviparous aphids. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 17: 62–78.

Burney, James. 1803–17

Burney, James. 1803–17. A chronological history of the discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean. 5 vols. London.

Burstyn, H. L. 1975

Burstyn, H. L. 1975. If Darwin wasn’t the Beagle’s naturalist, why was he on board? British Journal for the History of Science 8: 62–9.

Burton, J. H. 1851

Burton, John Hill. 1851. Emigration in its practical applicationto individuals and communities (The emigrant’s manual). Edinburgh.

Burton, R. F. 1862

Burton, Richard Francis. 1862. Account of the ascent of the Camaroons Mountain, in Western Africa. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London 6: 238–48.

Busk, George and Falconer, Hugh. 1865

Busk, George and Falconer, Hugh. 1865. On the fossil contents of the Genista Cave, Gibraltar. [Read 8 March 1865.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 21: 364–70

Busk, George. 1842

Busk, George. 1842. On the occurrence of Sarcina ventriculi in the human stomach. Microscopic Journal 2: 321–3.

Busk, George. 1852–4

Busk, George. 1852–4. Catalogue of marine Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum. 2 pts. London.

Busk, George. 1853

Busk, George, trans. 1853. On the natural history of Protococcus pluvialis. By Ferdinand Cohn. In Botanical and physiological memoirs, edited by Arthur Henfrey. London: Ray Society.

Busk, George. 1864

Busk, George. 1864. On a very ancient human cranium from Gibraltar. Report of the thirty-fourth meeting ofthe British Association for the Advancement of Science; held at Bath, Transactions of the sections, pp. 91–2.

Butcher, B. W. 1988

Butcher, Barry W. 1988. Darwin’s Australian correspondents: deference and collaboration in colonial science. In Nature in its greatest extent: western science in the Pacific, edited by Roy MacLeod and Philip F. Rehbock. Honolulu, Hawaii: University of Hawaii Press.

Butler, Joseph. 1736

Butler, Joseph. 1736. The analogy of religion, natural and revealed, to the constitution and course of nature. London.

Butler, S. V. F. 1986

Butler, Stella V. F., et al. 1986. The social history of the microscope. Cambridge: WhippleMuseum of the History of Science.

Butler, Samuel (b). 1863

Butler, Samuel. 1863. A first year in Canterbury Settlement. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green.

Butler, Samuel (b). 1923

Butler, Samuel. 1923. A first year in Canterbury Settlement and other early essays. Vol. 1 of the Shrewsbury edition of the collected works of Samuel Butler, edited by Henry Festing Jones and A. T. Bartholomew. London: Jonathan Cape. New York: E. P. Dutton. 1923–6.

Butter, Donald. 1839

Butter, Donald. 1839. Outlines of the topography and statistics of the southern districts of Oud’h, and of the cantonment of Sultanpur-Oud’h. Calcutta.

Buttmann, Günther. 1970

Buttmann,Günther. 1970. The shadow of the telescope: a biography of John Herschel. Translated by B. E. J. Page. Edited by David S. Evans. Guildford and London: Lutterworth Press.

Bynum, W. F. 1984

Bynum, William F. 1984. Charles Lyell’s Antiquity of man and its critics. Journal of the History of Biology 17: 153–87.

Byrne, J. F. 1969

Byrne, John Francis. 1969. The Reader: a review of literature, science and the arts, 1863–67. Victorian Periodicals Newsletter 4: 47–50

Byron, G. A. 1826

Byron, George Anson. 1826. Voyage of HMS Blonde to the Sandwich Islands, in the years 1824–1825. London.

Bélanger, Charles. 1834

Bélanger, Charles. 1834. Voyage aux Indes-Orientales: Zoologie. Paris.

Bénézit, Emmanuel. 1976

Bénézit, Emmanuel. 1976. Dictionnaire critique et documentaire des peintres, sculpteurs, dessinateurs et graveurs de tous les temps et de tous les pays par un groupe d’écrivains spécialistes français etétrangers. Revised edition. 10 vols. Paris: Librairie Gründ.

Büchner, F. K. C. L. 1855

Büchner, Friedrich Carl Christian Ludwig. 1855. Kraft und Stoff. Empirisch-naturphilosophische Studien. In allgemein-verständlicher Darstellung. Frankfurt am Main: Weidinger.

Büchner, F. K. C. L. 1860

Büchner, Friedrich Karl Christian Ludwig. 1860. Eine neue Schöpfungstheorie. Stimmen der Zeit 2: 356–60.

Büchner, F. K. C. L. 1862

Büchner, Friedrich Karl Christian Ludwig. 1862. Aus Natur und Wissenschaft. Studien, Kritiken und Abhandlungen. Leipzig.

Cabanis, J. B. 1764

Cabanis, Jean Baptiste. 1764. Essai sur les principes de la greffe, et sur les moyens de la faciliter et de la perfectionner. Paris.

Cairnes, J. E. 1862

Cairnes, John Elliot. 1862. The slave power: its character, career, & probable designs; being an attempt to explain the real issues involved in the American contest. London: Parker, Son, & Bourn.

Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1825

Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1825. Travels in South America, during the years 1819 . . . 21. 2 vols. London.

Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1837

Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1837. Some observations on the elevation of the strata on the coast of Chile. [Read 4 January 1837.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1833-8): 444–6.

Cambridge Philosophical Society 1835

Cambridge Philosophical Society 1835. See [Henslow, John Stevens, ed.] 1835.

Cameron, N. M. S. 1993

Cameron, Nigel Malcom de Segur, et al. 1993. Dictionary of Scottish church history & theology. Edinburgh: T & T Clark.

Campbell, Andrew. 1849

Campbell, Andrew. 1849. Journal of a trip to Sikim, in December 1848,with sketch map. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 18: 482–541.

Campbell, G. D. 1848

Campbell, George Douglas. 1848. Presbytery examined. An essay, critical and historical, on the ecclesiastical history of Scotland since the Reformation. London.

Campbell, G. D. 1850

Campbell, George Douglas. 1850. On a fossiliferous deposit underlying basalt in the island of Mull. Report of the 20th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Edinburgh (1851), Transactions of the sections, pp. 70–1.

Campbell, G. D. 1851

Campbell, George Douglas. 1851. On tertiary leaf-beds in the Isle of Mull. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 7: 89–103.

Campbell, G. D. 1853

Campbell, George Douglas. 1853. On the granitic district of Inverary, Argyllshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: 360–6.

Campbell, George Douglas. 1860.

Opening address, 1860–1 session. [Read 3 December 1860.] Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 4 (1857–62): 350–77.

Campbell, I. E. 1906

Campbell, Ina Erskine, ed. 1906. George Douglas, eighth duke of Argyll . . . (1823– 1900): autobiography and memoirs. 2 vols. London: John Murray.

Campbell, John. 1845–7

Campbell, John. 1845–7. The lives of the lord chancellors and keepers of the great seal of England from the earliest times till the reign of King George IV. 7 vols. London.

Candolle, A. C. P. de. 1862

Candolle, Casimir de. 1862. Charles Darwin. On the two forms, etc.—- Sur les deux formes ou l’état dimorphe dans les espèces du genre Primula et sur leurs rapports sexuelsremarquables. Bibliothèque Universelle et Revue Suisse. Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles n.s. 14: 192–6.

Candolle, A. P. de and Candolle, Alphonse de. 1824–73

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de and Candolle, Alphonse de. 1824–73. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive enumeratio contracta ordinum generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarum, juxta methodi naturalis normas digesta. 17 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Würtz [ & others].

Candolle, A. P. de. 1818–21

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1818–21. Regni vegetabilis systema naturale, sive ordines, genera et species plantarum secundum methodi naturalis normas digestarum et descriptarum. 2 vols. Paris, Strasbourg, and London.

Candolle, A. P. de. 1820

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1820. Géographie botanique. In Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. Edited by Frédéric Georges Cuvier. 61 vols. Strasbourg and Paris. 1816–45. Vol. 18, pp. 359–422.

Candolle, A. P. de. 1827

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1827. Organographie végétale, ou description raisonée des organes des plantes, pour servir de suite et de développement à la théorie élémentaire de la botanique, etd’introduction à la physiologie végétale et à la description des familles. 2 vols. Paris: Deterville.

Candolle, A. P. de. 1832

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1832. Physiologie végétale, ou exposition des forces et des fonctions vitales des végétaux. 2 vols. Paris.

Candolle, A. P. de. 1839–40

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1839–40. Vegetable organography; or an analytical description of the organs of plants. Translated by Boughton Kingdon. 2 vols. London.

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862a

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862. Charles Darwin. On the various contrivances, etc . . . Sur les divers moyens par lesquels les orchidées indigènes de la Grande-Bretagne et exotiques sont fécondées par les insectes et sur les avantages du croisement dans les fécondations. Bibliothèque Universelle et Revue Suisse. Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles n.s. 15: 173–6.

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862b

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862. De la flore Européenne et de la configuration des continents à l’époque tertiaire, d’après l’ensemble des travaux de M. le professeurHeer. Bibliothèque Universelle et Revue Suisse. Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles n.s. 14: 48–77.

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862c

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862. Etude sur l’espèce à l’occasion d’une révision de la famille des Cupulifères. Bibliothèque Universelle et Revue Suisse (Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles) n.s. 15: 211–37, 326–65.

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862d

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862. Mémoires et souvenirs de Augustin-Pyramus de Candolle . . . écrits par lui-même et publiés par son fils. Geneva and Paris: J. Cherbuliez.

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862e

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1862. Note sur un nouveau caractère observé dans le fruit des chênes et sur la meilleure division a adopter pour le genre Quercus. Bibliothèque Universelle et Revue Suisse (Archives des SciencesPhysiques et Naturelles) n.s. 15: 89–101. P382.c.45); Transactions of the Botanical Society [of Edinburgh] 7 (1863): 431–40 (not in CUL for 1863); Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 17 (1863): 54–62 (NF6 Q340.1.c.6).]

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1882

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1882. Darwin considéré au point de vue des causes de son succès et de l’importance de ses travaux. Bibliothèque Universelle (Archives de Sciences Physiques et Naturelles) ser. 3, 7: 481–95.

Candolle, Alphonsede. 1855

Candolle, Alphonse de. 1855. Géographie botanique raisonnée ou exposition des faits principaux et des lois concernant la distribution géographique des plantes de l’époque actuelle. 2 vols. Paris: Victor Mason. Geneva: J. Kessmann.

Canestrini family. 1935

Canestrini family. 1935. Nel centenario dalla nascita di Giovanni Canestrini. Trento.

Canestrini, Giovanni and Salimbeni, Leonardo. 1864

Canestrini, Giovanni and Salimbeni, Leonardo, trans. 1864. Carlo Darwin. Sull’origine delle specie per elezione naturale, ovvero conservazione delle razze perfezionate nella lotta per l’esistenza. Modena, Italy: Nicola Zanichelli.

Cannon, W. F. 1961

Cannon, Walter F. 1961. The impact of uniformitarianism. Two letters from John Herschel to Charles Lyell, 1836–1837. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 105: 301-14.

Canton, John. 1753

Canton, John. 1753. Electrical experiments, with an attempt to account for their several phænomena; together with some observations on thunder-clouds. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 48: 350–8.

Cantor, Geoffrey. 1991

Cantor, Geoffrey. 1991. Michael Faraday: Sandemanian and scientist. A study of science and religion in the nineteenth century. London: Macmillan.

Cantor, T. E. 1846

Cantor, Theodore Edward. 1846. Catalogue of Mammalia inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula and Islands. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 15, pt 1: 171–203, 241– 279.

Carbonell y Rivero, J. M. 1928

Carbonell y Rivero, José Manuel, ed. 1928. Evolución de la cultura Cubana, 1608– 1927. 18 vols. Havanna.

Carlyle, Thomas. 1838–9

Carlyle, Thomas. 1838–9. Critical and miscellaneous essays. 4 vols. Boston. 2d ed. 5vols. London. 1840.

Carlyle, Thomas. 1843

Carlyle, Thomas. 1843. Past and present. London.

Carlyle, Thomas. 1858–65

Carlyle, Thomas. 1858–65. History of Friedrich II of Prussia, called Frederick the Great. 4 vols. London.

Carlé, Walter. 1980

Carlé, Walter. 1980. Ferdinand Ritter von Hochstetter, ein berühmter Geologe des letzten Jahrhunderts aus schnäbischem Stamm. Jhb. Ges. Naturkunde Württemberg 135 (1980): 145–66.

Carmichael, Dugald. 1818

Carmichael, Dugald. 1818. Some account of the island of Tristan da Cunha and of its natural productions. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 12: 483–513.

Caroe, G. M. 1985

Caroe, Gwendolen Mary. 1985. The Royal Institution: an informal history. With a final chapter by Alban Caroe. London: John Murray.

Carozzi, A. V. 1967

Carozzi, Albert Victor, trans. 1967. Studies on glaciers, preceded by the Discourse of Neuchâtel. By Louis Agassiz. London and New York: Hafner.

Carpenter, C. D. H. 1936

Carpenter, C. D. Hale. 1936. Three unpublished letters of Charles Darwin.Nature 137 (7 Mar 1936): 400.

Carpenter, W. B. 1839

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1839. Principles of general and comparative physiology. London.

Carpenter, W. B. 1843

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1843. General results of microscopic inquiries into the minute structure of the skeletons of Mollusca, Crustacea and Echinodermata. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12: 377–90.

Carpenter, W. B. 1844a

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1844. On the microscopic structure of shells. Report of the 14th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at York, pp. 1–24.

Carpenter, W. B. 1844b

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1844. Popular cyclopædia of natural science. Zoology, being a sketch of the classification, structure, distribution, and habits, of animals. 2 vols. London: Wm. S. Orr and Co.

Carpenter, W. B. 1845

Carpenter,William Benjamin. 1845. Zoology; being a systematic account of the general structure, habits, instincts, and uses of the principal families of the animal kingdom; as well as of the chief forms of fossil remains. 2 vols. London: Wm. S. Orr & Co.

Carpenter, W. B. 1850

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1850. On the mutual relations of the vital and physical forces. [Read 20 June 1850.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society (1850): 727–57.

Carpenter, W. B. 1854

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1854. Principles of comparative physiology. 4th edition. London: John Churchill.

Carpenter, W. B. 1855

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1855. Researches on the Foraminifera. Pt I. Containing general introduction, and monograph of the genus Orbitolites. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 146 (1856): 181-236.

Carpenter, W. B. 1856

Carpenter, WilliamBenjamin. 1856. Researches on the Foraminifera. Pt 1. Containing general introduction, and monograph of the genus Orbitolites; Pt 2. On the genera Orbiculina, Alveolina, Cycloclypeus and Heterostegina. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 146: 181–236, 547–69.

Carpenter, W. B. 1859

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1859. Researches on the Foraminifera. Pt 3. On the genera Peneropolis, Operculina, and Amphistegina. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 149: 1–41.

Carpenter, W. B. 1860a

[Carpenter, William Benjamin.] 1860. Darwin on the origin of species. National Review 10: 188–214.

Carpenter, W. B. 1860b

[Carpenter, William Benjamin.] 1860. [Review of Origin.] British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review 25: 367–404.

Carpenter, W. B. 1862

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1862. Introduction to thestudy of the Foraminifera. Assisted by W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones. London: Ray Society.

Carpenter, W. B. 1863

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1863. On the fossil human jawbone recently discovered in the gravel near Abbeville. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 12 (1862–3): 524–9.

Carpenter, W. B. 1865

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1865. Researches on the structure, physiology, and development of Antedon (Comatula, Lamk.) rosaceus. [Read 15 June 1865.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 156 (1866): 671–756.

Carpenter, W. B. 1882

Carpenter, W. B. 1882. Charles Darwin: his life and work. Mod. Rev. 3: 500–24.

Carpenter, W. B. 1888

Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1888. Nature and man: essays scientific and philosophical. With an introductory memoir by J. Estlin Carpenter. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & Co.

Carr, Raymond. 1981

Carr, Raymond. 1981. Country sports. In The Victorian countryside, edited by G. E. Mingay. 2 vols. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Carr, Raymond. 1986

Carr, Raymond. 1986. English fox hunting: a history. Revised paperback edition. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

Carroll, P. T. 1976

Carroll, P. Thomas, ed. 1976. An annotated calendar of the letters of Charles Darwin in the library of the American Philosophical Society. Wilmington, Del.: Scholarly Resources Inc.

Carroll, P. T. and Feuer, L. S. 1976

Carroll, P. Thomas, and Feuer, Lewis S. 1976. Further evidence that Karl Marx was not the recipient of Charles Darwin’s letter dated 13 October 1880. Ann. Sci. 33: 385–7.

Carus, J. V. 1867

Carus, Julius Victor, trans. 1867. Charles Darwin, über die Entstehung der Arten durch natürliche Zuchtwahl oder Erhaltung der begünstigtenRassen im Kampfe um’s Dasein. Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von H. G. Bronn. Nach der vierten englischen sehr vermehrten Ausgabe durchgesehen und berichtigt von J. Victor Carus. 3d German edition. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagshandlung und Druckerei.

Caspary, J. X. R. 1861

Caspary, Robert. 1861. Vergrünungen der Blüthe des weissen Klees. Schriften der Königlichen Physikalisch-ökonomische Gesellschaft zu Königsberg 2 (1863): 51–72.

Cassini, A. H. G. 1813

Cassini, Henri. 1813. Observations sur le style et le stigmate des synanthérées. Journal de Physique, de Chemie, d’Histoire Naturelle et des Arts 76: 97–128, 181–201, 249-75.

Castelnau, Francis de. 1850–1

Castelnau, Francis de. 1850–1. Histoire du voyage. 6 vols. Pt 1 of Expédition dans les parties centrales de l’Amérique du Sud . . . exécutée par ordre dugouvernment Français pendant les années 1843 a 1847, sous la direction de Comte Francis de Castelnau. 7 pts in 13 vols. Paris: P. Betrand. 1850–7.

Cautley, P. T. 1840

Cautley, Proby Thomas. 1840. On the fossil remains of Camelidæ of the Sewaliks. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 9, pt 1: 620–4.

Cawood, John. 1979

Cawood, John. 1979. The magnetic crusade: science and politics in early Victorian Britain. Isis 70: 493–518. but pub. details are there.

Cervantes Saavedra, Miguel de. 1605

Cervantes Saavedra, Miguel de. 1605. El ingenioso hidalgo Don Quixote de la Mancha. Madrid: I. de la Cuesta.

Chalmers-Hunt, J. M. 1976

Chalmers-Hunt, J. M. 1976. Natural history auctions 1700-1972. A register of sales in the British Isles. London and New York: Sotheby Parke Bernet Publications.

Chamberlain, J. L. 1898–1900

Chamberlain, Joshua Lawrence, ed. 1898–1900. Universities and their sons; history, influence and characteristics of American universities, with biographical sketches and portraits of alumni and recipients of honorary degrees. 5 vols. Boston,Mass.: R. Herndon.

Chambers, Robert. 1844

[Chambers, Robert.] 1844. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. London: John Churchill.

Chambers, Robert. 1845

[Chambers, Robert.] 1845. Explanations: a sequel to "Vestiges of the natural history of creation". London.

Chambers, Robert. 1847

[Chambers, Robert]. 1847. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 6th ed. London.

Chambers, Robert. 1848

Chambers, Robert. 1848. Ancient sea margins. Edinburgh.

Chambers, Robert. 1853a

Chambers, Robert. 1853. On glacial phenomena in Scotland and parts of England. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 54 (1852-3): 229–81.

Chambers, Robert. 1853b

[Chambers, Robert]. 1853. Vestiges ofthe natural history of creation. 10th ed. London.

Chambers, Robert. 1861

Chambers, Robert. 1861. Edinburgh papers [pt 3]. Ice and water: a review of the superficial formation. London and Edinburgh.

Chambers, William. 1788

Chambers, William. 1788. Some account of the sculptures and ruins at Mavalipuram, a place a few miles north of Sadras, and known to seamen by the name of the Seven Pagodas. Asiatic Researches 1: 145–70.

Chamisso, Adelbert von. 1831

Chamisso, Adelbert von. 1831. De Plantis in Expeditione Romanzoffiana. Observatis disserere pergitur. Linnaea 6: 545-98.

Chancellor, Gordon. 1987

Chancellor, Gordon, et al. 1987. Charles Darwin’s Beagle collections in the Oxford University Museum. Archives of Natural History, vol. 12.

Chapman, A. W. 1860

Chapman, Alvan Wentworth. 1860. Flora of the Southern United States . . . arranged according to the natural system. The ferns by Daniel C. Eaton. New York.

Charlesworth, Edward. 1837

Charlesworth, Edward. 1837. On some fallacies involved in the results relating to the comparative age of Tertiary deposits, obtained from the application of the test recently introduced by Mr Lyell and M. Deshayes. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 22: 110– 16.

Chavannes, E. L. 1833

Chavannes, Edouard Louis. 1833. Monographie des Antirrhinées. Paris:Treuttel et Würtz. Lausanne: Dépot Bibliographique.

Chenu, J. C. 1842–54

Chenu, Jean Charles. 1842–54. Illustrations conchyliologiques, ou description et figures de toutes les coquilles connues vivantes et fossiles, classées suivant le système de Lamarck, modifié d’après les progrès de la science, et comprenant les genres nouveaux et les espèces récemment découvertes. 4 vols. Paris.

Chesney, F. R. 1850

Chesney, Francis Rawdon. 1850. The expedition for the survey of the rivers Euphrates and Tigris. 2 vols. London.

Chevreul, M. E. 1846

Chevreul, Michel Eugène. 1846. Considérations générales sur les variations des individus qui composent les groupes appelés, en histoire naturelle, variétés, races, sous-espèces et espèces. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 3dser.6: 142–214.

Chittenden, F. J. 1956

Chittenden, F. J. 1956. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine index; with a revision of the names of the plants depicted from the beginning in 1787 to the end of 1947: volume 1 to volume 164. To which is appended a brief history of the magazine. London: Royal Horticultural Society.

Claparède, J. L. R. A. E. 1859

Claparède, Edouard. 1859. Zur Morphologie der zusammengesetzten Augen bei den Arthropoden. Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Zoologie 10: 191–214. [Reprinted in Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6 (1860): 455--7.]

Claparède, J. L. R. A. E. 1860

Claparède, Edouard. 1860. Zur Morphologie der zusammengesetzten Augen bei den Arthropoden. Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Zoologie 10: 191–214. [Reprinted in Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6 (1860): 455--7.]

Claparède, J. L. R. A. E. 1861

Claparède, Edouard. 1861. M. Darwin et sa théorie de la formation des espèces. Revue Germanique Française & étrangère 16: 523–59; 17: 232–63.

Claparède, J. L. R. A. E. 1862a

Claparède, Edouard. 1862. Recherches anatomiques sur les oligochètes. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genève 16: 217–91.

Claparède, J. L. R. A. E. 1862b

Claparède, Edouard. 1862. Recherches sur l’évolution des araignées. Memoire auquel la Société des Arts et Sciences d’Utrecht.

Clapham, A. R. 1987

Clapham, A. R., et al. 1987. Flora of the British Isles. 3d edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Clapperton, Hugh and Lander, R. L. 1829

Clapperton, Hugh and Lander,Richard. 1829. Journal of a second expedition into the interior of Africa, from the Bight of Benin to Soccatoo. By the late Commander Clapperton, . . . to which is added, the journal of Richard Lander from Kano to the sea-coast, partly by a more eastern route. London.

Clapperton, J. H. 1885

Clapperton, Jane Hume. 1885. Scientific meliorism. London.

Clark, J. S. 1917

Clark, John Spencer. 1917. The life and letters of John Fiske. 2 vols. Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin Company.

Clark, J. W. (a) and Hughes, T. M. 1890

Clark, John Willis and Hughes, Thomas McKenny, eds. 1890. The life and letters of the Reverend Adam Sedgwick. 2 vols. Cambridge.

Clark, L. L. 1984

Clark, Linda L. 1984. Social Darwinism in France. [Birmingham], Alabama: University of Alabama Press.

Clark, R. W. 1968

Clark, Ronald W. 1968. The Huxleys. London: Heinemann.

Clark, Samuel. 1979

Clark, Samuel. 1979. Social origins of the Irish Land War. Princeton, N.J. and Guildford, Surrey: PrincetonUniversity Press.

Clarke, E. D. 1810–23

Clarke, Edward Daniel. 1810–23. Travels in various countries of Europe, Asia and Africa. 3 pts in 6 vols. London.

Clarke, J. J. 1955

Clarke, John J. 1955. A history of local government of the United Kingdom. London: Herbert Jenkins.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1839

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1839. A notice of showers of ashes which fell on board the Roxburgh, at sea, off the Cape de Verd islands, February, 1839. [Read 6 November 1839.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3 (1838- -42): 145–6.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1842

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1842. On the occurrence of atmospheric deposits of dust and ashes; with remarks on the drift pumice of the coasts of New Holland. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science 1: 321–41.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1860

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1860. Researches in the southerngold fields of New South Wales. Sydney.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1861a

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1861a. On the relative positions of certain plants in the coal- bearing beds of Australia. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 17: 354– 62.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1861b

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1861b. Recent geological discoveries in Australasia. [Read before the Philosophical Society of New South Wales on 20 November 1861.] 2d ed. with notes and addenda. Sydney.

Clarke, W. B. (b). 1861c

Clarke, William Branwhite. 1861c. On the Carboniferous and other geological relations of the Maranoa district in Queensland in reference to a discovery of zoological fossils in Wollombilla Creek and Stoney Creek, West Maitland. [Read 30 December 1861.] Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 6 (1865): 32–42.

Cleevely, R. J. 1974

Cleevely, R. J. 1974. TheSowerbys, the Mineral conchology, and their fossil collection. Journal of the 418–81.

Cleevely, R. J. 1983

Cleevely, Ronald J. 1983. World palaeontological collections. London: British Museum (Natural History) and Mansell Publishing Ltd.

Cleevely, R. J. and Chapman, S. D. 1992

Cleevely, R. J. and Chapman, S. D. 1992. The accumulation and disposal of Gideon Mantell’s fossil collections and their role in the history of British palaeontology. Archives of Natural History 19: 307–64.

Cleve, Egbert. 1873.

Cleve, Egbert. 1873. Biographical cyclopaedia of homeopathic physicians and surgeons. Philadelphia: Galaxy Publishing Co.

Clift, William. 1831

Clift,William. 1831. Report by Mr Clift, of the College of Surgeons, London, in regard to the fossil bones found in the caves and bone-breccia of New Holland. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 10: 394–5.

Clift, William. 1835

Clift, William. 1835. Some account of the remains of the Megatherium sent to England from Buenos Ayres by Woodbine Parish, Jun. [Read 13 June 1832.] Transactions of the Geological Society of London 2d ser. 3: 437–50.

Clifton, Gloria. 1995

Clifton, Gloria. 1995. Directory of British scientific instrument makers 1550–1851. London: Zwemmer, in association with the National Maritime Museum.

Clodd, E. C. 1892

Clodd, E. C. 1892. Memoir on H. W. Bates, in H. W. Bates, Naturalist on the River Amazons. London.

Clodd, Edward. 1900

Clodd, Edward. 1900. Grant Allen: a memoir. London: G. Richards.

Clokie, H. N. 1964

Clokie, HermiaNewman. 1964. An account of the herbaria of the department of botany in the University of Oxford. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Close, C. F. 1905

Close, Charles Frederick. 1905. Text book of topographical and geographical surveying. London: HM Stationery Office.

Clunies-Ross, John. 1830

Clunies-Ross, John. 1830. Some account of the Cocos or Keeling Islands; and of their recent settlement. Gleanings in Science 2: 293–301.

Clément, A. 1926

Clément, Ad. 1926. Breve til og fra J. F. Forchhammer. III. J. G. Forchhammer og Charles Darwin, 1849–1850. Mus. Minéral. Géol. Univ. Copenhague. Misc. 6: 1–5

Coats, A. M. 1969

Coats, Alice M. 1969. The quest for plants. A history of the horticultural explorers. London: Studio Vista.

Cobbe, F. P. 1894

Cobbe, Frances Power. 1894. Life of Frances Power Cobbe. 2 vols. London.

Cobbold, T. S. 1885

Cobbold, T. Spencer. 1885. Notes on parasites collected by the late Charles Darwin, Esq. [Read 3 Dec 1885]J. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) 19: 174–8.

Coddington, Henry. 1830

Coddington, Henry. 1830. On the improvement of the microscope. [Read 22 March 1830.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 3: 421–8.

Cohn, F. J. 1860

Cohn, Ferdinand Julius. 1860. Contractile Gewebe im Pflanzenreiche. [Read 1 November 1860.] Abhandlungen der Schlesischen Gesellschaft für vaterländische Cultur. Abtheilung für Naturwissenschaften und Medicin 1 (1861): 1–48.

Coke, Edward. 1628

Coke, Edward. 1628. The first part of the institutes of the lawes of England. Or, a commentarie upon Littleton, not the name of a lawyer onely, but of the law it selfe. London.

Coldstream, John. 1826

Coldstream, John. 1826. Account of some of the rarer atmospherical phenomena observed at Leith in 1825. Edinburgh Journal of Science 5: 85–92.

Coldstream, John. 1836

Coldstream, John. 1836. Cirrhopoda. In vol. 1, pp. 683–94, of Todd, Robert Bentley, ed., Cyclopædia of anatomy and physiology. London.

Colebrooke, H. T. 1805

Colebrooke, Henry Thomas. 1805. Description of a species of ox named gayal. Asiatick Researches 8: 487–501.

Colenso, J. W. 1861

Colenso, John William. 1861. St Paul’s epistle to the Romans: newly translated, and explained from a missionary point of view. Cambridge: Macmillan.

Colenso, J. W. 1862–79

Colenso, John William. 1862–79. The Pentateuch and Book of Joshua critically examined. 5 vols. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green.

Colenso, J. W. 1863

Colenso, John William. 1863. The Pentateuch and Book of Joshua critically examined. Pt 1. 5th edition, revised. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green.

Colenso,William. 1843

Colenso, William. 1843. An account of some enormous fossil bones, of an unknown species of the class Aves, lately discovered in New Zealand. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science 2: 81–107.

Coleridge, S. T. 1825

Coleridge, Samuel Taylor. 1825. Aids to reflection in the formation of a manly character on the several grounds of prudence, morality and religion. London.

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860a

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860. On Agassiz’s views of Darwin’s theory of species. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool 15 (1860–1): 81–99.

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860b

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860. On homomorphism; or, organic representative form. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool 14 (1859–60): 181–216.

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860c

Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1860. On recurrent animal form, and itssignificance in systematic zoology. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6: 81–91.

Collins, W. W. 1860

Collins, William Wilkie. 1860. The woman in white. 3 vols. London.

Colloms, Brenda. 1975

Colloms, Brenda. 1975. Charles Kingsley: the lion of Eversley. London: Constable; New York: Barnes & Noble.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1972

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1972. Charles Darwin and Mrs. Whitby. Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine 2d ser. 48: 870–6.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1976

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1976. Thecontacts of Charles Darwin with Edward Aveling and Karl Marx. Ann. Sci. 33: 387–94.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1977

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1977. To be an invalid: the illness of Charles Darwin. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1980

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1980. "I was born a naturalist’: Charles Darwin’s 1838 notes about himself. Journal of the History of Medicine and Allied Sciences 35: 8–39.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1981

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1981. Charles Darwin, Dr. Edward Lane, and the "singular trial" of Robinson v. Robinson and Lane. J. Hist. Med. 36: 205–13.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1983

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1983. I never wrote so much about myself. Darwin today, E. Geisler and W. Scheler, eds.: 37–51.

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1987

Colp, Ralph, Jr. 1987. Charles Darwin’s "insufferable grief’. Free Associations 9: 7–44.

Colvin, Christina. 1971

Colvin, Christina, ed. 1971. Maria Edgeworth: letters from England 1813–1844. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Colwell, H. A. 1922

Colwell, Hector A. 1922. An essay on the history of electrotherapy and diagnosis. London: William Heinemann.

Comte, I. A. M. F. X. 1830–42

Comte, Isidore Auguste Marie François Xavier. 1830–42. Cours de philosophie positive. 6 vols. Paris.

Condy, H. B. 1862

Condy, Henry Bollmann. 1862. Air and water: their impurities and purification. London.

Connor, R. D. 1987

Connor, R. D. 1987. The weights and measures ofEngland. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Conolly, Arthur. 1834

Conolly, Arthur. 1834. Journey to the north of India, overland from England, through Russia, Persia, and Affghaunistaun. 2 vols. London.

Conry, Yvette. 1972

Conry, Yvette. 1972. Correspondance entre Charles Darwin et Gaston de Saporta. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Conry, Yvette. 1974

Conry, Yvette. 1974. L’introduction du Darwinisme en France au XIXe siècle. Paris: J. Vrin.

Constable, W. G. 1927

Constable, William George. 1927. John Flaxman, 1755-1826. London: University of London Press.

Conybeare, W. D. and Phillips, William (a). 1822

Conybeare, William Daniel and Phillips, William. 1822. Outlines of the geology of England and Wales. Pt 1 (no more published). London.

Cook, S. E. 1834

[Widdrington, Samuel Edward] (Cook,Captain S. E., pseud.). 1834. Sketches in Spain during the years 1829, 30, 31, & 32; containing notices of some districts very little known; of the manners of the people, government, recent changes, commerce, fine arts, and natural history. 2 vols. London.

Cook, S. E. 1844

[Widdrington, Samuel Edward] (Cook, Captain S. E., pseud.). 1844. Spain and the Spaniards, in 1843. 2 vols. London.

Cooke, Benjamin. 1745

Cooke, Benjamin. 1745. Extract of a letter from Mr Benj. Cooke, FRS, to Mr Peter Collinson, FRS, concerning the effect which the farina of the blossoms of different sorts of apple-trees had on the fruit of a neighbouring tree. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 43 (1744–5): 525–6.

Cookson, George. 1840

Cookson, George. 1840. Propagation by hybrids. Annals of Natural History; or, Magazine of Zoology, Botany, and Geology 5: 424–5.

Cooper, S. A. F. 1850

Cooper, Susan Augusta Fenimore. 1850. Rural hours. 2 vols. London.

Cooper, S. A. F. 1855

Cooper, Susan Fenimore. 1855. Journal of a naturalist in the United States. 2 vols. London: R. Bentley.

Cooper,C. H. 1842–1908

Cooper, Charles Henry. 1842–1908. Annals of Cambridge. 5 vols. Cambridge.

Copeman, W. S. C. 1967

Copeman, W. S. C. 1967. The Worshipful Society of Apothecaries of London. A history, 1617–1967. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Copland, James. 1866

Copland, James. 1866. A dictionary of practical medicine. London: Longmans, Green, and Co.

Corbin, Alain. 1994

Corbin, Alain. 1994. The lure of the sea. The discovery of the seaside in the western world 1750–1840. Translated by Jocelyn Phelps. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Correns, C. 1916

Correns, C. 1916. Friedrich Hildebrand. Berichte derdeutschen botanischen Gesellschaft 34 (pt 2): 28–49.

Corse, John. 1799a

Corse, John. 1799a. An account of the method of catching wild elephants at Tipura. Asiatic Researches 3: 229–48.

Corse, John. 1799b

Corse, John. 1799b. Observations on the different species of Asiatic elephants, and their mode of dentition. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, pp. 205– 36.

Corsi, Pietro and Weindling, P. J. 1985

Corsi, Pietro and Weindling, Paul J. 1985. Darwinism in Germany, France and Italy. In The Darwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Corsi, Pietro. 1983

Corsi, Pietro. 1983. "Lamarckiens" et "Darwiniens" à Turin (1812–1894). In De Darwin au Darwinisme: science et idéologie, edited by Yvette Conry. Paris: J. Vrin.

Corsi, Pietro. 1985

Corsi, Pietro. 1985. Recent studies on Italian reactions to Darwin. In TheDarwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Corsi, Pietro. 1988

Corsi, Pietro. 1988. Science and religion: Baden Powell and the Anglican debate, 1800–1860. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cotta, C. B. von. 1865

Cotta, Carl Bernhard von. 1865. Geology and history. A popular exposition of all that is known of the earth and its inhabitants in pre-historic times. Translated by Robert R. Noel. London: Trübner & Co.

Course, Edwin. 1962

Course, Edwin. 1962. London railways. London: B. T. Batsford.

Court, W. E. 1982

Court, W. E. 1982. Dental formulae. Pharmaceutical Historian 12: 7–8.

Couthouy, J. P. 1844

Couthouy, Joseph Pitty. 1844. Remarks upon coral formations in the Pacific; with suggestions as to the causes of their absence in the same parallels of latitude on the coast of South America. Boston Journal of Natural History 4: 66–105, 137-62.

Cowell, F. R. 1975

[Cowell, F. R.]. 1975. The Athenaeum Club and social life in London, 1824–1974. London: Heinemann.

Cowling, Mary. 1989

Cowling, Mary. 1989. The artist as anthropologist. The representation of type and character in Victorian art. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cowper, William(a). 1791

Cowper, William, trans. 1791. The Iliad and Odyssey of Homer translated into English blank verse. 2 vols. London.

Cox, E. M. 1863

Cox, Emily M. trans. 1863. Essay on the metamorphosis of plants. By J. W. von Goethe.—-1790. With explanatory notes by Maxwell T. Masters. Journal of Botany 1 (1863): 327–45, 360–74.

Cox, G. W. 1888

Cox, George W. 1888. The life of John William Colenso, D.D., Bishop of Natal. 2 vols. London: W. Ridgway.

Craig, F. W. S. 1989

Craig, Frederick Walter Scott. 1989. British parliamentary election results 1832–1885. 2d edition. Aldershot, Hampshire: Parliamentary Research Services, Dartmouth Publishing Company.

Cramer, Pieter. 1779–91

Cramer, Pieter, et al. 1779–91. De uitlandsche kapellen voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America. 4 vols. and supplement. Amsterdam: S. J. Baalde;N. T. Gravius. Utrecht: Barthelemy Wild.

Crantz, David. 1767

Crantz, David. 1767. The history of Greenland: containing a description of the country, and its inhabitants. Translated from the High-Dutch. 2 vols. London: printed for the Brethren’s Society for the Furtherance of the Gospel among the Heathen.

Crawfurd, John. 1828

Crawfurd, John. 1828. Journal of an embassy from the governor-general of India to the courts of Siam and Cochin China; exhibiting a view of the actual state of those kingdoms. London. Reprint ed. with an introduction by D. K. Wyatt. Kuala Lumpur, London and New York: Oxford University Press. 1967.

Crawfurd, John. 1859

[Crawfurd, John.] 1859. [Review of Origin.] Examiner, 3 December 1859, pp. 772–3.

Crawfurd, John. 1860a

Crawfurd, John. 1860. The history of the horse, and his comparative value for military and other purposes. [Read 27 January 1860.]Journal of the Royal United Service Institution, Whitehall Yard 4 (1861): 10–24.

Crawfurd, John. 1860b

Crawfurd, John. [1860]. On the relation of the domestic animals to civilization. London: privately printed.

Crawfurd, John. 1861

Crawfurd John. 1861. On the Aryan or Indo-Germanic theory. Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London n.s. 1: 268–86

Crawfurd, John. 1863

Crawfurd John. 1863. On Sir Charles Lyell’s "Antiquity of man" and on Professor Huxley’s "Evidence as to man’s place in nature". [Read 14 April 1863.] Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London n.s. 3 (1864–5): 58–70.

Crawfurd, John. 1864

Crawfurd, John. 1864. On the supposed Stone, Bronze, and Iron Ages of society. Report of the thirty-fourth meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science; held at Bath, Transactions of the sections, p. 143.

Cresy,Edward. 1850

Cresy, Edward. 1850. Public Health Act, 11 & 12 Vict., cap. 63. Report to the General Board of Health on a preliminary inquiry into the sewerage, drainage, and supply of water, and the sanitary condition of the inhabitants of the town of Worthing. London: General Board of Health.

Crisp, D. J. 1983

Crisp, Dennis J. 1983. Extending Darwin’s investigations on the barnacle life-history. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 20: 73–83.

Crisp, Edwards. 1861

Crisp, Edwards. 1861. On some points relating to the habits and anatomy of the oceanic and of the freshwater ducks, and also of the hare (Lepus timidus) and of the rabbit (L. cuniculus), in relation to the question of hybridism. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, pp. 82–7.

Crocker, C. W. 1861

Crocker, Charles William. 1861. Begonias. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 14 December 1861, p. 1092.

Crocker, C. W. 1862

Crocker, Charles William. 1862. The lesser celandine, Ranunculus ficaria. Gardener’s Weekly Magazine, and Floricultural Cabinet 4: 68–70.

Crocker, C. W. 1864

Crocker, Charles William. 1864. Plantago lanceolata. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 26 March 1864, pp. 293–4.

Croll, James. 1875

Croll, James. 1875. Climate and time in their geological relations. A theory of secular changes of the earth’s climate. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co.

Crook, D. P. 1974

Crook, D. P. 1974. The North, the South and the powers 1861–1865. London: John Wiley & Sons.

Crossley, Alan. 1979

Crossley, Alan, ed. 1979. A history of the county of Oxford vol. 4: The city of Oxford. In The Victoria history of the counties of England. Published for the Institute of Historical Research, London, by Oxford University Press.

Crow, Duncan. 1966

Crow, Duncan. 1966. Theresa: the story of the Yelverton case. London: Rupert Hart- Davis.

Crowley, D. A. 1995

Crowley, D. A., ed. 1995. Amesbury hundred; Branch and Dole hundred. Vol. 15 of A history of Wiltshire. Oxford: published for the Institute of Historical Research by Oxford University Press.

Crowther, M. A. 1970

Crowther, M. A. 1970. Church embattled: religious controversy in mid-Victorian England. Newton Abbot, Devon: David & Charles; Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books.

Cruz, Luis de la. 1835

Cruz, Luis de la. 1835. Viage a su costa, del alcalde provincial del muy ilustre cabildo de la Concepción de Chile . . . desde el fuerte de Ballenar, frontera de dicha Concepción, por tierras desconocidas . . . hasta la cuidad de Buenos-Aires. Buenos Aires.

Crüger, Hermann. 1851

Crüger, Hermann. 1851. Über Befruchtung bei denOrangen. Botanische Zeitung 9: 57–63, 73–80.

Crüger, Hermann. 1864

Crüger, Hermann. 1864. A few notes on the fecundation of orchids and their morphology. [Read 3 March 1864.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 8 (1865): 127–35.

Cullen, William (a). 1776–84

Cullen, William. 1776–84. First lines of the practice of physic. 4 vols. Edinburgh.

Cullen, William. 1814

Synopsis nosologiae methodicae. Auctore G. Cullen. To which is added an appendix containing a synopsis of the systems of Sauvages, Linnaeus, Vogel . . . and a translation of Cullen’s Nosology . . . by John Thomson. Edinburgh.

Cullum, G. W. 1891

Cullum, George Washington. 1891. Biographical register of the officers and graduates of the US Military Academy at West Point, NY, from its establishment, in 1802, to 1890. With the early history of the United States Military Academy. 3d edition, revised. 3 vols. Boston, Mass.: Houghton Mifflin.

Cumming, John. 1863

Cumming, John. 1863. Moses right, and Bishop Colenso wrong; being popular lectures in reply to the first and second parts of "Bishop Colenso on the Pentateuch". London: John F. Shaw.

Cumming, R. G. 1850

Cumming, Roualeyn Gordon. 1850. Five years of a hunter’s life in the far interior of South Africa. 2 vols. London.

Cundall, Frank. 1915

Cundall, Frank. 1915. Darwin and Hill. West India Committee Circular, 28 December 1915.

Cundall, Frank. 1920

Cundall, Frank. 1920. Richard Hill. Journal of Negro History 5: 37–44.

Cunningham, Allan. 1827

Cunningham, Allan. 1827. A few general remarks on the vegetation of certain coasts of Terra Australis. Vol. 2, pp. 497–565, of King, Philip Parker, Narrative of a survey of the intertropical and western coasts of Australia . . . in the years 1818 and 1822. 2 vols. London.

Cunningham, J. D. 1918

Cunningham, Joseph Davey. 1918. A history of the Sikhs. New and revised edition. Edited by H. L. O. Garrett. London: Oxford University Press.

Curle, Richard. 1954

Curle, Richard. 1954. The Ray Society: a bibliographical history. London: Ray Society.

Curry, L. P. 1968

Curry, Leonard P. 1968. Blueprint for modern America: nonmilitary legislation of the first Civil War congress. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press.

Curtis, John. 1824–39

Curtis, John. 1824–39. British entomology; being illustrations and descriptions of the genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. 16 vols. London.

Curtis, M. A. 1834

Curtis, Moses A. 1834. Enumeration of plants growing spontaneously around Wilmington, North Carolina, with remarks on some new and obscure species. Boston Journal of Natural History 1 (1834–7): 82–140.

Curtis, William. 1771

Curtis, William. 1771. Instructions for collecting and preserving insects, particularly moths and butterflies. London.

Curtis, William. 1772

Curtis, William. 1772. Fundamenta entomologiae . . . being a translation of the Fundamenta entomologiae of Linnaeus. London.

Curwen, E. C. 1940

Curwen, E. Cecil, ed. 1940. The journal of Gideon Mantell, surgeon and geologist. Covering the years 1818–1852. London: Oxford University Press.

Cuvier, Frédéric. 1816–45

Cuvier, Frédéric, ed. 1816–45. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. 61 vols. Strasbourg and Paris.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1804–8

Cuvier, Georges. 1804–8. Sur les esp<`>eces d’animaux dont proviennent les fossiles répandus dans la pierre à plâtre des environs des Paris. Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 3: 275–303, 364–87, 442–72; 4: 66–75; 6: 253–83; 9: 10–15, 16–44, 89–102, 205–15, 272–82; 12: 271–84.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1806

Cuvier, Georges. 1806. Sur les éléphans vivans et fossiles. Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 8: 1–58, 93–155, 249–69.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1812

Cuvier, Jean Léopold Nicolas Frédéric (Georges). 1812. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles de quadrupèdes, ou<`> l’on rétablit les caractères de plusieurs espèces d’animaux que les révolutions du globe paroissent avoir détruites. 4 vols. Paris.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1817a

Cuvier,Georges. 1817. Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire et à l’anatomie des mollusques. Paris.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1817b

Cuvier, Georges. 1817. Le règne animal distribué d’après son organisation, pour servir de base a l’histoire naturelle des animaux et d’introduction a l’anatomie comparée. 4 vols. Paris: Deterville.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1821–4

Cuvier, Georges. 1821–4. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles, ou<`> l’on rétablit les caractères de plusiers animaux dont les révolutions du globe ont détruit les espèces. New ed. 5 vols. in 6. Paris.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1827–35

Cuvier, Georges. 1827–35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization . . . with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. By Edward Griffith and others. 16 vols. London.

Cuvier, J. L. N. F. 1834–6

Cuvier, Georges. 1834–6. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles, ou<`> l’on rétablit les caractères de plusieurs animaux dont les révolutions du globe ont détruit les espèces. 4th ed. 10 vols. and 2 atlases. Paris.

Czermak, J. N. 1857

Czermak, Johann Nepomuk. 1857. Über den schallenzeugenden Apparat von Crotalus. Zeitschrift fu<`>r wissenschaftliche Zoologie 8: 294-301.

Dallas, James. 1881

Dallas, James. 1881. Catalogue of the Library of the Geological Society of London. London.

Dallas, James. 1921

Dallas, James. 1921. The history of the family of Dallas and their connections and descendants from the twelfth century. Edinburgh: T. and A. Constable.

Dallas, W. S. 1869

Dallas, William Sweetland, trans. 1869. Facts and arguments for Darwin. By Fritz Müller. London: John Murray.

Dallinger, W. H. 1887

Dallinger, W. H. 1887. The president’s address. J. R. Microsc. Soc. (1887): 184–99.

Dalton, B. J. 1974

Dalton, B. J. 1974. Sir George Gray and the Keppel affair. Historical Studies 16 (1974– 5): 192–215.

Dalyell, J. G. 1814

Dalyell, John Graham. 1814. Observations on some interesting phenomena in animalphysiology, exhibited by several species of Planariae. Illustrated by coloured figures of living animals. Edinburgh.

Dalzel, Andrew. 1789–97

Dalzel, Andrew. 1789–97. Amakejsa <’>Ekkgmija. Sive collectanea Graeaca. 2 vols. Edinburgh.

Dana, J. D. 1843

Dana, James Dwight. 1843. On the areas of subsidence in the Pacific, as indicated by the distribution of coral islands. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 35: 341–5.

Dana, J. D. 1846

Dana, James Dwight. 1846. Notice of some genera of Coclopacea. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 1: 225–30.

Dana, J. D. 1847–9

Dana, James Dwight. 1847–9. Conspectus crustaceorum, quæ in orbis terrarum circumnavigatione, Carolo Wilkes e classeReipublicæ Foederatæ duce. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Dana, J. D. 1848

Dana, James Dwight. 1848. Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 8. Philadelphia.

Dana, J. D. 1849a

Dana, James Dwight. 1849. Geology. Vol. 10 of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. New York.

Dana, J. D. 1849b

Dana, James Dwight. 1849. On ancient sea-margins, with observations on the study of terraces. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 46: 205–21.

Dana, J. D. 1849c

Dana, James Dwight. 1849. Review of Chambers’s Ancient Sea Margins, with observations on the study of terraces. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 7: 1– 14.

Dana, J. D. 1850

Dana, James Dwight. 1850. On the degradation of the rocks ofNew South Wales and formation of valleys. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 9: 289–94.

Dana, J. D. 1851–2

Dana, James Dwight. 1851–2. On coral reefs and islands. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 11 (1851): 357–72; 12 (1851): 25–51, 165–86, 329–38; 13 (1852): 34–41, 185–95, 338–50; 14 (1852): 76–84.

Dana, J. D. 1852–3

Dana, James Dwight. 1852[--3]. Crustacea. Vol. 13 of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–1842. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. 2pts. Philadelphia. With atlas. London and Philadelphia. [1861].

Dana, J. D. 1852a

Dana, James Dwight. 1852. Crustacea. Vol. 13, pts 1 and 2, of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Philadelphia.

Dana, J. D. 1852b

Dana, James Dwight. 1852. Note on the eruption of Mauna Loa. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 14: 254–9.

Dana, J. D. 1853a

Dana, James Dwight. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea: from the report on Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition, under Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., during the years 1838–1842. Philadelphia: C. Sherman.

Dana, J. D. 1853b

Dana, James Dwight. 1853. On coral reefs and islands . . . From the author’s exploring expedition report on geology, with additions. New York: G. P. Putnam.

Dana, J. D. 1855

Dana, James Dwight. 1855. Anniversary address of the president. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Ninth meeting, held at Providence, Rhode Island, pp. 1-36.

Dana, J. D. 1857

Dana, James Dwight. 1857. Thoughts on species. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 24: 305–16.

Dana, J. D. 1863b

Dana, James Dwight. 1863. Manual of geology: treating of the principles of the science with special reference to American geological history, for the use of colleges, academies, and schools of science. Philadelphia: Theodore Bliss. London: Trübner.

Dana, J. D. 1863c

Dana, James Dwight. 1863. On cephalization, and on megasthenes and microsthenes, in classification. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 1–10.

Dana, J. D. 1863d

Dana, James Dwight. 1863. On the Appalachians and Rocky Mountains as time-boundaries in geological history. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 227–33.

Dana, J. D. 1863e

Dana, James Dwight. 1863. On the higher subdivisions in the classification of mammals. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 35: 65–71.

Dana, J. D. 1864a

Dana, James Dwight. 1864. The classification of animals based on the principle of cephalization.—- No. II. Classification of Insects. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 37: 10–33.

Dana, J. D. 1864b

Dana, James Dwight. 1864. A text-book of geology. Designed for schools and academies. Philadelphia: T. Bliss & Co.

Dana,J. D. 1863a

Dana, James Dwight. 1863. The classification of animals based on the principle of cephalization.—- Number I. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 321–52. sketch of Dana. in Amer. Journ. Sci. 3rd ser., 49 (1895): 329–56.

Daniel, Evan. 1901

Daniel, Evan. 1901. The prayer-book. Its history, language, and contents. 20th edition. London: Wells Gardner, Darton & Co.

Daniell, W. F. 1849

Daniell, William Freeman. 1849. Sketches of the medical topography and native diseases of the gulf of Guinea western Africa. London.

Dantès, A. L. 1875

Dantès,Alfred Langue. 1875. Dictionnaire biographique et bibliographique alphabétique et méthodique des hommes les plus remarquables dans les lettres, les sciences et les arts, chez tous les peuples, à toutes les époques. Paris: A. Boyer et cie.

Dareste, G. M. C. 1862

Dareste, Camille. 1862. Mémoire sur la production artificielle des monstruosités. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 4th ser. 18: 243–76.

Dareste, G. M. C. 1863

Dareste, Camille. 1863. Recherches sur les conditions de la vie et de la mort chez les monstres ectroméliens, célosomiens et exencéphaliens, produits artificiellement dans l’espèce de la poule. [Read 23 January 1863.] Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences de l’Agriculture et des Arts de Lille 10: 39–82. [Reprinted in Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 4th ser. 20: 59--99.]

Darling, Lois. 1978

Darling, L. 1978. HMS Beagle: further research, or twenty years a-Beagling. Mariner’s Mirror 64: 315–25.

Darlington, William. 1837

Darlington, William. 1837. Flora Cestrica: an attempt to enumerate and describe the flowering and filicoid plants of Chester-county in the state of Pennsylvania. 2d ed. West- Chester, Pennsylvania.

Darluc, Michel. 1782–6

Darluc, Michel. 1782–6. Histoire naturelle de la Provence, contenant ce qu’il y a de plus remarquable dans les règnes végétal, minéral, animal et la partie géoponique. 3 vols. Avignon.

Darwin, B. R. M. 1955

Darwin, Bernard. 1955. The world that Fred made: an autobiography. London: Chatto & Windus.

Darwin, C. R.

"Climbing plants": On the movements and habits of climbing plants. By Charles Darwin. [Read 2 February 1865.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 9 (1867): 1–118. Autobiography: The autobiography of Charles Darwin 1809–1882. With original omissions restored. Edited with appendix and notes by Nora Barlow. London: Collins. 1958. "Beagle" diary (1933): Charles Darwin’s diary of the voyage of HMS ""Beagle"". Edited by Nora Barlow. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1933. "Beagle" diary: Charles Darwin’s Beagle diary. Edited by Richard Darwin Keynes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1988. Birds: Pt 3 of The zoology of the voyage of H. M. S. Beagle. By John Gould. Edited and superintended by Charles Darwin. London. 1838–41. Climbing plants: On the movements and habits of climbing plants. By Charles Darwin. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green; Williams & Norgate. 1865. Collected papers: The collected papers of Charles Darwin. Edited by Paul H. Barrett. 2 vols. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press. 1977. Concordance: A concordance to Darwin’s Origin of species, first edition. Edited by Paul H. Barrett et al. Ithaca, N.Y., and London: Cornell University Press. Coral reefs 2d ed.: The structure and distribution of coral reefs. By Charles Darwin. Revised edition. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1874. Coral reefs: The structure and distribution ofcoral reefs. Being the first part of the geology of the voyage of the Beagle, under the command of Capt. FitzRoy RN, during the years 1832 to 1836. By Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1842. Cross and self fertilisation: The effects of cross and self fertilisation in the vegetable kingdom. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1876. Darwin and Henslow: Darwin and Henslow: the growth of an idea. Letters 1831–1860. Edited by Nora Barlow. London: John Murray. 1967. Descent: The descent of man, and selection in relation to sex. By Charles Darwin. 2 vols. London: John Murray. 1871. Earthworms: The formation of vegetable mould, through the action of worms, with observations on theirhabits. By Charles Darwin. London. 1881. Emma Darwin (1904): Emma Darwin, wife of Charles Darwin. A century of family letters. Edited by Henrietta Litchfield. 2 vols. Cambridge: privately printed by Cambridge University Press. 1904. Emma Darwin (1915): Emma Darwin: a century of family letters, 1792–1896. Edited by Henrietta Litchfield. 2 vols. London: John Murray. 1915. Erasmus Darwin: Erasmus Darwin. By Ernst Krause. Translated from the German by W. S. Dallas, with a preliminary notice by Charles Darwin. London. 1879. Expression: The expression of the emotions in man and animals. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1872. Fish: Pt IV of The zoology of the voyage of HMS Beagle. By Leonard Jenyns. Edited and superintended by CharlesDarwin. London. 1840–2. Forms of flowers: The different forms of flowers on plants of the same species. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1877. Fossil Cirripedia (1851): A monograph on the fossil Lepadidæ, or, pedunculated cirripedes of Great Britain. By Charles Darwin. London: Palaeontographical Society. 1851. Fossil Cirripedia (1854): A monograph of the fossil Balanidæ and Verrucidæ of Great Britain. By Charles Darwin. London: Palaeontographical Society. 1854. Fossil Cirripedia Fossil Cirripedia. Vol. I A monograph of the fossil Lepadidæ, or pedunculated cirripedes of Great Britain. London: 1851. Fossil Cirripedia Fossil Cirripedia. Vol. II A monograph of the fossil Balanidæ and Verrucidæ ofGreat Britain. London: 1854, 1858. Fossil Mammalia: Pt 1 of The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle . . . during the years 1831 to 1836. By Richard Owen. Edited and superintended by Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder and Co. 1839–43. Foundations: The foundations of the Origin of Species. Two essays written in 1842 and 1844 by Charles Darwin. Edited by Francis Darwin. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1909. Reprint edition. New York: Kraus Reprint Co. 1969. Also reprinted in de Beer, Gavin, ed. 1958. Geological observations 2d ed.: Geological observations on the volcanic islands and parts of South America visited during the voyage of HMS "Beagle". By Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1876. Geology of the "Beagle": Geological observations on coral reefs, volcanic islands, andon South America. By Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1851. Glen Roy notebook. See Theoretical notebooks. Insectivorous plants. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1875. Journal and remarks: Journal and remarks. 1832–1836. By Charles Darwin. Vol. 3 of Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty’s ships Adventure and Beagle between the years 1826 and 1836, describing their examination of the southern shores of South America, and the Beagle’s circumnavigation of the globe. London: Henry Colburn. 1839. [Separately published as Journal of researches.] not say on the title page of the Narrative vols. that Fitzroy was editor. Journal "Journal". De Beer, Gavin, editor. Darwin’s journal. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Historical Series 2 (1859): 1–21. Journal of researches (1860): Journal of researches into the natural history and geology of the countries visited during the voyage of HMS Beagle around the world, under the command of Capt. FitzRoy RN. By Charles Darwin. Reprint edition. London: John Murray. 1860. Journal of researches 2d ed.: Journal of researches into the natural history and geology of the countries visited during the voyage ofHMS Beagle round the world, under the command of Capt. FitzRoy RN. 2d edition, corrected, with additions. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1845. Journal of researches Journal of researches. Journal of researches into the geology and natural history of the various countries visited by H.M.S. Beagle etc. London: 1839. Journal of researches:Journal of researches into the geology and natural history of the various countries visited by HMS Beagle, under the command of Captain FitzRoy, RN, from 1832 to 1836. By Charles Darwin. London: Henry Colburn. 1839. Journal of researches US ed .: Journal of researches into the natural history and geology of the countries visited during the voyage of HMS Beagle round the world. 2 vols. New York. 1846. Life and letters LL. Darwin, Francis, editor. The life and letters of Charles Darwin, including an autobiographical chapter. London: 1887. Living Cirripedia (1851): A monograph of the sub-class Cirripedia, with figures of all the species. The Lepadidæ; or, pedunculated cirripedes. By Charles Darwin. London: Ray Society. 1851. Living Cirripedia (1854): A monograph of the sub-class Cirripedia, with figures ofall the species. The Balanidæ (or sessile cirripedes); the Verrucidæ, etc. By Charles Darwin. London: Ray Society. 1854. Mammalia: Pt 2 of The zoology of the voyage of HMS Beagle. By George Robert Waterhouse. Edited and superintended by Charles Darwin. London. 1838–9. Manual. Section VI "Geology" in Herschel, John F. W., editor. A manual of scientific enquiry; prepared for the use of Her Majesty’s Navy: and adapted for travellers in general. London: 1849. More letters ML. Darwin, Francis and Seward, A. C., editors. More letters of Charles Darwin. A record of his work in a series of hitherto unpublished letters. London: 1903. Movement in plants: The power of movement in plants. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1880.Narrative: Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty’s ships Adventure and Beagle, between the years 1826 and 1836. [Edited by Robert FitzRoy.] 3 vols. and appendix. London: Henry Colburn. 1839. Natural selection: Charles Darwin’s Natural selection: being the second part of his big species book written from 1856 to 1858. Edited by R. C. Stauffer. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1975. Notebook A. See Theoretical notebooks. Notebook B. See Barrett 1960; de Beer 1960; de Beer and Rowlands 1961; de Beer, Rowlands, and Skramovsky 1967; Notebooks. Notebook C. See de Beer 1960; de Beer and Rowlands 1961; de Beer, Rowlands, and Skramovsky 1967; Notebooks. Notebook D. See de Beer 1960; de Beer and Rowlands 1961; deBeer, Rowlands, and Skramovsky 1967; Notebooks. Notebook E. See De Beer 1960; De Beer and Rowlands 1961; De Beer, Rowlands, and Skramovsky 1967; Theoretical notebooks. Notebook M. See Barrett 1980; Gruber and Barrett 1974; Theoretical notebooks. Notebook N. See Barrett 1980; Gruber and Barrett 1974; Theoretical notebooks. Notebooks: Charles Darwin’s notebooks, 1836–1844. Geology, transmutation of species, metaphysical enquiries. Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett et al. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press for the British Museum (Natural History). 1987. Orchids 2d ed.: The various contrivances by which British and foreign orchids are fertilised by insects, and the good effects of intercrossing. By CharlesDarwin. 2d edition, revised. London: John Murray. 1877. Orchids: On the various contrivances by which British and foreign orchids are fertilised by insects, and on the good effects of intercrossing. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1862. Origin 2d ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1860. Origin 2d US ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. By Charles Darwin. A new edition, revised and augmented by the author. New York: D. Appleton. 1869. Origin 3d ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. Withadditions and corrections. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1861. Origin 4th ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. With additions and corrections. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1866. Origin 5th ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. With additions and corrections. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1869. Origin 6th ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. With additions and corrections. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1872. Origin: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1859. Origin US ed.: On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation offavoured races in the struggle for life. A new edition, revised and augmented by the author. By Charles Darwin. New York: D. Appleton. 1860. Ornithological notes: Darwin’s ornithological notes. Edited by Nora Barlow. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History). Historical Series 2 (1959–63): 203–78. Questions about breeding Questions about breeding. Questions about the breeding of animals. Privately printed. London: 1839. Reptiles: Reptiles. Pt 5 of The zoology of the voyage of HMS Beagle. By Thomas Bell. Edited and superintended by Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1843. Sketch of 1842 "1842 sketch". See Foundations. Sketch of 1844 "1844 sketch". See Foundations. Sketch of an infant Sketch of an infant. A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind 2 (1877): 285–94. Collected papers 2: 191–200. South America: Geological observations on South America. Being the third part of the geology of the voyage of the Beagle, under the command of Capt. FitzRoy RN, during the years 1832 to 1836. By Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1846. Theoretical notebooks: Charles Darwin’s theoretical notebooks. Edited by Paul H. Barrett, Sandra Herbert, David Kohn, Sydney Smith, and Peter Gautrey. London: British Museum (Natural History), Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Forthcoming.Theoretical notebooks. See Notebooks. Variation: The variation of animals and plants under domestication. By Charles Darwin. 2 vols. London: John Murray. 1868. Vegetable mould and worms: The formation of vegetable mould, through the action of worms, with observations on their habits. By Charles Darwin. London: John Murray. 1881. Volcanic islands: Geological observations on the volcanic islands, visited during the voyage of HMS Beagle, together with some brief notices on the geology of Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. Being the second part of the geology of the voyage of the Beagle, under the command of Capt. FitzRoy RN, during the years 1832 to 1836. By Charles Darwin. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1844. Voyage: Charles Darwin and the voyage of the Beagle. Edited by NoraBarlow. London: Pilot Press. 1945. Zoology: The zoology of the voyage of HMS Beagle, under the command of Captain FitzRoy RN, during the years 1832 to 1836. Published with the approval of the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury. Edited and superintended by Charles Darwin. 5 pts. London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1838–43.

Darwin, C. R. 1835a

Collected papers 1: 3–16 Extracts from letters addressed to Professor Henslow. Pamphlet printed for private distribution by the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1 December 1835.

Darwin, C. R. 1835b

Collected papers 1: 16–19 Geological notes made during a survey of the east and west coasts of South America, in the years 1832, 1833, 1834, and 1835, with an account of a transverse section of the Cordilleras of the Andes between Valparaiso and Mendoza. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1838): 210–12.

Darwin, C. R. 1836

Collected papers 1: 19–38 A letter, containing remarks on the moral state of Tahiti, New Zealand, &c. South African Christian Recorder 2 (1836): 221–38.

Darwin, C. R. 1837a

Collected papers 1: 38–40 Notes upon the Rhea americana. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 5 (1837): 35–6.

Darwin, C. R. 1837b

Collected papers 1: 40 Remarks upon the habits of the genera Geospiza, Camarhynchus, Cactornis, and Certhidea of Gould. Proceedings of the Zoological Society ofLondon 5 (1837): 49. "Habits of the genera Geospiza": Remarks upon the habits of the genera Geospiza, Camarhynchus, Cactornis, and Certhidea of Gould. By Charles Darwin. [Read 10 May 1837.] Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 5 (1837): 49.

Darwin, C. R. 1837c

Collected papers 1: 41–3 Observations of proofs of recent elevation on the coast of Chili, made during the survey of His Majesty’s Ship Beagle, commanded by Capt. FitzRoy, R.N. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1838): 446–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1837d

Collected papers 1: 44–5 A sketch of the deposits containing extinct Mammalia in the neighbourhood of the Plata. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1838): 542–4.

Darwin, C. R. 1837e

Collected papers 1: 46–9 On certain areas of elevation and subsidence in thePacific and Indian Oceans, as deduced from the study of coral formations. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1838): 552–4.

Darwin, C. R. 1837f

Collected papers 1: 49–53 On the formation of mould. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, 2nd ser., pt. 3, 5 (1840): 505–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1838

Collected papers 1: 53–86 On the connexion of certain volcanic phenomena in South America; and on the formation of mountain chains and volcanos, as the effect of the same power by which continents are elevated. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, 2nd ser., pt. 3, 5 (1840): 601–31.

Darwin, C. R. 1839a

Collected papers 1: 87–137 Observations on the parallel roads of Glen Roy, and of other parts of Lochaber in Scotland, with an attempt to prove that they are of marine origin. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, pt. 1, 1839,pp. 39–81. "Parallel roads of Glen Roy": Observations on the parallel roads of Glen Roy, and of other parts of Lochaber in Scotland, with an attempt to prove that they are of marine origin. By Charles Darwin. [Read 7 February 1839.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London (1839), pt 1: 39–81. [Collected papers 1: 89--137.]

Darwin, C. R. 1839b

Collected papers 1: 137–9 Note on a rock seen on an iceberg in 6lo south latitude. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 9 (1839): 528–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1841a

Collected papers 1: 139–42 On a remarkable bar of sandstone off Pernambuco, on the Coast of Brazil. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 19 (1841): 257–60.

Darwin, C. R. 1841b

Collected papers 1: 142–5 Humble-bees. Gardeners’ Chronicle and AgriculturalGazette, no. 34, 2l August 1841, p. 550.

Darwin, C. R. 1841c

Collected papers 1: 145–63 On the distribution of erratic boulders and on the contemporaneous unstratified deposits of South America. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, 2nd ser., 6 (1842): 415–31.

Darwin, C. R. 1842

"Ancient glaciers of Caernarvonshire": Notes on the effects produced by the ancient glaciers of Caernarvonshire, and on the boulders transported by floating ice. By Charles Darwin. Philosophical Magazine 21 (1842): 180–8. [Collected papers 1: 163--71.] Collected papers 1: 163–71 Notes on the effects produced by the ancient glaciers of Caernarvonshire, and on the boulders transported by floating ice. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 21 (1842): 180–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1843a

Collected papers 1: 171–5Remarks on the preceding paper, in a letter from Charles Darwin, Esq., to Mr. Maclaren. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 34 (1843): 47–50.

Darwin, C. R. 1843b

Collected papers 1: 175–7 Double flowers — their origin. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 36, 9 September 1843, p. 628.

Darwin, C. R. 1844a

Collected papers 1: 177–82 Observations on the structure and propagation of the genus Sagitta. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and Geology 13 (1844): 1–6.

Darwin, C. R. 1844b

Collected papers 1: 182–93 Brief descriptions of several terrestrial Planariae, and of some remarkable marine species, with an account of their habits. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and Geology 14 (1844): 241–51.

Darwin, C. R. 1844c

Collected papers 1: 195–6 On theorigin of mould. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 14, 6 April 1844, p. 218.

Darwin, C. R. 1844d

Collected papers 1: 196–7 Manures, and steeping seeds. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 23, 8 June 1844, p. 380.

Darwin, C. R. 1844e

Collected papers 1: 198 Variegated leaves. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 37, 14 September 1844, p. 621.

Darwin, C. R. 1844f

Collected papers 1: 198–9 What is the action of common salt on carbonate of lime. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 37, 14 September 1844, pp. 628–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1845a

Collected papers 1: 193–5 Extracts from letters to the General Secretary, on the analogy of the structure of some volcanic rocks with that of glaciers. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 1844–1845 2 (1851): 17–18.

Darwin, C. R. 1846a

Collected papers 1: 203–12 On the geology of the Falkland Islands. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society, pt. 1, 2 (1846): 267–74.

Darwin, C. R. 1846b

Collected papers 1: 212–13 Origin of saliferous deposits: salt-lakes of Patagonia and La Plata. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society, pt. 2, 2 (1846): 127–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1846c

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London (Part 2) 2 (1846): 59.

Darwin, C. R. 1847a

Collected papers 1: 214 Salt. Gardeners’ Chronicleand Agricultural Gazette, no. 10, 6 March 1847, pp. 157–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1847b

Collected papers 1: 214–17 A natural history of the Mammalia. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., &c. a review. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and Geology 19 (1847): 53–6.

Darwin, C. R. 1847c

Parliamentary Papers 1847 (vol. 34): 253–6. British Museum.

Darwin, C. R. 1848

Collected papers 1: 218–27 On the transportal of erratic boulders from a lower to a higher level. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society 4 (1848): 315–23.

Darwin, C. R. 1849a

Collected papers 1: 227–50 Geology. Section VI, pp. 156–95, in John F. W. Herschel, ed., A manual of scientific enquiry; prepared for the use of Her Majesty’s Navy: and adapted for travellers in general.

Darwin, C. R. 1850

Collected papers 1: 251–2 On British fossil Lepadidæ. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society 6 (1850): 439–40.

Darwin, C. R. 1852

Collected papers 1: 252 Bucket ropes for wells. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette,no. 2, 10 January 1852, p. 22.

Darwin, C. R. 1853

Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette 7 May 1853: 302. Tanks and hose.

Darwin, C. R. 1855

k Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette 26 May 1855: 360. Lizards eggs.

Darwin, C. R. 1855a

Collected papers 1: 252–5 On the power of icebergs to make rectilinear, uniformly-directed grooves across a submarine undulatory surface. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 10 (1855):96–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1855b

Collected papers 1: 255 Does sea-water kill seeds? Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 15, 14 April 1855, p. 242.

Darwin, C. R. 1855c

Collected papers 1: 255–8 Does sea-water kill seeds? Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 21, 26 May 1855, pp. 356–7.

Darwin, C. R. 1855d

Collected papers 1: 258–9 Nectar-secreting organs of plants. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 29, 2l July 1855, p. 487.

Darwin, C. R. 1855e

Collected papers 1: 259 Shell rain in the Isle of Wight. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 44, 3 November 1855, pp. 726–7.

Darwin, C. R. 1855f

Collected papers 1: 260–1 Vitality of seeds. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 46, 17 November 1855, p. 758.

Darwin, C. R. 1855g

Collected papers 1: 261–2 Effect of salt-water on the germination of seeds. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 47, 24 November 1855, p. 773.

Darwin, C. R. 1855h

Collected papers 1: 262–3 Effect of salt-water on the germination of seeds. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 48, 1 December 1855, p. 789.

Darwin, C. R. 1855i

Collected papers 1: 263 Longevity of seeds. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 52, 29 December 1855, p. 854.

Darwin, C. R. 1855j

Collected papers 1: 263–4 Seedling fruit trees. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 52, 29 December 1855, p. 854.

Darwin, C. R. 1856–7

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 8 (1856–June 1857): 27–33.

Darwin, C. R. 1856a

Collected papers 1: 264 Cross breeding. Gardeners’ Chronicle andAgricultural Gazette, no. 49, 6 December 1856, p. 806.

Darwin, C. R. 1856b

Collected papers 1: 264–73 On the action of sea-water on the germination of seeds. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 1 (1857): 130–40.

Darwin, C. R. 1856c

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 146 (1856): 21–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1857a

Collected papers 1: 273–4 Hybrid dianths. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 10, 7 March 1857, p. 155.

Darwin, C. R. 1857b

Collected papers 1: 274 Mouse-coloured breed of ponies. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 24, 13 June 1857, p. 427.

Darwin, C. R. 1857c

Collected papers 1: 274–5 The subject of deep wells. Gardeners’Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 30, 25 July 1857, p. 518.

Darwin, C. R. 1857d

Collected papers 1: 275–7 Bees and fertilisation of kidney beans. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 43, 24 October 1857, p. 725.

Darwin, C. R. 1857e

Collected papers 1: 277 Productiveness of foreign seed. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 46, 14 November 1857, p. 779.

Darwin, C. R. 1858a

Collected papers 2: 3–19 On the tendency of species to form varieties, and on the perpetuation of varieties and species by natural means of selection. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Zoology) 3 (1859): 45–62.

Darwin, C. R. 1858b

Collected papers 2: 19–25 On the agency of bees in the fertilisation of papilionaceous flowers, and on the crossing of kidney beans. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology,Botany, and Geology, 3rd ser., 2 (1858): 459–65. Also Gardeners’ Chronicle, 13 November 1858, pp. 828–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1858c

Collected papers 2: 25–30 Public natural history collections. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 48, 27 November 1858, p. 861.

Darwin, C. R. 1858d

Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 13 Nov 1858: 829. Hive-bees in New Zealand.

Darwin, C. R. 1860a

Collected papers 2: 31–2 Cross-bred plants. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 3, 2l January 1860, p. 49.

Darwin, C. R. 1860b

Collected papers 2: 32 Natural selection. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 16, 21 April 1860, pp. 362–3. Also Life and letters 2: 301–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1860c

Collected papers 2: 32–5 Fertilisation of British orchids by insect agency. Gardeners’Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no 23, 9 June 1860, p. 528.

Darwin, C. R. 1860d

Collected papers 2: 35–6 Do the Tineina or other small moths suck flowers, and if so what flowers? Entomologist’s Weekly Intelligencer 8 (1860): 103.

Darwin, C. R. 1860e

Cottage Gardener & Country Gentleman 24 (29 May 1860):143. Intercourse between common and Ligurian bees.

Darwin, C. R. 1860f

Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette 22 Sept 1860: 853. Irritability of Drosera.

Darwin, C. R. 1861a

Collected papers 2: 36–8 Note on the achenia of Pumilio argyrolepis. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 1, 5 January 1861, pp. 4–5.

Darwin, C. R. 1861b

Collected papers 2: 38–9 Fertilisation of British orchids by insect agency. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 6, 9 February 1861, p. 122.

Darwin, C. R. 1861c

Collected papers 2: 39–40 Phenomena in the cross-breeding of plants. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 14 May 1861, 1: 112.

Darwin, C. R. 1861d

Collected papers 2: 40 Fertilisation of vincas. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 24, 15 June 1861, p. 552.

Darwin, C. R. 1861e

Collected papers 2: 41 Fertilization of orchids. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 37, 14 September 1861, p. 831.

Darwin, C. R. 1861f

Collected papers 2: 41 Vincas. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 37, 14 September 1861, pp. 831–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1861g

Collected papers 2: 42–3 Cross-breeding in plants: fertilisation of Leschenaultia formosa. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 28 May 1861, 1: 151.

Darwin, C. R. 1861h

Collected papers 2: 43–5 Cause of the variation of flowers. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 18 June 1861, 1: 211.

Darwin, C. R. 1861i

"Dimorphic condition in Primula": On the two forms, or dimorphic condition, in the species of Primula, and on their remarkable sexual relations. By Charles Darwin. [Read 21 November 1861.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6 (1862): 77–96. [Collected papers 2: 45--63.] Collected papers 2: 45–63 On the two forms, or dimorphic condition, in the species of Primula, and on their remarkable sexual relations. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6 (1862): 77–96.

Darwin, C. R. 1861j

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s. 2 (22 Oct 1861): 76. Is the female Bombus fertilised in the air?

Darwin, C. R. 1862a

"Three sexual forms of Catasetum tridentatum": On the three remarkable sexual forms of Catasetum tridentatum, an orchid in the possession of the Linnean Society. By Charles Darwin. [Read 3 April 1862.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6 (1862): 151–7. [Collected papers 2: 63--70.]

Darwin, C. R. 1862b

Collected papers 2: 70 Peas. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 45, 8 November 1862, p. 1052.

Darwin, C. R. 1862c

Collected papers 2: 70 Cross-breeds of strawberries. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 25 November 1862, 3: 672.

Darwin, C. R. 1862d

Collected papers 2: 71 Variations effected by cultivation. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 2 December 1862, 3: 696.

Darwin, C. R. 1862e

Collected papers 2: 72–4 Recollections of Professor Henslow. In Leonard Jenyns, Memoir of the Rev. John Stevens Henslow, &c., pp. 51–5.

Darwin, C. R. 1862f

Bienen Zeitung 18 (1862): 145-6. Findet bei den Bienen in den verschiedenen Theilen Deutschlands ein Unterschied statt?

Darwin, C. R. 1862g

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s. 3 (10 June 1862): 207. Do bees vary in different parts of Great Britain?

Darwin, C. R. 1862h

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s. 3 (30 Dec 1862): 797. Penguin ducks.

Darwin, C. R. 1862i

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 6 (1862): 29. Notice on thehabits of the "agricultural ant" of Texas. By Gideon Lincecum, Esq., M.D., communicated by Charles Darwin, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Darwin, C. R. 1863a

Collected papers 2: 74–7 On the thickness of the Pampean formation, near Buenos Ayres. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society 19 (1863): 68–71.

Darwin, C. R. 1863b

Collected papers 2: 77–8 Fertilisation of orchids. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s., 31 March 1863, 4: 237.

Darwin, C. R. 1863c

Collected papers 2: 78–80 The doctrine of heterogeny and modification of species. Athenæum. Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts, no. 1852, 25 April 1863, pp. 554–5.

Darwin, C. R. 1863d

Collected papers 2: 81 Origin of species. Athenæum. Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts, no. 1854, 9 May 1863,p. 617. Also Life and letters 3: 22–3.

Darwin, C. R. 1863e

Collected papers 2: 81–2 Yellow rain. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 29, 18 July 1863, p. 675.

Darwin, C. R. 1863f

Collected papers 2: 83 Appearance of a plant in a singular place. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 33, 15 August 1863, p. 773.

Darwin, C. R. 1863g

Collected papers 2: 83–4 Vermin and traps. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 35, 29 August 1863, pp. 821–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1863h

"""Auditory-sac"" of Cirripedes": On the so-called ""auditory-sac"" of Cirripedes. Natural History Review n.s. 3: 115–16 (Collected papers 2: 85–7). By Charles Darwin. 1863. Collected papers 2: 85–7 On the so-called ""auditory-sac"" of cirripedes. Natural History Review: Quarterly Journalof Biological Science, 1863, pp. 115–16.

Darwin, C. R. 1863i

Collected papers 2: 87–92 A review of H. W. Bates’ paper on ""Mimetic butterflies"". Natural History Review: Quarterly Journal of Biological Science, 1863, pp. 219–24. "Review of Bates on mimetic butterflies": [Review of "Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon valley", by Henry Walter Bates.] [By Charles Darwin.] Natural History Review n.s. 3 (1863): 219–24. [Collected papers

Darwin, C. R. 1863j

Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris 4 (1863):378--9. Lettre de M. Darwin à M. de Quatrefages.

Darwin, C. R. 1863k

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s. 4 (3 Feb 1863): 93. Vindication of Gärtner -- effect of crossing peas.

Darwin, C. R. 1863l

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener, n.s. 4(27 Jan 1863): 70--1. Influence of pollen on the appearance of seed.

Darwin, C. R. 1864a

Collected papers 2: 93 Ancient gardening. Gardeners' Chronical and Agricultural Gazette, no. 41, 8 October 1864, p. 695.

Darwin, C. R. 1864b

Collected papers 2: 93--105 On the existence of two forms, and on their reciprocal sexual relation, in several species of the genus Linum. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 7 (1864): 69--83. "Two forms in species of Linum": On the existence of two forms, and on their reciprocal sexual relation, in several species of the genus Linum. By Charles Darwin. [Read 5 February 1863.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 7 (1864): 69–83. [Collected papers 2: 93--105.]

Darwin, C. R. 1864c

Collected papers 2: 106–31 On the sexual relations ofthe three forms of Lythrum salicaria. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 8 (1865): 169–96. "Three forms of Lythrum salicaria": On the sexual relations of the three forms of Lythrum salicaria. By Charles Darwin. [Read 16 June 1864.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 8 (1865): 169–96. [Collected papers 2: 106--31.]

Darwin, C. R. 1864d

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society 4 (1864): 91–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1865

On the movements and habits of climbing plants. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 9 (1867): 1–118.

Darwin, C. R. 1865–6

Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 9 (1865–6): 328 [Note to] Note on the structure of Medicago sativa, as apparently affording facilities for the intercrossing of distinct flowers. By the Rev. George Henslow.

Darwin, C. R. 1866a

Collected papers 2: 131–2 Partial change of sex in unisexual flowers. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 6, 10 February 1866, p. 127.

Darwin, C. R. 1866b

Collected papers 2: 132 Self-fertilization. Hardwicke’s Science-Gossip: An Illustrated Medium of Interchange and Gossip for Students and Lovers of Nature, 1866, p. 114. Extracted from Orchids, p. 359.

Darwin, C. R. 1866c

Collected papers 2: 132 Oxalis bowei. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 32, 11 August 1866, p. 756.

Darwin, C. R. 1866d

Collected papers 2: 132–4 Cross-fertilising papilionaceous flowers. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 32, 11 August 1866, p. 756.

Darwin, C. R. 1866e

Collected papers 2: 134 Note on the common broom. In George Henslow, "Note on the structure of Indigofera, as apparently offeringfacilities for the intercrossing of distinct flowers", Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 9(1867): 355–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1866f

Athenaeum: Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts. 5 June 1869, p. 772. Darwin’s elephants.

Darwin, C. R. 1866g

Athenaeum: Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts. 15 Dec 1866, p. 803. Miscellanea.

Darwin, C. R. 1866h

Athenaeum: Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts. 15 Dec 1866, p. 848. Miscellanea.

Darwin, C. R. 1866i

Land and Water 13 Oct 1866.

Darwin, C. R. 1867a

Collected papers 2: 134–5 Fertilisation of cypripediums. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 14 6 April 1867, p. 350.

Darwin, C. R. 1867b

Collected papers 2: 137 Hedgehogs. Hardwicke’s Science-Gossip: An Illustrated Medium of Interchange and Gossip for Studentsand Lovers of Nature, 1868, p. 280.

Darwin, C. R. 1868a

Collected papers 2: 135 Inquiry about proportional number of males and females born to domestic animals. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 7, 15 February 1868, p. 160.

Darwin, C. R. 1868b

Collected papers 2: 136–7 Queries about expression for anthropological enquiry. Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution . . . for the year 1867. Senate Mis. doc. no. 86, p. 324, 1868.

Darwin, C. R. 1868c

"Illegitimate offspring of dimorphic and trimorphic plants": On the character and hybrid-like nature of the offspring from the illegitimate unions of dimorphic and trimorphicplants. By Charles Darwin. [Read 20 February 1868.] Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 10 (1869): 393–437. On the character and hybrid-like nature of the offspring from the illegitimate unions of dimorphic and trimorphic plants. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 10 (1869): 393–437.

Darwin, C. R. 1868d

On the specific difference between Primula veris, Brit. Fl. (var. officinalis, of Linn.), P. vulgaris, Brit. Fl. (var. acaulis, Linn.), and P. elatior, Jacq.; and on the hybrid nature of the common oxlip: with supplementary remarks on naturally-produced hybrids in the genus Verbascum. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 10 (1869): 437–54. "Specific difference in Primula": On the specific difference between Primula veris, Brit. Fl. (var. officinalis of Linn.), P. vulgaris, Brit. Fl. (var. acaulis, Linn.), and P elatior, Jacq.; and on the hybrid nature of the common oxlip. With supplementary remarks on naturally produced hybrids in the genusVerbascum. By Charles Darwin. [Read 19 March 1868.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 10 (1869): 437–54.

Darwin, C. R. 1869a

Collected papers 2: 137–8 The formation of mould by worms. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 20, 15 May 1869, p. 530.

Darwin, C. R. 1869b

Collected papers 2: 138–56 Notes on the fertilization of orchids. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and Geology, 4th ser., 4 (1869): 141–59. "Fertilization of orchids": Notes on the fertilization of orchids. By Charles Darwin. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4th ser. 4 (1869): 141–59. [Collected papers 2: 138--56.]

Darwin, C. R. 1869c

Collected papers 2: 156–7 Origin of species. Athenæum. Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts, no. 2174, 26 June 1869, p. 861.

Darwin, C. R. 1869d

Collected papers 2: 157–8 Origin of species. Athenæum. Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts, no. 2177, 17 July 1869, p. 82.

Darwin, C. R. 1869e

Collected papers 2: 158–60 Pangenesis: Mr. Darwin’s reply to Professor Delpino. Scientific Opinion: A Weekly Record of Scientific Progress at Home & Abroad 2 (1869): 426.

Darwin, C. R. 1869f

Collected papers 2: 160–1 The fertilisation of winter-flowering plants. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 1, 18 November 1869, p. 85.

Darwin, C. R. 1870a

Collected papers 2: 161–2 Note on the habits of the pampas woodpecker (Colaptes campestris). Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of London for the Year 1870, 1870, pp. 705–6.

Darwin, C. R. 1870b

Nature 2 (16 Jun 1870): 118. Copy of a memorialpresented to the Right Hon. the Chancellor of the Exchequer.

Darwin, C. R. 1871a

Collected papers 2: 162–5 Fertilisation of Leschenaultia. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, no. 36, 9 September 1871, p. 1166.

Darwin, C. R. 1871b

Collected papers 2: 165–7 Pangenesis. Nature. A Weekly Ilustrated Journal of Science, vol. 3, 27 April 1871, pp. 502–3.

Darwin, C. R. 1871c

Collected papers 2: 167 A new view of Darwinism. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 4, 6 July 1871, pp. 180–1.

Darwin, C. R. 1871d

Collected papers 2: 167 A letter from Mr. Darwin. Index, vol. 2, 23 December 1871, p. 404.

Darwin, C. R. 1871e

Blätter des Psychologischen Vereins zu Dresden (1871): 87

Darwin, C. R. 1871f

Nature 4 (4 May 1871): 5–6. Pangenesis.

Darwin, C. R. 1872a

Collected papers 2: 168 Bree on Darwinism. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 6, 8 August 1872, p. 279.

Darwin, C. R. 1872b

Collected papers 2: 168 The descent of man. Hardwicke’s Science-Gossip: An Illustrated Medium of Interchange and Gossip for Students and Lovers of Nature, 1872, p. 112.

Darwin, C. R. 1873a

Collected papers 2: 169–70 Natural selection. Spectator, 18 January 1873, p. 76.

Darwin, C. R. 1873b

Collected papers 2: 170–1 Inherited instinct. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 7 13 February 1873, p. 281.

Darwin, C. R. 1873c

Collected papers 2: 171–2 Perception in the lower animals. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 7, 13 March1873, p. 360.

Darwin, C. R. 1873d

Collected papers 2: 172–6 Origin of certain instincts. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 7, 3 April 1873, pp. 417–18.

Darwin, C. R. 1873e

Collected papers 2: 177 Habits of ants. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 8, 24 July 1873, p. 244.

Darwin, C. R. 1873f

Collected papers 2: 177–82 On the males and complemental males of certain cirripedes, and on rudimentary structures. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 8, 25 September 1873, pp. 431–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1873g

Nature 7 (10 Apr 1873): 443–4. Instinct. Perception in ants.

Darwin, C. R. 1873h

Nature 8 (16 Oct 1873): 505. Variation of organs.

Darwin, C. R. 1874a

Collected papers 2: 182 Recent researches on termites and honey-bees. Nature. A WeeklyIllustrated Journal of Science, vol. 9, 19 February 1874, pp. 308–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1874b

Collected papers 2: 182–3 Fertilisation of the Fumariaceae. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 9, 16 April 1874, p. 460.

Darwin, C. R. 1874c

Collected papers 2: 183–4 Flowers of the primrose destroyed by birds. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science vol. 9, 23 April 1874, p. 482.

Darwin, C. R. 1874d

Collected papers 2: 184–7 Flowers of the primrose destroyed by birds. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 10, 14 May 1874, pp. 24–5.

Darwin, C. R. 1874e

Collected papers 2: 187–9 A communication on irritability of Pinguicula. Gardeners’ Chronicle. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Horticulture and Allied Subjects, n.s., vol. 2, 4 July 1874, p. 15.

Darwin, C. R. 1874f

Nature10 (11 June 1874): 102–3.

Darwin, C. R. 1876a

Collected papers 2: 189 Cherry blossoms. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 14, 11 May 1876, p. 28.

Darwin, C. R. 1876b

Collected papers 2: 207–11 Sexual selection in relation to monkeys. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 15, 2 November 1876, pp. 18–19.

Darwin, C. R. 1876c

Nature 13 (17 Feb 1876): 304–5. Fritz Müller on Brazil kitchen middens, habits of ants, etc.

Darwin, C. R. 1877a

Collected papers 2: 189–90 Holly berries. Gardeners’ Chronicle. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Horticulture and Allied Subject, n.s., vol. 7, 6 January 1877, p. 19.

Darwin, C. R. 1877b

Collected papers 2: 190–1 The scarcity of holly berries and bees. Gardeners’ Chronicle. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Horticulture and Allied Subjects, n.s.,vol. 7, 20 January 1877, p. 83.

Darwin, C. R. 1877c

Collected papers 2: 191 Fertilisation of plants. Gardeners’ Chronicle. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Horticulture and Allied Subjects, n.s., vol. 7, 24 February 1877, p. 246.

Darwin, C. R. 1877d

Collected papers 2: 191–200 A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind. Quarterly Review of Psychology and Philosophy 2 (1877): 285–94.

Darwin, C. R. 1877e

Collected papers 2: 200–5 Testimonial to Mr. Darwin — evolution in the Netherlands including a letter from Charles Darwin. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 15, 8 March 1877, pp. 410–12.

Darwin, C. R. 1877f

Collected papers 2: 205–7 The contractile filaments of the teasel. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 16, 23 August 1877, p. 339.

Darwin, C. R. 1877g

Collected papers2: 211–12 Fritz Müller on flowers and insects. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 17, 29 November 1877, p. 78.

Darwin, C. R. 1877h

Collected papers 2: 213 Growth under difficulties. Gardeners’ Chronicle. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Horticulture and Allied Subjects, n.s., vol. 8, 29 December 1877, p. 805.

Darwin, C. R. 1877i

Agricultural Gazette 2 Apr 1877, pp. 324–5. Scrofula and in-breeding.

Darwin, C. R. 1878a

Collected papers 2: 214 Transplantation of shells. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 18, 30 May 1878, pp. 120–1.

Darwin, C. R. 1878b

Collected papers 2: 215–16 Prefatory letter: flowers and their unbidden guests. In A. Kerner, Flowers and their unbidden guests, translation revised and edited by W. Ogle, pp. v–vi.

Darwin, C. R. 1879a

Collected papers 2:216–17 Fritz Müller on a frog having eggs on its back — on the abortion of the hairs on the legs of certain caddis-flies, &c. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 19, 20 March 1879, pp. 462–3.

Darwin, C. R. 1879b

Collected papers 2: 218 Rats and water-casks. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 19, 27 March 1879, p. 481.

Darwin, C. R. 1880a

Collected papers 2: 219–20 Fertility of hybrids from the common and Chinese goose. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 21, 1 January 1880, p. 207.

Darwin, C. R. 1880b

Collected papers 2: 220–2 The sexual colours of certain butterflies. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 21, 8 January 1880, p. 237.

Darwin, C. R. 1880c

Collected papers 2: 222–3 The Omori shell mounds. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 21,15 April 1880, p. 561.

Darwin, C. R. 1880d

Collected papers 2: 223–4 Sir Wyville Thomson and natural selection. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 23, 11 November 1880, p. 32.

Darwin, C. R. 1880e

Collected papers 2: 224 Black sheep. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 23, 30 December 1880, p. 193.

Darwin, C. R. 1880f

Nature 23 (18 Nov 1880): 57. Homage to Mr. Darwin.

Darwin, C. R. 1881a

Collected papers 2: 224–6 Movements of plants. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 23, 3 March 1881, p. 409.

Darwin, C. R. 1881b

Collected papers 2: 226–7 Mr. Darwin on vivisection a letter to Frithiof Holmgren. British Medical Journal 1 (1881): 660. Also, Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 23, 21 April 1881, p. 583, and Francis Darwin, ed.,Life and letters of Charles Darwin 3: 205–6. Also Times, 18 April 1881.

Darwin, C. R. 1881c

Collected papers 2: 227–8 Mr. Darwin on vivisection. Times, 22 April 1881. Also, Francis Darwin, ed., Life and letters of Charles Darwin 3: 207–8.

Darwin, C. R. 1881d

Collected papers 2: 228–9 The movements of leaves. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 23, 28 April 1881, pp. 603–4.

Darwin, C. R. 1881e

Collected papers 2: 230–1 Inheritance. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 24, 21 July 1881, p. 257.

Darwin, C. R. 1881f

Collected papers 2: 231–2 Leaves injured at night by free radiation. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 24, 15 September 1881, p. 459.

Darwin, C. R. 1881g

Collected papers 2: 232–3 A letter to Mrs. Emily Talbot on the mental andbodily development of infants. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 24, 13 October 1881, p. 565. Also, Francis Darwin and A. C. Seward, eds., More letters of Charles Darwin 2: 54–5.

Darwin, C. R. 1881h

Collected papers 2: 233–5 Extracts from two letters: on glacial drift. In James Geikie, Prehistoric Europe: A Geologic Sketch, pp. 141–2. Also, Francis Darwin, ed., Life and letters of Charles Darwin 3: 213–15.

Darwin, C. R. 1881i

Collected papers 2: 235 Mr. Charles Darwin and the defence of science. British Medical Journal 2 (1881): 917. Also, Francis Darwin and A. C. Seward, eds., More letters of Charles Darwin 2: 437.

Darwin, C. R. 1881j

Collected papers 2: 235–6 The parasitic habits of Molothrus. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 25, 17 November 1881, pp. 51–2.

Darwin, C. R. 1881l

Pall Mall Gazette 23 Sept 1881, p. 2. Mr. Darwin and revelation.

Darwin, C. R. 1881m

Roma Etrusca no. 2, anno 1, Roma, 15 July 1881.

Darwin, C. R. 1882a

Collected papers 2: 236–56 The action of carbonate of ammonia on the roots of certain plants. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 19 (1882): 239–61.

Darwin, C. R. 1882b

Collected papers 2: 256–76 The action of carbonate of ammonia on chlorophyll-bodies. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 19 (1882): 262–84.

Darwin, C. R. 1882c

Collected papers 2: 276–8 On the dispersal of freshwater bivalves. Nature. A Weekly Illustrated Journal of Science, vol. 25, 6 April 1882, pp. 529–30.

Darwin, C. R. 1882d

Collected papers 2: 278–80 A preliminarynotice: ""On the modification of a race of Syrian street-dogs by means of sexual selection"". In W. Van Dyck, "On the modification of a race of Syrian street-dogs by means of sexual selection: with a preliminary notice by Charles Darwin", Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, no. 25, 1882, pp. 367–9.

Darwin, C. R. 1882e

Collected papers 2: 280–1 Prefatory notice: studies in the theory of descent. In August Weismann, Studies in the theory of descent: with notes and additions by the author, Raphael Meldola, trans., ed. (with notes), pp. v–vi.

Darwin, C. R. 1882f

Academy 21 (10 June 1882): 417.

Darwin, C. R. 1882g

Manchester Guardian 2 May 1882: 6. Darwin and local scientific societies.

Darwin, C. R. 1887

Nature 37 (17 Nov 1887): 54

Darwin, C. R. 1888

British Weekly 4 (3 Aug 1888): 233. Darwin.

Darwin, C. R. 1891a

Nature 43 (5 Mar 1891): 415. Darwin on the unity of the human race.

Darwin, C. R. 1891b

Nature 43 (9 Apr 1891): 535–6. The multiple origin of races.

Darwin, C. R. 1902

New Zealand Herald 6 Sept 1902. Letters to Sir George Grey.

Darwin, C. R. 1908

Transactions of the Hawick Archæological Society (1908): 67–70. John Scott of Denholm, a distinguished naturalist.

Darwin, C. R. 1909

Christ’s College Magazine 23 (1909): 214–31. Some letters from Charles Darwin to Alfred Russel Wallace.

Darwin, C. R. 1917

Nature 99 (14 June 1917): 305–6. A letter of Charles Darwin in Argentina.

Darwin, C. R. 1922

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B 93 (1922): xi.

Darwin, C. R. 1924–7

Essex Naturalist 21 (1924–7): 14; plate IV. The Essex Field Club — report of meetings.

Darwin, C. R. 1929

Sunday Times (London) 20 Jan 1929, p. 19. Death-bed letter: Darwin’s reply to a correspondent.

Darwin, C. R. 1930

Nature 125 (14 June 1930):910–11. An early letter from Darwin to Owen.

Darwin, C. R. 1936

Nature 137 (7 Mar 1936): 400. Three unpublished letters of Charles Darwin.

Darwin, C. R. 1945

Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science 48 (1945): 317–18. Charles Darwin’s last letter?

Darwin, C. R. 1946

Nature 157 (22 June 1946): 831. A Darwin letter.

Darwin, C. R. 1986

Notes and Records of the Royal Society 36 (2): 261–6.

Darwin, C. R. and Wallace, A. R. 1858

Darwin, Charles and Wallace, Alfred Russel. 1858. On the tendency of species to form varieties; and on the perpetuation of varieties and species by natural means of selection . . . Communicated by Sir Charles Lyell . . . and J. D. Hooker. [Read 1 July 1858.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Zoology) 3 (1859): 45–62. [Collected papers 2: 3--19.]

Darwin, E. L. 1859

[Darwin, Edward Levett]. 1859. The game-preserver’s manual, containing full instructions in all that relates to getting up andmaintaining a good head of game. By "High Elms". London: the Field office. Derby: W. Bemrose & Sons.

Darwin, E. L. 1863

Darwin, Edward Levett. 1863. The game-preserver’s manual, and keeper’s assistant. Containing full directions for getting up and maintaining a good head of game . . . and a few words on the "Night poaching prevention act" of 1862. 4th edition. Buxton, Derbyshire: the author.

Darwin, Emma and Darwin, C. R. 1863

An appeal: An appeal. [By Charles and Emma Darwin.] [Bromley, Kent]: [privately printed.] [1863.]

Darwin, Erasmus. 1788

Darwin, Erasmus. 1788. Frigorific experiments on the mechanical expansion of air. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 78: 43–52.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1789–91

Darwin, Erasmus. 1789–91. The botanic garden; a poem, in two parts. Pt 1. Containing the economy of vegetation. London. 1791. Pt2. The loves of the plants. With philosophical notes. Lichfield. 1789.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1791

Darwin, Erasmus. 1791. The economy of vegetation. Part 1 of The botanic garden. London.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1794–6

Darwin, Erasmus. 1794–6. Zoonomia; or, the laws of organic life. 2 vols. London: J. Johnson.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1797

Darwin, Erasmus. 1797. A plan for the conduct of female education in boarding schools. London: J. Johnson.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1800

Darwin, Erasmus. 1800. Phytologia; or the philosophy of agriculture and gardening. With the theory of draining morasses, and with an improved construction of the drill plough. London.

Darwin, Erasmus. 1803

Darwin, Erasmus. 1803. Temple of nature; or, the origin of society: a poem, with philosophical notes. 2 pts. London.

Darwin, Francis and Seward, A. C. 1903

Darwin, Francis, and Seward, A. C., eds. 1903. More letters of CharlesDarwin. 2 vols. London.

Darwin, Francis. 1887

Darwin, Francis,ed. 1887. The life and letters of Charles Darwin. 3 vols. London.

Darwin, Francis. 1892

Darwin, Francis, ed. 1892. Charles Darwin; his life told in an autobiographical chapter, and in a selected series of his published letters. London.

Darwin, Francis. 1912

Darwin, Francis. 1912. FitzRoy and Darwin, 1831–36. Nature 88: 547–8.

Darwin, Francis. 1914

Darwin, Francis. 1914. William Erasmus Darwin. Christ’s College Magazine 29: 16–23.

Darwin, Francis. 1916

Darwin, Francis. 1916. Memoir of Sir George Darwin. In Scientific papers, by George Howard Darwin. 1916. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Darwin, Francis. 1920

Darwin, Francis. 1920. Springtime and other essays. London: John Murray.

Darwin, R. W. 1787

[Darwin, Robert Waring]. 1787. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnæus. Newark, Lincolnshire: Allin and Co.

Darwin, R. W. 1810

Darwin, Robert Waring. 1810. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnæus. 3d edition. Newark, Lincolnshire: M. Hage.

Darwin,C. R. 1845b

Collected papers 1: 199–203 An account of the fine dust which often falls on vessels in the Atlantic Ocean. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Geological Society, pt. 1, 2 (1846): 26–30.

Darwin,C. R. 1849b

Collected papers 1: 250–1 Remarks on Cirripedia. Athenæum. Journal of Literature, Science, and the Fine Arts, no. 1143, 22 September 1849, p. 966.

Darwin,C. R. 1862a

Collected papers 2: 63–70 On the three remarkable sexual forms of Catasetum tridentatum, an orchid in the possession of the Linnean Society. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6 (1862): 151–7.

Darwin,C. R. 1871g

Nature 17 (27 Dec 1877): 163. Fertilisation of Glossostigma.

Darwin,C. R. 1881k

Nature 23 (23 Feb 1881): 393–4. Honours to Mr. Darwin.

Darwin,C. R. 1889

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society (1889): 454–5. Miscellaneous.

Daubeny, C. G. B. 1826

Daubeny, Charles Giles Bridle. 1826. A description of active and extinct volcanoes; with remarks on their origin, their chemical phaenomena, and the character of their products. London and Oxford.

Daubeny, C. G. B. 1836

Daubeny, Charles Giles Bridle. 1836. On the action of light upon plants, and of plants upon the atmosphere. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, pp. 149–75.

Daubeny, C. G. B. 1860

Daubeny, Charles GilesBridle. 1860. Remarks on the final causes of the sexuality of plants, with particular reference to Mr Darwin’s work "On the origin of species by natural selection". Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Oxford (1861), Transactions of the sections, pp. 109–10.

Daubeny, C. G. B. 1867

Daubeny, Charles Giles Bridle. 1867. Miscellanies: being a collection of memoirs and essays on scientific and literary subjects, published at various times. 2 vols. Oxford and London.

Daunton, M. J. 1985

Daunton, Martin J. 1985. Royal Mail: the Post Office since 1840. London and Dover, New Hampshire: Athlone Press.

Davidson, R. T. and Benham, William. 1891

Davidson, Randall Thomas and Benham, William. 1891. Life of Archibald Campbell Tait, archibishop of Canterbury. 2 vols. London.

Davidson, T. W. StC. 1848

Davidson, Thomas William StClair. 1848. Mémoire sur les Brachiopodes du système silurien supérieur d’Angleterre. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France 2d ser. 5 (1847–8): 309–53.

Davidson, T. W. StC. 1851–86

Davidson, Thomas William St Clair. 1851–86. British fossil Brachiopoda. 6 vols. and 2 vols. plates. London.

Davidson, T. W. StC. 1861

Davidson, Thomas William St Clair. 1861. On British Carboniferous Brachiopoda. Geologist 4: 41–59.

Davidson, T. W. StC. 1862

Davidson, Thomas William St Clair. 1862. On some Carboniferous brachiopods collected in India. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 25–35.

Davies, G. L. 1968

Davies, Gordon Leslie. 1968. The tour of the British Isles made by Louis Agassiz in 1840. Annals of Science 24: 131–46.

Davies, G. L. 1969

Davies, Gordon Leslie. 1969. Theearth in decay: a history of British geomorphology 1578–1878. London: MacDonald Technical & Scientific.

Davis, Henry. 1849

Davis, Henry. 1849. Notes on the Souffrière of St. Vincent. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 5: 53-5.

Davis, R. B. 1955

Davis, Richard Beale. 1955. The Abbé Correa in America, 1812–1820. The contributions of the diplomat and natural philosopher to the foundations of our national life. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society n.s. 45 (pt 2): 85–197.

Davitashvili, L. S. 1946

Davitashvili, L. S. 1946. V. O. Kovalevskii. Moscow and Leningrad.

Davy, Humphry. 1800

Davy, Humphry. 1800. Researches, chemical and philosophical; chiefly concerning nitrous oxide . . . and its respiration. London. Reprint 1972. London: Butterworth.

Davy, Humphry. 1830

Davy, Humphry. 1830. Consolations intravel, or the last days of a philosopher. Edited by John Davy. London.

Davy, John. 1854

Davy, John. 1854. Some observations on the Salmonidæ. [Read 18 December 1854.] Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 3 (1850–7): 267–8.

Davy, John. 1855

Davy, John. 1855. The angler and his friend; or, piscatory colloquies and fishing excursions. London.

Davy, John. 1856

Davy, John. 1856. Some observations on the ova of the salmon, in relation to the distribution of species; in a letter addressed to Charles Darwin, Esq., M.A., V.P.R.S. &c. [Read 26 April 1855.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 146: 21–9.

Dawkings, H. C. and Philip, M. S. 1998

Dawkings, H. Colyear and Philip, Michael S. 1998. Tropical moist forest silviculture and management. A history of success and failure. Wallingford, Oxfordshire, and New York: CAB International.

Dawson, J. W. 1855

Dawson, John William. 1855. Acadian geology: an account of the geological structure and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, and portions of the neighbouring provinces of British America. Edinburgh.

Dawson, J. W. 1857

Dawson, John William. 1857. On the Newer Pliocene and PostPliocene deposits of the vicinity of Montreal, with notices of fossils recently discovered in them. Canadian Naturalist 2: 401–26.

Dawson, J. W. 1859

Dawson, John William. 1859. On a terrestrial mollusk, a Chilognathous myriapod, and some new species of reptiles, from the Coal-formation of Nova Scotia. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16 (1860): 268–77.

Dawson, J. W. 1860a

Dawson, John William. 1860. Archaia; or, studies of the cosmogony and natural history of the Hebrew Scriptures. Montreal and London.

Dawson, J. W. 1860b

Dawson, JohnWilliam. 1860. Notice of the Tertiary fossils from Labrador, Maine, &c., and remarks on the climate of Canada in the new Pliocene or Pleistocene period. Canadian Naturalist 5: 100–20.

Dawson, J. W. 1860c

Dawson, John William. 1860. Review of Darwin on the origin of species by means of natural selection. Canadian Naturalist 5: 100–20.

Dawson, J. W. 1862a

Dawson, John William. 1862. Alpine and Arctic plants: a lecture delivered before the Young Men’s Christian Association of Montreal, February, 1862. Montreal.

Dawson, J. W. 1862b

Dawson, John William. 1862. Review of Hooker’s outlines of the distribution of Arctic plants. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and proceedings of the Natural History Society of Montreal 7: 334-44.

Dawson, L. S. 1885, 1969

Dawson, Llewellyn Styles. 1885. Memoirs of hydrography including brief biographies of the principal officers who haveserved in HM naval surveying service between the years 1750 and 1885. 2 pts. Eastbourne. Facsimile reprint. London: Cornmarket Press. 1969.

Dawson, W. R. 1946

Dawson, Warren R. 1946. The Huxley papers. A descriptive catalogue of the correspondence, manuscripts and miscellaneous papers of the Rt Hon. Thomas Henry Huxley, PC, DCL, FRS, preserved in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London. London: Macmillan for the Imperial College of Science and Technology.

De Beer, Gavin and Rowlands, M. J. 1961

De Beer, Gavin and Rowlands, M. J., eds. 1961. Darwin’s notebooks on transmutation of species. Addenda and corrigenda. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Historical Series 2: 185–200.

De Beer, Gavin. 1958a

De Beer, Gavin, ed. 1958. Charles Darwin and Alfred Russel Wallace. Evolution by natural selection. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Reprint edition. New York and London: Johnson Reprint Corporation. 1971.

De Beer, Gavin. 1958b

De Beer, Gavin. 1958. Further unpublished letters of Charles Darwin. Annals of Science 14: 83–115.

De Beer, Gavin. 1959a

De Beer, Gavin, ed. 1959. Darwin’s journal. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History). Historical Series 2 (1959–63): 3–21.

De Beer, Gavin. 1959b

De Beer, Gavin, ed. 1959. Some unpublished letters of Charles Darwin. Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London 14: 12–66.

De Beer, Gavin. 1960b

De Beer, Gavin. 1958. (Published in 1960.) Further unpublished letters of Charles Darwin. Ann. Sci. 14: 83–115.

De Beer, Gavin. 1968a

De Beer, Gavin, ed. 1968. Charles Darwin: Questions about the breeding of animals [1840]. Natural History.

De Beer, Gavin. 1968b

De Beer, Gavin. 1968. The Darwin letters at Shrewsbury School. Notes & Rec. R. Soc. Lond. 23: 68–85.

De Beer,Gavin. 1960a

De Beer, Gavin, ed. 1960. Darwin’s notebooks on transmutation of species. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Historical Series 2: 25–183.

De Filippi, Filippo. 1861

De Filippi, Fillipo. 1861. Osservazioni zoologiche. Archivio per la Zoologia, l’Anatomia e le Fisiologia 1: 200–27.

De la Beche, H. T. 1834

De la Beche, Henry Thomas. 1834. Researches in theoretical geology. London.

De la Beche, H. T. 1846

De la Beche, Henry Thomas. 1846. On the formation of the rocks of South Wales and south western England. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and of the Museum of Economic Geology in London 1: 1–296.

De la Beche, H. T. 1848

De la Beche, Henry Thomas. 1848. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 4:xxi–cxx.

DeBeer, Gavin. 1954

De Beer, Gavin. 1954. Archeopteryx lithographica. A study based upon the British Museum specimen. London: British Museum (Natural History).

Dean, D. R. 1969

Dean, Dennis R. 1969. Hitchcock’s dinosaur tracks. American Quarterly 21: 639–44.

Dean, D. R. 1980

Dean, Dennis R. 1980. Graham Island, Charles Lyell, and the craters of elevation controversy. Isis 71: 571–88.

Dease, P. W. and Simpson, Thomas. 1838

Dease, Peter Warren and Simpson, Thomas. 1838. An account of the recent Arctic discoveries. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 8: 213–25.

Decaisne, Joseph. 1845

Decaisne, Joseph. 1845. Recherches sur les anthéridies et les spores de quelque Fucus. [Read 11 November 1844.] Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Botanique 3d ser. 3: 5–15.

Decaisne, Joseph. 1853

Decaisne, Joseph. 1853. Plantes vasculaires (Botanique, vol. 2). In Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. Voyage au pôle sud et dans L’Océanie sur les corvettes L’Astrolabe etLa Zélée. 23 vols. Paris. [1841--54].

Decaisne, Joseph. 1855

Decaisne, Joseph. 1855. Le jardin fruitier du Muséum, ou monographie des arbres fruitiers cultivés dans cet établissement.—- Examen critique de la doctrine de Van Mons. Journal de la Société Impériale et Centrale d’Horticulture 1: 218–40.

Decaisne, Joseph. 1857

Decaisne, Joseph. 1857. On the development of the floral organs in the pear. Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 14 November 1857, p. 773.

Decaisne, Joseph. 1858–75

Decaisne, Joseph. 1858–75. Le jardin fruitier du Muséum ou iconographie de toutes les espèces et variétés d’arbres fruitiers cultivés dans cet établissement avec leur description, leur histoire, leur synonymie, etc. 9 vols. in 5. Paris: Firmin Didot Frères, fils & Cie.

Decaisne,Joseph. 1863

Decaisne, Joseph. 1863. De la variabilité dans l’espèce du poirier; résultat d’expériences faites au Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de 1853 à 1862 inclusivement. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences 57: 6–17. [Reprinted in Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 4th ser. 20: 188--200.]

Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1825–38

Dejean, Pierre François Marie Auguste. 1825–38. Species général des Coléoptères de la collection de M. le Comte Dejean. 6 vols. Paris.

Delarouzée, Charles. 1859

Delarouzée, Charles. 1859. Description d’un nouveau genre de Carabiques. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France 3d ser. 7: 65–9.

Demas, D. S. 1840

Demas, Don Sinbaldo. 1840. On the Egyptian system of artificial hatching. Journalof the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 8: 38-48.

Dempster, W. J. 1983

Dempster, W. J. 1983. Patrick Matthew and natural selection: nineteenth century gentleman-farmer, naturalist and writer. Edinburgh: Paul Harris publishing.

Dempster, W. J. 1996

Dempster, W. J. 1996. Natural selection and Patrick Matthew. Evolutionary concepts in the nineteenth century. Durham: Pentland Press.

Denney, R. E. 1992

Denney, Robert E. 1992. The civil war years: a day-by-day chronicle of the life of a nation. New York: Sterling Publishing.

Deshayes, G. P. 1824–37

Deshayes, Gérard Paul. 1824–37. Description des coquilles fossiles des environs de Paris. 2 vols. and atlas. Paris.

Deshayes, G. P. 1853–4

Deshayes,Gérard Paul. 1853–4. Catalogus Concharum Bivalvium, quæ in Musæo Britannico asservantur. Pt 1: Veneridæ; pt 2: Petricoladæ (concluded); Corbiculadæ. [Edited by J. E. Gray.] London.

Desmond, Adrian and Moore, James. 1991

Desmond, Adrian and Moore, James. 1991. Darwin. London: Michael Joseph.

Desmond, Adrian. 1982

Desmond, Adrian. 1982. Archetypes and ancestors: palaeontology in Victorian London, 1850–1875. London: Blond & Briggs.

Desmond, Adrian. 1984a

Desmond, Adrian. 1984. Robert E. Grant: the social predicament of a pre-Darwinian transmutationist. Journal of the History of Biology 17: 189–223.

Desmond, Adrian. 1984b

Desmond, Adrian. 1984. Robert E. Grant’s later views on organic development: the Swiney lectures on ""palaeozoology"", 1853–1857. Archives of Natural History 11: 395– 413.

Desmond, Adrian. 1985

Desmond, Adrian. 1985. The making of institutional zoology in London 1822–1836. History of science 23: 153–85, 223–50.

Desmond, Adrian. 1989

Desmond, Adrian. 1989. The politics of evolution: morphology, medicine, and reform in radical London. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Desmond, Adrian. 1994–7

Desmond, Adrian. 1994–7. Huxley. 2 vols. London: Michael Joseph.

Desmond, Ray and Hepper, F. N. 1993

Desmond, Ray and Hepper, F. Nigel. 1993. A century of Kew plantsmen. A celebration of the Kew Guild. Richmond: Kew Guild.

Desmond, Ray. 1965

Desmond, Ray. 1965. John Smith, Kew’s first curator. Kew Guild Journal 8: 576–87.

Desmond, Ray. 1977

Desmond, Ray. 1977. Dictionary of British and Irish botanists and horticulturists, including plant collectors and botanical artists. 3d ed. London: Taylor and Francis.

Desmond, Ray. 1992

Desmond, Ray. 1992. The European discovery of the Indian flora. Oxford: Oxford University Press [in association with the] Royal BotanicGardens.

Desmond, Ray. 1994

Desmond, Ray. 1994. Dictionary of British and Irish botanists and horticulturists including plant collectors, flower painters and garden designers. New edition, revised and completely updated with the assistance of Christine Ellwood. London: Taylor & Francis and the Natural History Museum. Bristol, Pa.: Taylor & Francis.

Desmond, Ray. 1995

Desmond, Ray. 1995. Kew: the history of the Royal Botanic Gardens. London: Harvill Press with the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Desmond, Ray. 1999

Desmond, Ray. 1999. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, traveller and plant collector. Woodbridge, Suffolk: Antique Collectors’ Club with the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Devay, F. M. A. 1862

Devay,Francis. 1862. Du danger des mariages consanguins sous le rapport sanitaire. 2d edition. Paris: Victor Masson & fils

Di Gregorio, M. A. 1982

Di Gregorio, M. A. 1982. In search of the natural system: problems of zoological classification in Victorian Britain. History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences 4: 225–54.

Di Gregorio, M. A. 1984

Di Gregorio, Mario A. 1984. T. H. Huxley’s place in natural science. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.

Dicey, Edward. 1862

D[icey], E[dward]. 1862. The outlook of the war. Daily News, 4 September 1862, p. 3. Abridged and reprinted from Macmillan’s Magazine 6 (1862): 408–20.

Dick, T. L. 1823

Dick, Thomas Lauder. 1823. On the parallel roads of Lochaber. [Read 2 March 1818.] Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 9: 1–64.

Dickens, C. J. A. 1853

Dickens, Charles. 1853. Bleak House. London. S727.c.85.3

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1841

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1841. An account of the Chatham Islands. Communicated by Dr Ernest Dieffenbach, M.D., naturalistto the New Zealand Company, and printed with its concurrence. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 11: 195–215.

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1843

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1843. Travels in New Zealand; with contributions to the geography, geology, botany, and natural history of that country. 2 vols. London. Dieffenbach, Ernst, trans. 1843. Travels in New Zealand; with contributions to the geography, geology, botany, and natural history of that country. 2 vols. London.

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1844

Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1844. Charles Darwin’s Naturwissenschaftliche Reisen nachden Inseln des grünen Vorgebirges, Südamerika. 2 pts. By Charles Darwin. Braunschweig. Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1844. Naturwissenschaftliche Reisen. By Charles Darwin. Braunschweig.

Dietz, R. S. 1978

Dietz, Robert S. 1978.IFOs (Identified Flying Objects). Sea Frontiers, pp. 341–6.

Disraeli, Benjamin. 1847

Disraeli, Benjamin. 1847. Tancred: or, the new crusade. 3 vols. London: Henry Colburn.

Disraeli, Benjamin. 1864

Disraeli, Benjamin. 1864. Church policy: a speech delivered . . . at a meeting of the Oxford Diocesan Society for the augmentation of small livings. London: Rivingtons.

Dixon, E. S. 1848

Dixon, Edmund Saul. 1848. Ornamental and domestic poultry: their history and management. London.

Dixon, E. S. 1851

Dixon, Edmund Saul. 1851. The dovecote and the aviary: being sketches of the natural history of pigeons and other domestic birds in a captive state, with hints for their management. London.

Dixon, E. S. 1854

Delamer, EugeneSebastian, pseud. (Edmund Saul Dixon.) 1854. Pigeons and rabbits, in their wild, domestic, and captive states. London.

Dixon, Frederick. 1850

Dixon, Frederick. 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations of Sussex. London.

Dobell, Horace. 1861

Dobell, Horace. 1861. Lectures on the germs and vestiges of disease, and on the prevention of the invasion and fatality of disease by periodical examinations. London: John Churchill.

Dobell, Horace. 1862

Dobell,Horace. 1862. A contribution to the natural history of hereditary transmission. [Read 25 November 1862.] Medico-Chirurgical Transactions 46: 25–8.

Dobell, Horace. 1866

Dobell, Horace. 1866. On winter cough, catarrh, bronchitis, emphysema, asthma, with an appendix on some principles of diet in disease, a course of lectures delivered at the Royal Infirmary for Diseases of the Chest. London: John Churchill & Sons.

Dobell, Horace. 1880

Dobell, Horace. 1880. On loss of weight, blood-spitting and lung disease. 2d edition. London: J. & A. Churchill.

Dod, C. R. 1972

Dod, Charles Roger. 1972. Electoral factsfrom 1832 to 1853 impartially stated . . . Edited with an introduction and bibliographical guide to electoral sources, 1832–1885., by H. J. Hanham. Brighton: Harvester Press.

Dodd, Victor. 1983

Dodd, Victor. 1983. Beemasters of the past. Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire: Northern Bee Books.

Doello-Jurado, M. 1917

Doello-Jurado, M. 1917. A letter of Ch. Darwin in Argentina. Nature 99: 305–6.

Dolomieu, D. S. G. T. D. G. de. 1783

Dolomieu, Dieudonné Sylvain Guy Tancrède (Déodat) de Gratet de. 1783. Voyage aux iles de Lipari, fait en 1781; ou, notices sur les Iles æoliennes, pour servir à l’histoire des volcans; suivi d’un mémoire sur une espèce de volcan d’air, & d’un autre sur la température du climat de Malthe, & sur la différence de la chaleur réelle & de la chaleur sensible. Paris.

Don, David. 1834

Don,David. 1834. An attempt at a new arrangement of the Ericaceæ. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 17: 150–60.

Don, David. 1837

Don, David. 1837. On the modifications of æstivation observable in certain plants formerly referred to the genus Cinchona. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 17: 139–43.

Don, David. 1841

Don, David. 1841. An account of the Indian species of Juncus and Luzula. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 18: 317–26.

Donn, James. 1823

Donn, James. 1823. Hortus Cantabrigiensis; or an accented catalogue of indigenous and exotic plants cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden. 10th ed., with numerous additions and corrections, by John Lindley. London.

Donoso-Barros, R. 1975

Donoso-Barros, R. 1975. Introduction. In Zoology of the voyage of HMS "Beagle". Pt 5: Reptiles, by Thomas Bell. Facsimilereprint. Laurence, Kansas: Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles.

Dortous de Mairan, J. J. 1749

Dortous de Mairan, Jean Jacques. 1749. Dissertation sur la glace. Paris.

Doubleday, Edward. 1845

Doubleday, Edward. 1845. Remarks on the genus Argynnis of the Encyclopédie Méthodique, especially in regard to its subdivision by means of characters drawn from the neuration of the wings. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 19: 477–85.

Doubleday, Henry. 1842

Doubleday, Henry. 1842. On the Bardfield oxlip. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9: 515.

Doubleday, Thomas. 1842

Doubleday, Thomas. 1842. The true law of population shewn to be connected with the food of the people. London.

Douglas, Robert. 1934

Douglas, Robert. 1934. Annals of the Royal Burgh of Forres. Elgin: the author.

Downing, A. J. 1845

Downing, Andrew Jackson. 1845. The fruits and fruit trees of America: or the culture, propagation, and management, in the garden and orchard, of fruit trees generally; with descriptions of all the finest varieties of fruit, native and foreign, cultivated in this country. London: Wiley & Putman.

Draper, J. W. 1856

Draper, John William. 1856. Human physiology, statical and dynamical; or, the conditions and course of the life of man. London.

Draper, J. W. 1860

Draper, John William. 1860. On the intellectual development of Europe, considered with reference to the views of Mr Darwin andothers, that the progression of organisms is determined by law. Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Oxford, Transactions of the sections, pp. 115–16.

Drejer, S. T. N. 1840–1

Drejer, Salomon Thomas Nicolai. 1840–1. Revisio critica Caricum borealium in terris sub imperio Danico jacentibus inventarum. Naturhistorisck Tidsskrift 3: 423–80.

Drejer, S. T. N. 1844

Drejer, Salomon Thomas Nicolai. 1844. Symbolae Caricologicæ ad synonymiam Caricum extricandam stabiliendamque et affinitates naturales eruendas. Hafniæ.

Drouet, Henri. 1859

Drouet, Henri. 1859. Coléoptères açoréens. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée 2d ser. 11: 243-59.

Drummond, H. M. 1843

Drummond, Henry Maurice. 1843. Catalogue of the birds found in Corfu and the other Ionian islands, also on the coast of Albania; from notes made during a sojourn of four years . . . With notes by H. E. Strickland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12:412–23.

Drummond, James (a). 1853

Drummond, James. 1853. Extracts from various letters from Mr James Drummond, relating to the botany of Swan River. Hooker’s Journal of Botany and Kew Gardens Miscellany 5: 312–5, 344-7, 398–406.

Drury, Robert. 1729

Drury, Robert. 1729. Madagascar: or, Robert Drury’s journal, during fifteen years captivity on that island. London.

Drège, J. F. 1837–39

Drège, Jean François. 1837–39. Catalogus plantarum exsiccatarum Africæ australioris quas emturis offert J. F. D. 3 pts. Königsberg.

Drège, J. F. 1840

Drège, Jean François. 1840. Catalog südafrikanischer getrockneter Pflanzen welche unter folgenden Bedingungen zu haben sind. Hamburg.

Drège, J. F. 1843

Drège, Jean François. 1843. Zwei pflanzengeographische Dokumente. With an introduction by Ernst Friedrich Heinrich Meyer. Flora, oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. Suppl. to n.s. 1: 1-200.

Drège, J. F. 1847

Drège, Jean François. [1847]. Herbariender südafrikanischen aussertropischen Flora. Hamburg.

Du Chaillu, P. B. 1861

Du Chaillu, Paul Belloni. 1861. Explorations & adventures in equatorial Africa; with accounts of themanners and customs of the people, and of the chace of the gorilla, crocodile, leopard, elephant, hippopotamus, and other animals. London.

Du Petit-Thouars, A. A. 1840–3

Du Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubert. 1840–3. Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate La Vénus, pendant les années 1836–1839. Relation. 4 vols. and atlas. Paris.

Duchartre, P. E. S. 1862

Duchartre, Pierre Etienne Simon. 1862. Note sur le polymorphisme de la fleur chez quelques orchidées. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 9: 113–25. Duchartre, Pierre Etienne Simon. 1862. Sur un cas de grossissement, sans fécondation, des ovules du Cycas revoluta. [Read 26 December 1862.] Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 9: 531–3.

Duchesne, A. N. 1766

Duchesne, Antoine Nicolas. 1766. Histoire naturelle des Fraisiers contenant les vues d’économie réunies à la botanique; et suivies de remarques particulières sur plusieurs points qui ont rapport à l’histoire naturelle générale. Paris:Didot le jeune.

Ducker, S. C. 1988

Ducker, Sophie C., ed. 1988. The contented botanist. Letters of W. H. Harvey about Australia and the Pacific. Carlton, Victoria: Melbourne University Press.

Dufossé, Adolphe. 1856

Dufossé, Adolphe. 1856. De l’hermaphodisme chez certains vertébrés. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 4th ser. 5: 295–332.

Dufour, L. J. M. 1828

Dufour, Léon. 1828. Recherches anatomiques sur les Labidoures ou Perce-oreilles, précédées de quelques considérations sur l’établissement d’un ordre particulier pour ces insectes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 13: 337-66.

Dufour, L. J. M. 1833

Dufour, Léon. 1833. Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les hémiptères, accompagnées de considérations relatives à l’histoire naturelle et à laclassification de ces insectes. Mémoires présentés par divers Savans a l’Académie Royale des Sciences de l’Institut de France. Sciences mathématiques et physiques 4: 129–461.

Dufour, L. J. M. 1845

Dufour, Léon. 1845. Études anatomiques et physiologiques sur les insectes diptères de la famille des Pupipares. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 3d ser. 3: 49– 95.

Dufrénoy, O. P. A. and Élie de Beaumont, J. B. A. L. L. 1830–8

Dufrénoy, Ours Pierre Armand Petit and Élie de Beaumont, Jean Baptiste Armand Louis Léonce. 1830–8. Mémoires pour servir à une description géologique de la France. 4 vols. Paris.

Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. 1826

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. 1826. Flore des Malouines. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Paris 4: 573–621.

Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. 1830–5

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César, ed. 1830–5. Voyage de la corvette l’Astrolabe. Histoire 5 vols. 1830-5; Zoologie 4 vols. 1830–4; Botanique 1 vol. 1832; Entomologie 2 pts in 1 vol. 1832–5; Philologie 1 vol. 1833. Paris.

Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. 1832–3

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. 1832–3. Voyage de découvertes autour dumonde et à la recherche de La Pérouse. 5 vols. Paris.

Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. 1841–54

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. [1841--54]. Voyage au pôle sud et dans L’Océanie sur les corvettes L’Astrolabe et La Zélée, 1837–40. 23 vols. Paris.

Duméril, A. M. C. and Bibron, Gabriel. 1834–54

Duméril, André Marie Constant and Bibron, Gabriel. 1834–54. Erpétologie générale, ou histoire naturelle complète des reptiles. 9 vols. in 10 and atlas. Paris.

Dun, Finlay. 1881

Dun, Finlay. 1881. Landlords and tenants in Ireland. London.

Dunal, M. F. 1829

Dunal, Michel Félix. 1829. Considérations sur la nature et les rapports de quelques uns des organes de la fleur. Montpellier.

Duncan, David. 1908

Duncan, David. 1908. The life and letters of Herbert Spencer. London: Methuen & Co.

Duncan, J. M. 1840

Duncan, James. 1840. The natural history of bees: comprehending the uses and economical management of the British and foreign honey-bee; together with the known wild species. Vol. 38 ofThe naturalist’s library, edited by William Jardine. 40 vols. 1833–43. Edinburgh: W. H. Lizars.

Duncan, P. M. 1863–7

Duncan, Peter Martin. 1863–7. On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands. [Read 6 May and 18 November 1863, 11 May 1864, and 4 December 1867.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 19 (1863): 406–58; 20 (1864): 20–44, 358–74; 24 (1868): 9–33.

Duncan, P. M. 1866–72

Duncan, Peter Martin. 1866–72. A monograph of the British fossil corals. Second series. Being a supplement to the "Monograph of the British fossil corals," by MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime. London.

Duns, John. 1860

[Duns, John]. 1860. On the Origin of species. North British Review 32: 455–86.

Duperrey, L. I. 1825–30

Duperrey, Louis Isidore. 1825–30. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majesté, LaCoquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. 7 vols. Paris.

Duperrey, L. I. 1826–30

Duperrey, Louis Isidore. 1826–30. Voyage autour du monde . . . sur la Corvette de sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie, par MM. Lesson et Garnot. 3 vols. Paris.

Dupree, A. H. 1951

Dupree, Anderson Hunter. 1951. Some letters from Charles Darwin to Jeffries Wyman. Isis 42: 104–10.

Dupree, A. H. 1953

Dupree, A. Hunter. 1953. Jeffries Wyman’s views on evolution. Isis 44: 243–6.

Dupree, A. H. 1959

Dupree, Anderson Hunter. 1959. Asa Gray, 1810–1888. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard University.

Durant, J. R. 1979

Durant, John R. 1979. Scientific naturalism and social reform in the thought of Alfred Russel Wallace. British Journal for the History of Science 12: 31–58.

Durant, J. R. 1985

Durant, John R. 1985. The ascent of nature in Darwin’s Descent of man. In The Darwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Dureau de la Malle, A. J. C. A. 1855

Dureau de la Malle, Adolphe Jules César Auguste. 1855. Des transformations opérées lors du retour des diverses variétés de nos animaux et de nos oiseaux domestiques à l’état sauvage, et du passage de la servitude à l’indépendance et à la liberté. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences 41: 688–92.

Durocher, J. M. E. 1846

Durocher, Joseph Marie Elisabeth. 1846. Observations sur les phénomènes d’érosions et les dépôts de transport de la Scandinavie. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances del’Académie des Sciences 23: 206–10.

Dutrochet, R. J. H. 1822

Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1822. Recherches sur l’accroissement et la reproduction des végétaux. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 8: 12–46, 241–96.

Dutrochet, R. J. H. 1828

Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1828. Nouvelles recherches sur l’endosmose et l’exosmose, suivies de l’application expérimentale de ces actions physiques á la solution du probléme de l’irritabilité végétale. Paris.

Dutrochet, R. J. H. 1837

Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1837. Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire anatomique et physiologique des végétaux et des animaux. 2 vols. Paris: J.-B. Baillière.

Dutrochet, R. J. H. 1843

Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1843. Des mouvements révolutifsspontanés qui s’observent chez les végétaux. [Read 6 November 1843.] Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences 17: 989–1008.

Dutrochet, R. J. H. 1844

Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1844. Recherches sur la volubilité des tiges de certains végétaux et sur la cause de ce phénomène. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences 19: 295–303.

Duval, [--]. 1852

Duval, (jardinier). 1852. Histoire du pommier et sa culture. Paris.

Dyer, I. W. 1928

Dyer, Isaac Watson. 1928. A bibliography of Thomas Carlyle’s writings and ana. Portland, Maine: The Southworth Press.

Earl, G. W. 1837

Earl, George Windsor. 1837. The Eastern Seas; or, voyages and adventures in the Indian Archipelago, in 1832, 1833, 1834. London.

Earl, G. W. 1853a

Earl, George Windsor. 1853. Contributions to the physical geography of south-eastern Asia and Australia . . . reprinted, with additional notes, from "The Journal of the Indian Archipelago". London.

Earl, G. W. 1853b

Earl, George Windsor. 1853. The native races of the Indian Archipelago. Papuans. London.

Earle, Augustus. 1832

Earle, Augustus. 1832. A narrative of a nine months’ residence in New Zealand, in 1827; together with a journal of a residence in Tristan d’Acunha. London.

Earle, Augustus. 1838

Earle, Augustus. 1838. Illustrations of the native inhabitants of New Zealand. London.

Eaton, J. M. 1851

Eaton, John Matthews. 1851. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing the almond tumbler. London.

Eaton, J. M. 1852

Eaton, John Matthews. 1852. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesticated, and fancy pigeons, carefully compiled from the best authors, with observations, containing all that is necessary to be known of tame, domisticated, and fancy pigeons. London: the author.

Eaton, J. M. 1858

Eaton, John Matthews. 1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domestic, foreign, and fancy pigeons. London.

Eckart, Rudolf. 1891

Eckart, Rudolf. 1891. Lexikon der niedersächsischen Schriftsteller von den ältesten Zeiten bis zur Gegenwart. Osterwieck: A. W. Zickfeldt.

Ecklon, C. F. and Zeyher,K. L. P. 1835–7

Ecklon, Christian Friedrich and Zeyher, Carl. 1835–7. Enumeratio plantarum Africæ Australis extratropicæ. 3 pts. Hamburg.

Edgeworth, F. A. 1867

Edgeworth, Frances Anne, ed. 1867. A memoir of Maria Edgeworth with a selection from her letters. 3 vols. London: privately printed.

Edmonds, J. M. 1951

Edmonds, J. M. 1951. Three unpublished letters from Charles Darwin to Professor John Phillips. Proc. & Rep. Ashmolean Nat. Hist. Soc. Oxfordshire 1948–50, pp. 25–9.

Edwards, George (a). 1758–64

Edwards, George. 1758–64. Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting figures of quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. Most of which have not, till now, been either figured or described. 3 pts. London.

Egerton, F. C. C. 1957

Egerton, F. Clement C. 1957. Angola in perspective: endeavour and achievement inPortuguese West Africa. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Egerton, F. N. 1970–1

Egerton, Frank N. 1970–1. Refutation and conjecture: Darwin’s response to Sedgwick’s attack on Chambers. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 1: 176–83.

Egerton, F. N. 1979

Egerton, Frank N. 1979. Hewett C. Watson, Great Britain’s first phytogeographer. Huntia 3: 87–102.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1827

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1827. Beitrag zur Charakteristik der Nordafrikanischen Wüsten. Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin pp. 73–88.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1834

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1834. Über die Natur und Bildung der Coralleninseln und Corallenbänke im rothen Meere. Berlin.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1844a

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1844. Einfluss des unsichtbar kleinen organischen Lebens . . . aufdie Massenbildung von Bimstein, Tuff, Trass, vulkanischem Conglomerat und auch auf das Muttergestein des Nordasiatischen Marekanits. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 324–44.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1844b

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1844. On microscopic life in the ocean at the South Pole, and at considerable depths. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 14: 169–81.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1844c

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1844. Vorläufige Resultate seiner Untersuchungen der ihm von der Südpolreise des Capitain Ross, so wie von den Herren Schayer und Darwin zugekommenen Materialien über das Verhalten des kleinsten Lebens in den Oceanen und den grössten bisher zugänglichen Tiefen des Weltmeers vor. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaftenzu Berlin, pp. 182–207.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1845a

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1845. Neue Untersuchungen über das kleinste Leben als geologisches Moment. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 53-87.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1845b

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1845. Über einen am 15 Mai 1830 in Malta gefallenen atmosphärischen Staub. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 377-81.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1845c

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1845. Vorläufige zweite Mittheilung über die . . . Beziehungen des kleinsten organischen Lebens zu den vulkanischen Massen der Erde. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp.133–57.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1846

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1846. Über die vulkanischen Phytolitharien der Insel Ascension. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 191-202.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1848

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1848. Beobachtungen über das gewöhnlich in der Atmosphäre unsichtbar getragene formenreiche Leben. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1848): 325–45, 349–62, 370–81.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1849

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1849. Über weitere atmosphärische mikroskopische Verhältnisse während der berliner Cholerazeit von 1848 und über schalenlose Infusorien der Atmosphäre. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen derKöniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1848): 91–7.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1853a

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1853. I. Die jetzige mikroskopische Süsswasserleben des Galapagos-Inseln; II. Die organische Mischung der vulkanischen Gebirgsarten besonders des Palagonits auf den Galapagos-Inseln. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 178–9, 180–94.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1853b

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1853. Über das mikroskopische Leben der Galapagos- Inseln. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 178–94.

Ehrlich, Eugene. 1986

Ehrlich, Eugene. 1986. Nil desperandum: a dictionary of Latin tags and useful phrases. London: Robert Hale.

Eights, James. 1856

Eights, James. 1856. Description of an Isopod crustacean from the Antarctic seas, with observations on the New South Shetlands. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 22: 391–7.

Eights,James. 1852

Eights, James. 1852. Description of a new animal belonging to the Crustacea, discovered in the Antarctic Seas, by the author. Transactions of the Albany Institute 2 (1833–52): 331–4.

Eisely, Loren. 1959

Eisely, Loren. 1959.Charles Darwin, Edward Blyth, and the theory of natural selection. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 103: 94–158.

Eisenberg, Ludwig. 1893

Eisenberg, Ludwig. 1893. Das geistige Wien. Künstler- und Schriftsteller-Lexikon. 2 vols. Vienna: Daberkow.

Ekman, Paul. 1998

Ekman, Paul. 1998. Introduction, afterword, and commentary to the third edition of The expression of the emotions in man and animals, by Charles Darwin. London: HarperCollins Publishers.

Eliot, George. 1859

Eliot, George, pseud. (Marian Evans Cross). 1859. Adam Bede. 3 vols. Edinburgh and London.

Eliot, George. 1863

Eliot, George. 1863. Romola. 3 vols. London: Smith, Elder and Co.

Ellegaård, Alvar. 1990

Ellegaård, Alvar. 1990. Darwin and the general reader: the reception of Darwin’s theory of evolution in the British periodical press, 1859–1872. Reprint edition. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Elliot, C. A. 1979

Elliot, Clark A. 1979. Biographical dictionary of American science: the seventeenth through the nineteenth centuries. Westport. Conn. and London: Greenwood Press.

Elliot, D. G. 1865

Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1865. A monograph of the Tetraoninae, or family of the grouse. New York.

Ellis, Ieuan. 1980

Ellis, Ieuan. 1980. Seven against Christ. A study of "Essays and reviews". Leiden, Netherlands: E. J. Brill.

Ellis, John. 1758

Ellis, John. 1758. An account of several rare species ofbarnacles. In a letter to Mr Isaac Romilly, F.R.S. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 50: 845–55.

Ellis, R. L. 1858

Ellis, Robert Leslie. 1858. On the cause of the instinctive tendency of bees to form hexagonal cells. Report of the 28th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Leeds, Transactions of the sections, p. 122.

Ellis, William. 1829

Ellis, William. 1829. Polynesian researches, during a residence of nearly six years in the South Sea islands. 2 vols. London.

Elton, A. H. 1857

[Elton, Arthur Hallam]. 1857. Below the surface: a story of English country life. 3 vols. London.

Emerson, R. W. 1841

Emerson, Ralph Waldo. 1841. Essays. With preface by Thomas Carlyle. London: James Fraser.

Endacott, G. B. 1962

Endacott, George Beer. 1962. A biographical sketch-book of early Hong Kong. Singapore: Eastern Universities Press.

Endlicher, S. L. 1833

Endlicher, Stephan Ladislaus. 1833. Prodromus florae Norfolkicae sive catalogus stirpium quae in insula Norfolk annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando Bauer collectae et depictaenunc in Museo Caesareo Palatino rerum naturalium Vindobonae servantur. Vienna.

Engels, E.-M. 1995

Engels, Eve-Marie, ed. 1995. Die Rezeption von Evolutionstheorien im neunzehnten Jahrhundert. Suhrkamp Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, Nr. 1229. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.

Erichson, W. F. 1842

Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. 1842. Über Volucella bombylans und plumata. Entomologische Zeitung 3: 113–15.

Erichson, W. F. 1845

Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. 1845. Report on the contributions to the natural history of insects, Arachnida, Crustacea, and Entomostraca, during the year 1842. In Reports on the progress of zoology and botany 1841, 1842. (Ray Society.) Edinburgh.

Erichson, W. F. 1848

Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. 1848. Coleoptera. Pt 1, vol. 3, of Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. Berlin. 1848-58.

Erman, G. A. 1838

Erman, GeorgAdolph. 1838. Extrait d’une lettre . . . à M. Arago, sur la température de la terre en Sibérie. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences Paris 6: 501–3.

Ernst, W. R. 1962

Ernst, Wallace R. 1962. The genera of Papaveraceae and Fumariaceae in the southeastern United States. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 43: 315–43.

Erslew, T. H. 1843–68

Erslew, Thomas Hansen. 1843–68. Almindeligt Forfatter-Lexicon for Kongeriget Danmark med tilhørende Bilande. With supplement. 6 vols. Copenhagen.

Eschscholtz, J. F. 1829–33

Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich. 1829–33. Zoologischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer Thierarten, während des Flottcapitains von Kotzebue zweiter Reise um die Welt, auf der Russisch-Kaiserlichen Kriegsschlupp Predpriaetië in den Jahren 1823–1826. 5 pts in 1 vol. Berlin.

Essig, E. O. 1965

Essig, E. O. 1965. A history of entomology. New York and London: Hafner Publishing Company.

Eudes-Deslongchamps, J. A. 1835

Eudes-Deslongchamps, Jacques Amand. 1835. Note sur une anquille retirée d’un puits, au mois de Juillet 1831. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie 5: 47–51.

Eudes-Deslongchamps, J. A. 1842

Eudes-Deslongchamps, Jacques Amand. 1842. Note. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie 7: xxix.

Evans, G. E. 1897

Evans, George Eyre. 1897. Vestiges of Protestant dissent: being lists of ministers, sacramental plate, registers, antiquities, andother matters pertaining to most of the churches (and a few others) included in the National Conference of Unitarian, Liberal Christian, Free Christian, congregations. Liverpool.

Evans, Glyn. 1975

Evans, Glyn. 1975. The life of beetles. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Evans, Joan. 1943

Evans, Joan. 1943. Time and chance. The story of Arthur Evans and his forebears. London: Longmans, Green & Co.

Evans, John (b). 1865

Evans, John. 1865. On portions of a cranium and of a jaw, in the slab containing the fossil remains of the Archæopteryx. Natural History Review n.s. 5: 415–21.

Evans, L. T. 1984

Evans, L. T. 1984. Darwin’s use of the analogy between artificial and natural selection. Journal of the History of Biology 17: 113–40.

Eve, A. S. and Creasey, C. H. 1945

Eve, A. S. and Creasey, C. H. 1945. Life and work of John Tyndall. London:Macmillan & Co.

Everest, Robert. 1834

Everest, Robert. 1834. On the climate of the fossil elephant. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 3: 18–24.

Ewan, J. A. 1950

Ewan, Joseph Andorfer. [1950]. Rocky Mountain naturalists. [Denver, Colo.]: University of Denver Press.

Eyre, E. J. 1845

Eyre, Edward John. 1845. Journals of expeditions of discovery into central Australia, and overland from Adelaide to King George’s Sound, in the years 1840–1. 2 vols. London.

Eyton, T. C. 1836

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1836. A history of the rarer British birds. 2 pts. London.

Eyton, T. C. 1837a

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1837. Some osteological peculiarities in different skeletons of the genus Sus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 5: 23.

Eyton, T. C. 1837b

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1837b. Some remarks upon thetheory of hybridity. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 1: 357–9.

Eyton, T. C. 1838

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1838. A monograph on the Anatidae, or duck tribe. London.

Eyton, T. C. 1840

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1840. Remarks on the skeletons of the common tame goose, the Chinese goose, and the hybrid between the two. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 4: 90–2.

Eyton, T. C. 1846–53

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1846–53. The herd book of Hereford cattle. 2 vols. London.

Eyton, T. C. 1856

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1856. A catalogue of the species of birds in his possession. Wellington, Salop.

Eyton, T. C. 1856–8

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1856–8. A catalogue of the species of birds in his possession. 2 pts. Wellington, Shropshire.

Eyton, T. C. 1858

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1858. A history of the oyster and the oysterfisheries. London.

Eyton, T. C. 1867

Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1867. Osteologia avium; or, a sketch of the osteology of birds. 2 vols. Wellington, Salop.

Fabre, Esprit. 1854

Fabre, Esprit. 1854. On the species of ægilops of the south of France, and their transformation into cultivated wheat. Translated from the French. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England 15: 167–80.

Fabricius, J. C. 1781

Fabricius, Johann Christian. 1781. Species insectorum exhibentes eorum differentias specificas, synonyma auctorum, loca natalia, metamorphosin adiectis observationibus, descriptionibus. Hamburg and Kiel.

Fairclough, H. R. 1978

Fairclough, Henry Rushton, trans. 1978. Horace: Satires, Epistles and Ars poetica. Loeb Classical Library. of 1929.

Fairmaire, Léon. 1859

Fairmaire, Léon. 1859. Miscellaneaentomologica. Troisième partie. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France 3d ser. 7: 21–64.

Falconer, Hugh and Cautley, P. T. 1843

Falconer, Hugh and Cautley, Proby Thomas. 1843. On some fossil remains of Anoplotherium and giraffe, from the Sewalik Hills, in the north of India. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 4, pt 2 (1843–4): 235–49.

Falconer, Hugh and Cautley,P. T. 1846

Falconer, Hugh and Cautley, Proby T. 1846. Fauna antiqua Sivalensis, being the fossil zoology of the Sewalik Hills, in the north of India. Pt 1 Proboscidea. London.

Falconer, Hugh. 1846

Falconer, Hugh. 1846. Abstract of a discourse by Dr Falconer, on the fossil fauna of the Sewalik Hills. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 8: 107–11.

Falconer, Hugh. 1856

Falconer, Hugh. 1856. On Prof. Huxley’s attempted refutation of Cuvier’s laws of correlation, in the reconstruction of extinct vertebrate forms. Annals and Magazine of Natural History n.s. 17: 476–93.

Falconer, Hugh. 1857

Falconer, Hugh. 1857. On the species of Mastodon and Elephant occurring in the fossil state in Great Britain. Part 1. Mastodon. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 13: 307–60.

Falconer, Hugh. 1857–8

Falconer, Hugh. 1857–8. On the species of mastodon and elephant occurring in the fossil state in Great Britain. Pt 1. Mastodon. Pt 2. Elephas. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 13 (1857): 307–60; 14 (1858): 81–4.

Falconer, Hugh. 1857a

Falconer, Hugh. 1857. Description of two species of the fossil mammalian genus Plagiaulax from Purbeck. [Read11 March 1857.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 13: 261–82.

Falconer, Hugh. 1857b

Falconer, Hugh. 1857. On the species of Mastodon and elephant occurring in the fossil state in Great Britain. [Read 8 April 1857.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 13: 307–60.

Falconer, Hugh. 1860a

Falconer, Hugh. 1860. On the ossiferous caves of the peninsula of Gower, in Glamorganshire, South Wales. With an appendix by J. Prestwich. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6: 297–301.

Falconer, Hugh. 1860b

Falconer, Hugh. 1860. On the ossiferous caves of the peninsula of Gower, inGlamorganshire, South Wales. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16: 487–91.

Falconer, Hugh. 1860c

Falconer, Hugh. 1860. On the ossiferous Grotta di Maccagnone, near Palermo. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16: 99–106.

Falconer, Hugh. 1862

Falconer, Hugh. 1862. On the disputed affinity of the mammalian genus Plagiaulax, from the Purbeck beds. [Read 4 June 1862.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 348–69.

Falconer, Hugh. 1863a

Falconer, Hugh, et al. 1863. An account of the proceedings of the late conference held in France to inquire into the circumstances attending the asserted discovery of a human jaw in the gravel at Moulin-Quignon, near Abbeville; including the Procès Verbaux of the sittings of the conference, with notes thereon. Natural History Review n.s. 3: 423–62.

Falconer, Hugh. 1863c

Falconer, Hugh. 1863. The reputed fossil man of Abbeville. The Times, 25 April 1863, p. 14.

Falconer, Hugh. 1868

Falconer, Hugh. 1868. Palæontological memoirs and notes of the late Hugh Falconer . . . with a biographical sketch of the author. Compiled and edited by Charles Murchison. 2 vols. London: Robert Hardwicke.

Falconer, J. D. 1937

Falconer, J. D. 1937. Darwin in Uruguay. Nature 140: 138–9.

Falconer,Hugh. 1863b

Falconer, Hugh. 1863. On the American fossil elephant of the regions bordering the Gulf of Mexico (E. Columbi, Falc.); with general observations on the living and extinct species. Natural History Review n.s. 3: 43–114.

Falkner, Thomas. 1774

Falkner, Thomas. 1774. A description of Patagonia, and the adjoining parts of South America. Hereford. Facsimile reprint with introduction and notes by Arthur E. S. Neumann, 1935. Chicago: Armann and Armann.

Fallén, C. F. 1814–27

Fallén, Carl Frederik. 1814–27. Diptera Sveciæ. 2 vols. in 1. Lund.

Farber, P. L. 1976

Farber, Paul Lawrence. 1976. The type-concept in zoology during the first half of the nineteenth century. Journal of the History of Biology 9: 93–119.

Farber, P. L. 1982

Farber, Paul Lawrence. 1982. The emergence ofornithology as a scientific discipline: 1760–1850. Dordrecht, Boston, and London: D. Reidel.

Farley, John. 1974

Farley, John. 1974. The initial reactions of French biologists to Darwin’s Origin of Species. Journal of the history of biology 7: 275–300.

Farley, John. 1977

Farley, John. 1977. The spontaneous generation controversy from Descartes to Oparin. Baltimore, Md., and London: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Farley, John. 1982

Farley, John. 1982. Gametes & spores: ideas about sexual reproduction, 1750–1914. Baltimore and London: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Farmer, D. H. 1992

Farmer, David Hugh. 1992. The Oxford dictionary of saints. 3d edition. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.

Fawcett, Henry. 1860

Fawcett, Henry. 1860. A popular exposition of Mr Darwin on the origin of species. Macmillan’s Magazine 3 (1861):81–92.

Fawcett, Henry. 1861

Fawcett, Henry. 1861. On the method of Mr Darwin in his treatise on the origin of species. Report of the 31st meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Manchester, Transactions of the sections, pp. 141–3.

Feaver, William. 1975

Feaver, William. 1975. The art of John Martin. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Felder, C. F. von and Felder, Rudolf. 1862

Felder, Cajetan Friedrich von and Felder, Rudolf. 1862. Specimen faunae lepidopterologicae riparum fluminis Negro superioris in Brasilia septentrionali. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift 6:65–80, 109–26.

Ferguson, B. J. 1971

Ferguson, B. J. 1971. Syms Covington of Pambula, assistant to Charles Darwin on the voyage of HMS Beagle round the world 1831 to 1836. Bega, New South Wales: Imlay District Historical Society.

Ferguson, George. 1854

Ferguson, George. 1854. Ferguson’s illustrated series of rare and prize poultry, including comprehensive essays upon all classes of domestic fowl. London.

Fermond, Charles. 1840

Fermond, Charles. 1840. Du rôle que jouent les périanthes dans l’acte de la fécondation. Journal de Pharmacie et des Sciences Accessoires 26: 751–7.

Fermond, Charles. 1841

Fermond, Charles. 1841. Über die Rolle, welche die Blüthendecken bei dem Acte der Befruchtung spielen. Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung 24 (1841): 204–8.

Fermond, Charles. 1859

Fermond, Charles. 1859. Faits pourservir à l’histoire générale de la fécondation chez les végétaux. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 6: 749–51.

Ferris, N. B. 1977

Ferris, Norman B. 1977. The Trent affair: a diplomatic crisis. Knoxville, Tenn.: University of Tennessee Press.

Feuer, L. S. 1975

Feuer, Lewis S. 1975. Is the "Darwin–Marx correspondence" authentic? Ann. Sci. 32: 1–12.

Fichman, Martin. 1981

Fichman, Martin. 1981. Alfred Russel Wallace. Boston: Twayne Publishers.

Fick, Helene. 1897–1908

Fick, Helene, ed. 1897–1908.Heinrich Fick. Ein Lebensbild nach seinen eigenen Aufzeichnungen. 2 vols. Zürich: Leeman.

Fielding, K. J. 1978

Fielding, K. J. 1978. Froude’s revenge, or the Carlyles and Erasmus A. Darwin. Essays and Studies n.s. 31: 75–97.

Filmer, J. L. 1977

Filmer, J. L. 1977. The Norman family of Bromley Common. Bromley Local History 2: 16–24.

Finlay, M. R. 1991

Finlay, Mark R. 1991. The rehabilitation of an agricultural chemist: Justus von Liebig and the seventh edition. Ambix 38: 155–67.

Finlayson, George. 1826

Finlayson, George. 1826. The mission to Siam, and Hué the capital of Cochin China, in the years 1821–2. From the journal of the late George Finlayson . . . with a memoir of the author, by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles. London.

Fisher, J.-L. 1970

Fisher, Jean-Louis. 1970. Lettre inédite de Charles Darwin à Dareste.Arch. Int. Hist. Sci. 23: 81–6.

Fisher, L. J. 1869

[Fisher, Lydia Jane]. 1869. Memoir of W. H. Harvey, M.D., F.R.S., etc., late professor of botany, Trinity College, Dublin. With selections from his journal and correspondence. London: Bell and Daldy.

Fisk, E. F. 1940

Fisk, Ethel F., ed. 1940. The letters of John Fiske. New York.

Fitch, Robert. 1847

Fitch, Robert. 1847. Seal of the Benedictine nunnery at Carrow. Norfolk archaeology: or miscellaneous tracts relating to the antiquities of the county of Norfolk, published by the Norfolk and Norwich Archaeological Society 1: 252–4.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1836

FitzRoy, Robert. 1836. Sketch of the surveying voyages of His Majesty’s ships Adventure and Beagle, 1825–1836. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 6: 311– 42.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1837

FitzRoy, Robert. 1837. Extracts from the diaryof an attempt to ascend the River Santa Cruz, in Patagonia, with the boats of HMS Beagle. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 7: 114–26.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1841

FitzRoy, Robert. 1841. Captain FitzRoy’s statement (of circumstances which led to a personal collision between Mr Sheppard and Captain FitzRoy). London.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1846

FitzRoy, Robert. 1846. Remarks on New Zealand, in February 1846. London.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1860

FitzRoy, Robert. 1860. On British storms, illustrated with diagrams and charts. Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Oxford, Transactions of the sections, pp. 39–44.

FitzRoy, Robert. 1863

FitzRoy, Robert. 1863. The weather book: a manual of practical meteorology. London.

Fitzwilliam, W. W. and Cheadle, W. B. 1864

Fitzwilliam, William Wentworth andCheadle, Walter Butler. 1864. Account of an expedition across the Rocky Mountains into British Columbia, by the Yellow-Head or Leather Pass. Report of the thirty-fourth meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science; held at Bath, Transactions of the sections, pp. 141–2.

Fleming, Charles and Tibbins, J. 1841–4

Fleming, Charles and Tibbins, J. 1841–4. Royal dictionary, English and French, and French and English. 2 vols. Paris.

Fleming, John. 1822

Fleming, John. 1822. The philosophy of zoology; or, a general view of the structure, functions, and classification of animals. 2 vols. Edinburgh.

Fleming, John. 1826

Fleming, John. 1826. The geological deluge, as interpreted by Baron Cuvier and Professor Buckland, inconsistent with the testimony of Moses and the phenomena of nature. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal 14: 205–39.

Fleming, John. 1828

Fleming,John. 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh.

Fletcher, H. R. 1969

Fletcher, Harold R. 1969. The story of the Royal Horticultural Society 1804–1968. London: Oxford University Press for the Royal Horticultural Society.

Fletcher, H. R. and Brown, W. H. 1970

Fletcher, Harold R. and Brown, William H. 1970. The Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 1670–1970. Edinburgh: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Flett, J. S. 1937

Flett, John Smith. 1937. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. London: His Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Flinders, Matthew. 1814

Flinders, Matthew. 1814. A voyage to Terra Australis. 2 vols. and atlas. London.

Flourens, M. J. P. 1845

Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1845. De l’instinct et de l’intelligence des animaux. Résumé des observations de Frédéric Cuvier sur cesujet. 2d ed. Paris.

Flourens, M. J. P. 1855

Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1855. De la longévité humaine et de la quantité de vie sur le globe. Paris.

Flourens, M. J. P. 1864

Flourens, Marie-Jean-Pierre. 1864 Examen du livre de M. Darwin sur l’origine des espèces. Paris: Garnier Frères.

Flower, W. H. 1862

Flower, William Henry. 1862. On the posterior lobes of the cerebrum of the Quadrumana. [Read 9 January 1862.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 152: 185–201.

Flower, W. H. 1879–91

Flower, William Henry. 1879–91. Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the osteology and dentition of vertebrated animals, recent and extinct, contained in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. 3 vols. London.

Flügel, J. G. 1838

Flügel, Johann Gottfried, ed. 1838. A completedictionary of the English and German and German and English languages. 2d ed., improved and augmented. 2 vols. Leipzig.

Foggo, John. 1826

Foggo, John. 1826. Results of a meteorological journal kept at Seringapatam during the years 1814 and 1816. Edinburgh Journal of Science 5: 249–58.

Foggo, John. 1827

Foggo, John. 1827. On the dew-point hygrometer formerly described in this journal, vol. IV, p. 127. Edinburgh Journal of Science 7: 36–44.

Fonblanque, Albany. 1865

Fonblanque, Albany. 1865. Notice of a mule breeding. Natural History Review n.s. 5: 147–8.

Fonvielle, Wilfred de. 1863

Fonvielle, Wilfrid de. 1863. La science à la Nouvelle-Zélande. Revue du Monde Coloniale 8: 182–8.

Forbes, David. 1861

Forbes,David. 1861. On the geology of Bolivia and southern Peru. [Read 21 November 1860.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 17: 7–62.

Forbes, David. 1870

Forbes, David. 1870. On the Aymara Indians of Bolivia and Peru. Journal of the Ethnological Society of London n.s. 2 (1869–70): 193–298.

Forbes, Edward and Godwin-Austen, R. A. C. 1859

Forbes, Edward and Godwin-Austen, Robert Albert Cloyne. 1859. The natural history of the European seas. By the late Prof. Edw. Forbes . . . edited and continued by Robert Godwin-Austen. London.

Forbes, Edward and Hanley, S. C. T. 1853

Forbes, Edward and Hanley, Sylvanus. 1853. A history of British Mollusca and their shells. 4 vols. London.

Forbes, Edward. 1843

Forbes, Edward. 1843. Report on the Mollusca and Radiata of the ægean Sea, and on their distribution, considered as bearing on geology. Report of the 13th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cork, pp. 130–93.

Forbes, Edward. 1844

Forbes, Edward. 1844. On the light thrown on geology by submarine researches; being the substance of a communication made to the Royal Institution of Great Britain, Friday evening, the 23d February 1844. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 36: 318–27.

Forbes, Edward. 1845

Forbes,Edward. 1845. On the distribution of endemic plants, more especially those of the British Islands, considered with regard to geological changes. Report of the 15th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cambridge, Transactions of the sections, pp. 67–8.

Forbes, Edward. 1846

Forbes, Edward. 1846. On the connexion between the distribution of the existing fauna and flora of the British Isles, and the geological changes which have affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern Drift. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, and of the Museum of Economic Geology in London 1: 336–432.

Forbes, Edward. 1850

Forbes, Edward. 1850. Report on the investigation of British marine zoology by means of the dredge. Part 1. The infra-littoral distribution of marine invertebrata on the southern, western, and northern coasts of Great Britain. Report of the 20th meeting of theBritish Association for the Advancement of Science held at Edinburgh (1851), pp. 192–263.

Forbes, Edward. 1851

Forbes, Edward. 1851. On some indications of the molluscous fauna of the Azores and St. Helena. Report of the 21st meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Ipswich, Transactions of the sections, pp. 76-7.

Forbes, Edward. 1853

Forbes, Edward. 1853. On the fluvio-marine Tertiaries of the Isle of Wight. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: 259–70.

Forbes, Edward. 1854a

Forbes, Edward. 1854. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10: xxii–lxxxi.

Forbes, Edward. 1854b

Forbes, Edward. 1854. On the discovery by Dr Overweg of Devonian rocks in North Africa. Report of the 21st meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Ipswich,Transactions of the sections, p. 58.

Forbes, Edward. 1854c

Forbes, Edward. 1854. On the foliation of some metamorphic rocks in Scotland. Report of the 24th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Liverpool, Transactions of the sections, pp. 82–3.

Forbes, Edward. 1854d

Forbes, Edward. 1854. On the manifestation of polarity in the distribution of organized beings in time. Notices of the Proceedings at the meetings of the members of the Royal Institution 1 (1851–4): 428–33.

Forbes, Edward. 1854e

Forbes, Edward. 1854. Zoology and Botany. Pp. 80–92 of Forbes, Edward and Latham, R. G., The natural history department of the Crystal Palace described. London.

Forbes, Edward. 1856

Forbes, Edward. 1856. Map of the distribution of marine life, illustrated chiefly by fishes, molluscs and radiata; showing also the extent & limits of the homoiozoicbelts. Pp. 99–102 of vol. 4 of Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed., The physical atlas of natural phenomena. 2d ed. 4 vols. Edinburgh and London.

Forbes, J. D. 1842

Forbes, James David. 1842. Professor Forbes’ account of his recent observations on glaciers. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 33: 338–52.

Forbes, J. D. 1843

Forbes, James David. 1843. Travels through the Alps of Savoy and other parts of the Pennine chain with observations on the phenomena of glaciers. Edinburgh.

Forbes, J. D. 1844

Forbes, James David. 1844. Sixth letter on glaciers. Addressed to the Right Hon. Earl Cathcart. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 37: 231–44.

Forbes, J. D. 1845

Forbes, James David. 1845. Travels through the Alps of Savoy and other parts of the Pennine chain 2d ed. Edinburgh.

Forbes, J. D. 1849

Forbes, James David. 1849. Fifteenth letter on glaciers; containing observations on the analogies derived from mudslides on a large scale and from some processes in the arts; in favour of the viscous theory of glaciers. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 46: 139–48.

Forbes, J. D. 1850

Forbes, James David. 1850. On the volcanic formations of the Alban Hills, near Rome. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 2: 259–61.

Forbes, J. D. 1853

Forbes, James David. 1853. Norway and its glaciers: visited in 1851. Edinburgh.

Forbes, J. D. 1861

Forbes, James David. 1861. On the climate of Edinburgh for fifty-six years, from 1795 to 1850, deduced principally from Mr Adie’s observations; with an account of other and earlier registers. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 22: 327–56.

Forbes, J. D. 1863

[Forbes, James David]. 1863. [Review of Charles Lyell's Antiquity of man and other works.] Edinburgh Review 118: 254–302.

Forbes, W. 1836

Forbes, W. 1836. Description of the reefs on the north-east coast of Tahiti, Society Islands. Nautical Magazine 5: 264-5.

Forchhammer, J. G. 1837

Forchhammer, Johan Georg. 1837. On some changes of level which have taken place during the historical period in Denmark. [Read 31 May 1837.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2 (1833–8): 554–6.

Fordyce, John. 1883

Fordyce, John. 1883. Aspects of scepticism. London.

Forgues, P. E. D. 1863

Forgues, Paul Emile Davrand. 1863. Un naturaliste sous l’équateur. Revue des Deux Mondes 2d ser. 46: 703–37.

Forrest, D. W. 1974

Forrest, D. W. 1974. Francis Galton. The life and work of a Victorian genius. London: Paul Elek.

Forster, J. R. 1771

Forster, John Reinhold. 1771. A letter from Mr John Reinhold Forster, F.A.S. to the Hon. Daines Barrington . . . on the management of carp in Polish Prussia. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 61 (1772): 310–25.

Forster, J. R. 1778

Forster, John Reinhold. 1778. Observations made during a voyage round the world, on physical geography, natural history, and ethic philosophy. London.

Fortune, Robert. 1852

Fortune, Robert. 1852. A journey to the tea countries of China. London.

Foskett, Daphne. 1972

Foskett, Daphne. 1972. Adictionary of British miniature painters. 2 vols. London: Faber and Faber.

Foster, Joseph. 1885

Foster, Joseph. 1885. Men-at-the bar: a biographical handlist of the members of the various inns of court, including Her Majesty’s judges, etc. London.

Foster, Michael and Lankester, E. R. 1898–1903

Foster, Michael and Lankester, Edwin Ray, eds. 1898–1903. The scientific memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley. 4 vols. and supplement. London: Macmillan. New York: D. Appleton.

Fourier, J. B. J. 1819

Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph. 1819. Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps solides. Paris.

Fournier, E. P. N. 1864

Fournier, Eugène Pierre Nicolas. 1864. Monographie du genre Farsetia. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 11: 51–63.

Fox, Grace. 1969

Fox, Grace. 1969. Britain and Japan1858–1883. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Frankland, Edward. 1864a

Frankland, Edward. 1864. On the glacial epoch. [Read January 29 1864.] Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 4 (1862–6): 166–176.

Frankland, Edward. 1864b

Frankland, Edward. 1864. On the physical cause of the glacial epoch. Philosophical Magazine 4th ser. 27: 321–41.

Franklin, John. 1823

Franklin, John. 1823. Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. London: John Murray.

Franklin, John. 1828

Franklin, John. 1828. Narrative of a second expedition to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1825, 1826, and 1827. London.

Fraser, H. M. 1958

Fraser, H. Malcolm. 1958. History of beekeeping in Britain. London: Bee Research Association.

Fraser, J. B. 1820

Fraser, James Baillie. 1820. Journalof a tour through part of the snowy range of the Himaae87laae87 Mountains, and to the sources of the Rivers Jumna and Ganges. London.

Fraser, J. B. 1824

Fraser, James Baillie. 1824. Notes made in the course of a voyage from Bombay to Bushire in the Persian Gulf: transmitted with a series of illustrative specimens. Transactions of the Geological Society of London 2d ser. 1: 409–12.

Freeman, R. B. 1977

Freeman, Richard Broke. 1977. The works of Charles Darwin: an annotated bibliographical handlist. 2d edition. Folkestone, Kent: William Dawson & Sons. Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books, Shoe String Press.

Freeman, R. B. 1978

Freeman, Richard Broke. 1978. Charles Darwin: a companion. Folkestone, Kent: William Dawson & Sons. Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books, Shoe String Press.

Freeman, R. B. 1978–9

Freeman, Richard Broke. 1978–9. Darwin’s Negro bird-stuffer. Notes and Records of theRoyal Society of London 33: 83–6.

Freeman, R. B. 1982

Freeman, Richard Broke. 1982. Darwin and Gower Street. An exhibition in the Flaxman Gallery of the Library, University College London, Monday 19 April 1982. London: University College London.

Freeman, R. B. and Gautrey, P. J. 1969

Freeman, Richard Broke and Gautrey, Peter J. 1969. Darwin’s Questions about the breeding of animals, with a note on Queries about expression. Journal of the Society for the

Freeman, R. B. and Gautrey, P. J. 1972

Freeman, Richard Broke and Gautrey, Peter Jack. 1972. Charles Darwin’s queries about expression. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Historical Series 4 (1970–5): 205–19.

Freeman, R. B. and Wertheimer, Douglas. 1980

Freeman, Richard Broke and Wertheimer, Douglas. 1980. Phillip Henry Gosse: a bibliography. Folkestone, Kent: Dawson.

Freke, Henry. 1860

Freke, Henry. 1860. Observations upon Mr Darwin’s recently published work—-""On the origin of species by means of natural selection"". Dublin: privately printed.

Freke, Henry. 1861

Freke, Henry. 1861. On the origin of species by means of organic affinity. London, Dublin, and Edinburgh.

French, J. O. 1839

French, John Oliver. 1839. On the province of La Rioja in South America to accompany a map. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 9: 381–406.

Frere, J. H. and Canning, George. 1798

[Frere, John Hookham and Canning, George]. 1798. The loves of the triangles. Anti- Jacobin; or, Weekly Examiner 2: 162–74, 200–5, 274–80.

Freycinet, L. C. D. de. 1824–44

Freycinet, Louis Claude Desaulses de. 1824–44. Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi. 9 vols. Plates, 4 vols. (1824–6). Paris.

Friedl,Hans. 1992

Friedl, Hans, et al. 1992. Biographisches Handbuch zur Geschichte des Landes Oldenburg. Oldenburg, Germany: Isensee Verlag.

Friendly, Alfred. 1977

Friendly, Alfred. 1977. Beaufort of the Admiralty: the life of Sir Francis Beaufort 1774- -1857. London: Hutchinson & Co.

Fries, E. M. 1846

Fries, Elias Magnus. 1846. Summa vegetabilium Scandinaviæ. Stockholm and Leipzig.

Fries, E. M. 1850

Fries, Elias Magnus. 1850. A monograph of the Hieracia; being an abstract of Prof. Fries’s ""Symbolæ ad Historiam Hieraciorum"". Botanical Gazette 2: 85–92, 185–8, 203–19.

Fryer, John. 1698

Fryer, John. 1698. A new account of East-India andPersia, in eight letters. Being nine years travels, begun 1672, and finished 1681. London. Reprint edited by W. Crooke. 2 vols. London: Hakluyt Society. 1909–12.

Fröbel, C. F. J. and Heer, Oswald. 1834–6

Froebel, Julius and Heer, Oswald. 1834–6. Mittheilungen aus dem Gebiete der theoretischen Erdkunde. Vol. 1 (no more published). Zurich.

Fullerton, W. Y. 1930–1

Fullerton, W. Y. 1930–1. J. W. C. Fegan: a tribute.

Fulton, Robert. 1874–6

Fulton, Robert. [1874--6]. The illustrated book of pigeons. With standards for judging. London, Paris & New York: Cassell Petter & Galpin.

Férussac, J. B. L. A. and Deshayes, G. P. 1820–51

Férussac, Jean Baptiste Louis d’Audebard de and Deshayes, Gérard Paul. 1820–51. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. 4 vols. Paris.

Fürnrohr, A. E. 1839

Fürnrohr, August Emanuel. 1839. Flora Ratisbonensis, oder Übersicht der um Regensburg wildwachsenden Gewächse. Vol. 2 of Fürnrohr, August Emanuel, ed., Naturhistorische Topographie von Regensburg. 3 vols. in 2. Regensburg. 1838–40.

Gaertner, K. F. von

See Gärtner, K. F. von.

Gage, A. T. 1938

Gage, Andrew Thomas. 1938. A history of the Linnean Society of London. London: Linnean Societyof London.

Gage, A. T. and Stearn, W. T. 1988

Gage, Andrew Thomas and Stearn, William Thomas. 1988. A bicentenary history of the Linnean Society of London. London: Academic Press.

Gaissinovich, A. E. 1950

Gaissinovich, A. E. 1950. Charlz Darvin. Izrannie pisma. Moscow.

Galton, Francis. 1853

Galton, Francis. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa. London.

Galton, Francis. 1855

Galton, Francis. 1855. The art of travel; or, shifts and contrivances available in wild countries. London.

Galton, Francis. 1863

Galton, Francis. 1863. The first steps towards the domestication of animals. London: privately printed. [Read before the Ethnological Society of London, 22 December 1863, and printed in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London n.s. 3 (1865): 122--38.]

Galton, Francis. 1874

Galton,Francis. 1874. English men of science: their nature and nurture. London.

Galton, Francis. 1883

Galton, Francis. 1883. Inquiries into human faculty and its development. London: Macmillan and Co.

Galton, Francis. 1908

Galton, Francis. 1908. Memories of my life. London.

Garcia Castellanos, Telasco. 1958

Garcia Castellanos, Telasco. 1958. Darwin. Homenaje en el centenario de la primera manifestación científica sobre el orígen de las especies. Academia Nacional de Ciencias. Misc. no. 36. Cordoba, Argentina.

Gardner, George. 1840

Gardner, George. 1840. On the geology and fossil fishes of North Brazil. Report of the 10th meeting of the British Association forthe Advancement of Science held at Glasgow, Transactions of the sections, pp. 118–20.

Gardner, George. 1846

Gardner, George. 1846. The vegetation of the Organ mountains of Brazil. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 1: 273–93.

Gardner, W. J. 1992

Gardner, W. J. 1992. A colonial economy. In The Oxford history of New Zealand, edited by Geoffrey W. Rice. 2d edition. Auckland, New Zealand: Oxford University Press.

Garner, Robert. 1861

Garner, Robert. 1861. On the structure of the Lepadidæ. Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Oxford, Transactions of the sections, p. 130.

Gascoigne, R. M. 1984

Gascoigne, Robert Mortimer. 1984. A historical catalogue of scientists and scientific books; from the earliest times to the close of the nineteenth century. New York and London: Garland Publishing.

Gaskell, E. C. 1857

Gaskell, Elizabeth Cleghorn. 1857. The life of Charlotte Brontë. 2 vols. London.

Gaskell, G. A. 1931

Gaskell, G. A. 1931. A new theory of heredity. London.

Gaudichaud, C. B. 1826

Gaudichaud, Charles Beaupré. 1826. Botanique. Vol. 4 of Freycinet, L. C. D. de, Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi . . . exécuté sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. 9 vols. Paris. 1824–44.

Gaudin, C. T. 1859

Gaudin, Charles Théophile. 1859. Modifications apportées par M. Falconer à la faune du Val d’Arno. Bulletin des Séances de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles 6: 130–1.

Gay, Claude. 1833

Gay, Claude. 1833. Aperçu sur les recherches d’histoire naturelle faites dans l’Amérique du Sud, et principalement dans le Chili, pendant les années 1830 et 1831. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 28: 369–93.

Gay, Claude. 1836

Gay, Claude. 1836. Extrait d’une lettre à M. deBlainville, datée Valdivia, le 5 juillet 1835, concernant les habitudes des sangsues au Chili, et la tendance que montrent les reptiles dans le même pays, à devenir vivipares. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des sciences Paris 2: 322.

Gay, Claude. 1845–53

Gay, Claude. 1845[--53]. Historia fisica y politica de Chile: Botanica. 8 vols. in 4. Paris and Santiago.

Gay, J. E. 1857

Gay, Jacques Etienne. 1857. Recherches sur les caractères de la végétation du fraisier et sur la distribution géographique de ses espèces, avec la description de deux nouvelles. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 4th ser. 8: 185–208.

Gebhard, Rosa. 1878

Gebhard, Rosa, trans. [1878]. An English country squire as sketched at Hardwicke Court, Gloucestershire. By Professor [Franz] von Holtzendorff. Gloucester: John Bellows.

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1859

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1859. Grundzüge der vergleichenden Anatomie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1864

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1864. Carpus und Tarsus. Vol. 1 of Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1870

Gegenbaur, Carl. 1870. Grundzüge der vergleichenden Anatomie. 2d edition. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Geikie, Archibald and Bauerman, H. 1862

, Bristow, H. W., Geikie, Archibald and Bauerman, H. 1862 Ramsay, A. C., Bristow, H. W., Geikie, A. and Bauerman, H. 1862. A descriptive catalogue of the rock specimens in the Museum of Practical Geology. 3d ed. London.

Geikie, Archibald. 1861

Geikie, Archibald. 1861. On a rise of the coast of the Firth of Forth within the historical period. Edinburgh NewPhilosophical Journal n.s. 14: 102–12.

Geikie, Archibald. 1863

Geikie, Archibald. 1863. On the phenomena of the glacial drift of Scotland. Glasgow: John Gray.

Geikie, Archibald. 1875

Geikie, Archibald, ed. 1875. Life of Sir Roderick I. Murchison Bart . . . based on his journals and letters with notices of his scientific contemporaries and a sketch of the rise and growth of palæozoic geology in Britain. 2 vols. London.

Geikie, Archibald. 1895

Geikie, Archibald. 1895. Memoir of Sir Andrew Crombie Ramsay. London and New York: Macmillan.

Geikie, Archibald. 1917

Geikie, Archibald. 1917. Annals of the Royal Society Club: the record of a London dining-club in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. London: Macmillan.

Geikie, Archibald. 1924

Geikie, Archibald. 1924. A long life’s work: an autobiography. London.

Geikie,James. 1881

Geikie, James. 1881. Prehistoric Europe: a geological sketch. London.

Geison, G. L. 1969

Geison, Gerald L. 1969. Darwin and heredity: the evolution of his hypothesis of pangenesis. Journal of the History of Medicine 24: 375–411.

Genest, John. 1832

Genest, John. 1832. Some account of the English stage, from the Restoration in 1660 to 1830. 10 vols. Bath and London.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne and Cuvier, Frédéric. 1824–42

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne and Cuvier, Frédéric. 1824–42. Histoire naturelle desMammifères, avec des figures originales, coloriées, dessinées d’après des animaux vivans. vols. 1–3, 7. Paris.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825a

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825. Considérations zoologiques et physiologiques, relatives à un nouveau genre de monstruosités, nommé Hypognathe, et établi pour trois espèces de veaux bicéphales, à têtes opposées et attachées ensemble par la symphyse de leurs mâchoires inférieures. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 13: 93–125.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825c

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825. Sur des déviations organiques provoquées et observées dans un établissment d’incubations artificielles. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 13: 289–96.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825d

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825. Sur une monstruosité humaine d’un caractère encore inconnu. Revue Médicale Française et Etrangère 1: 372–7.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1826

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1826. Description d’un monstre humain né avant l’ère chrétienne, comparé à un pareil monstre de l’époque actuelle;et considérations zootomiques et physiologiques sur le caractère de ces monstruosités, dites Anencéphales; sur l’indépendance de formation de chaque sexe; et sur l’existence de deux noyaux dans l’os basilaire. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 7: 357–88.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1827a

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1827. Des adhérences de l’exterieur du foetus, considérées comme le principal fait occasionnel de la monstruosité, et observations nouvelles à l’appui de cette théorie. Archives Générales de Médecine; Journal Publié par une Société de Médecins 14: 392–406.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1827b

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1827. Mémoire sur un enfant monstrueux, né dans le département d’Indre et Loire, déterminé et classé sous le nomd’Hétéradelphe de Bénais. Memoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 15: 385–94.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1829

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1829. Cours de l’histoire naturelle de mammifères. Paris: Pichon & Didier.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1830

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1830. Principes de philosophie zoologique, discutés en Mars 1830, au sein de l’Académie Royale des Sciences. Paris. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1830. Principes de philosophie zoologique, discutés en mars 1830, au sein de l’Académie Royale des Sciences. Paris: Pichon et Didier; Rousseau.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1832–7

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1832–7. Histoire générale et particulière des anomalies de l’organisation chez l’homme et les animaux, ouvrage comprenant des recherches sur les charactères, la classification, l’influence physiologique et pathologique, les rapports généraux, les lois et les causes des monstruosites, des variétés et des vices de conformation, ou traité de tératologie. 3 vols. and atlas. Paris: J. B. Baillière.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1840

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1840. Zoological instructions of the Royal Academy of Sciences, Paris, for the scientific expedition repairing to the north of Europe. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 28:53–72.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1841

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1841. Essais de zoologie générale. Paris.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1847

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1847. Vie, travaux et doctrine scientifique d’E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Paris.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1851

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1851. Cours de zoologie (mammifères et oiseaux), fait au Muséum d’histoire naturelle, en 1850. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie 2d ser. 3: 12–20.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1854–62

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1854–62. Histoire naturelle générale des règnes organiques, principalement étudiée chez l’homme et les animaux. 3 vols. Paris: Victor Masson.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1855a

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1855. Sur deuxChevaux sauvages, d’une espèce nouvelle (Equus hemippus), donnés par S. M. L’Impératrice à la Ménagerie du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Academie des Sciences 41: 1214–19.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1855b

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1855. Sur le genre Cheval, et en particulier sur l’Hémione et l’Onagre. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l’Academie des Sciences 41: 1220-4.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1857

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1857. Discours d’ouverture du président de la société. Bulletin de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation 4 (1857): xxv–xxxiv.

GeoffroySaint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825b

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1825. Recherches sur l’organization des gavials. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 12: 97–155.

Geological Society, London 1808

Geological Society, London. 1808. Geological enquiries. London.

Gerard, John. 1597

Gerard, John. 1597. The Herball Or Generall Historie of Plantes. Gathered by John Gerarde. London: Iohn Norton.

Gerber, Friedrich. 1842

Gerber, Friedrich. 1842. Elements of the general and minute anatomy of man and the Mammalia, chiefly after original researches. Notes and an appendix by George Gulliver. London.

Germain de Saint-Pierre, J. N. E. 1854

Germain de Saint-Pierre, Jacques Nicholas Ernst. 1854. Mémoire sur le phénomène de la divulsion chez les végétaux. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences 39: 95–8.

Germar, E. F. 1848

Germar, Ernst Friedrich. 1848. Beiträge zur Insektenfauna von Adelaide. Linnaea Entomologica 3: 153–247.

Gerstaecker, C. E. A. 1858

Gerstaecker, Carl Eduard Adolph. 1858. Die Chilenischen Arten der Gattung Carabus. Linnaea Entomologica 12: 417–58.

Gesner, Konrad. 1558

Gesner, Konrad. 1558. De piscium & aquatilium animantium natura. Vol. 4 of Historiae animalium. 1551–8. Tiguri.

Ghiselin, M. T. 1969

Ghiselin, Michael T. 1969. The triumph of the Darwinian method. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press.

Ghiselin,M. T. 1984

Ghiselin, Michael T. 1984. Foreword. In The various contrivances by which orchids are fertilised by insects, by Charles Darwin. Facsimile reprint of the 2d ed. (1877). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Gibbs, Denis. 1997

Gibbs, Denis. 1997. The demon of dyspepsia: some nineteenth-century perceptions of disordered digestion. In Gastroenterology in Britain: historical essays, edited by William F. Bynum. London: Wellcome Institute for the History of Medicine.

Gilbert, Lionel. 1986

Gilbert, Lionel. 1986. The Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney. A history, 1816–1985. Melbourne: Oxford University Press.

Gilbert, Pamela. 1977

Gilbert, Pamela. 1977. A compendium of the biographical literature on deceased entomologists. London: British Museum (Natural History).

Gillespie, N. C. 1977

Gillespie, Neal C. 1977. The duke of Argyll, evolutionary anthropology, and the artof scientific controversy. Isis 68: 40-54.

Gillespie, N. C. 1979

Gillespie, Neal C. 1979. Charles Darwin and the problem of creation. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.

Gilman, D. C. 1899

Gilman, Daniel C. 1899. The life of James Dwight Dana. New York and London: Harper and Brothers.

Gingins-La-Sarra, F. C. J. de. 1823

Gingins-La-Sarra, Frédéric Charles Jean de. 1823. Mémoire sur la famille des violacées. Geneva.

Gladstone, W. E. 1863

Gladstone, William Ewart. 1863. Wedgwood: an address . . . Delivered at the laying of the foundation stone of the memorial building in honour of Josiah Wedgwood at Burslem, Staffordshire, October 26, 1863. London: John Murray.

Gladwin, Francis. 1783–6/a>

Gladwin, Francis, trans. 1783–6. Ayeen Akbery; or, the institutes of the Emperor Akber. Translated from theoriginal Persian. 3 vols. Calcutta.

Gladwyn, Derek. 1992

Gladwyn, Derek. 1992. Leigh Park: a 19th century pleasure ground. Midhurst, West Sussex: Middleton Press.

Glaeser, Ernest. 1878

Glaeser, Ernest. 1878. Biographie nationale des contemporains, rédigée par une société de gens de lettres, sous la direction de M. Ernest Glaeser. Paris: Glaeser & Cie.

Glaisher, James. 1852

Glaisher, James. 1852. Lecture IX: Philosophical instruments and processes, as represented in the Great Exhibition. Lectures on the results of the exhibition delivered before the society of arts, manufacturers, and commerce etc. London.

Glennie, J. D. 1855

[Glennie, John David]. 1855. ""The whole duty of man:"" popular error. Notes and Queries 11: 489–90.

Glick, T. F. 1974

Glick, Thomas F. 1974. The comparative reception of Darwinism. Austin and London: University of Texas Press.

Glick, T. F. and Kohn, David. 1996

Glick, Thomas F. and Kohn, David, eds. 1996. Darwin on evolution. The development of the theory of natural selection. Indianapolis; Cambridge: Hackett Publishing Company.

Gloger, C. W. L. 1833

Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1833. Das Abändern der Vögel durch Einfluss des Klimas. Nach zoologischen, zunächst von den Europäischen Landvögeln entnommenen Beobachtungen dargestellt, mit den entsprechenden Erfahrungen bei den Europäischen Säugthieren verglichen. Breslau.

Gmelin, J. G. 1747–69

Gmelin, Johann Georg. 1747–69. Flora Sibirica sive historia plantarum Sibiriae. 4 vols. St Petersburg.

Godinez, Enrique, trans. 1877

El origen de las especies, translated by Enrique Godinez. Madrid.

Godlee, R. J. 1917

Godlee, Rickman John. 1917. Lord Lister. London: Macmillan and Co.

Godlee, R. J. 1924

Godlee, Rickman J. 1924. Lord Lister. Oxford.

Godman, F. C. and Salvin, Osbert. 1879–1915

Godman, Frederick Du Cane and Salvin, Osbert, eds. 1879–1915. Biologia Centrali-Americana; or contributions to the knowledge of the fauna and flora of Mexico and Central America. 257 pts in 63 vols. London: R. H. Porter; Dulau & Co.

Godron, D. A. 1853a

Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1853. Considérations sur les migrations des végétaux. Memoires de l’Académie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier 2 (1851–4): 167–97.

Godron, D. A. 1853b

Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1853. Florula juvenalis. Montpellier.

Godron, D. A. 1863

Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1863. Des hybrides végétaux considérés au point de vue de leur fécondité et de la perpétuité ou non-perpétuité de leurs caractères. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 4th ser. 19: 135–79.

Godron,D. A. 1848–9

Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1848–9. De l’espèce et des races dans les êtres organisés du monde actuel. Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences, Lettres et Arts de Nancy (1848): 182–288; De l’espèce considérée dans les êtres organisés, appartenant aux périodes géologiques qui ont précédé celle ou<`> nous vivons. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences, Lettres et Arts de Nancy (1849): 381-420. Reprinted separately. 2 vols. Nancy. 1848–9.

Godron,D. A. 1859

Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1859. De l’espèce et des races dans les êtres organisés et spécialement de l’unité de l’espèce humaine. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.

Godwin, William. 1820

Godwin, William. 1820. Of population. An enquiry concerning the power of increase in the numbers of mankind, being an answer to Mr Malthus’s essay on that subject. London.

Godwin-Austen, R. A. C. 1856

Godwin-Austen, Robert Alfred Cloyne. 1856. On the possible extension of the coal- measures beneath the south-eastern part ofEngland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 12: 38–73.

Goebel, Julius. 1927

Goebel, Julius. 1927. The struggle for the Falkland Islands: a study in legal and diplomatic history. New Haven: Yale University Press. Reprint, edited and introduced by J. C. J. Metford, 1982. Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat.

Goebel, K. von. 1926

Goebel, K. von. 1926. Wilhelm Hofmeister. The work and life of a nineteenth century botanist. With a biographical supplement by Constanze Ganzenmüller. Translated by H. M. Bower. Botanical editor, F. O. Bower. London: Ray Society.

Goethe, J. W. von. 1790

Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. 1790. Versuch die Metamorphose der Pflanzen zu erklären. Gotha: Carl Wilhelm Ettinger.

Goethe, J. W. von. 1817–24

Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. 1817–24. Zur Naturwissenschaft überhaupt, besonders zur Morphologie. 2 vols. Stuttgart and Tübingen: J. G. Cotta.

Goethe, J. W. von. 1830–2

Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. 1830–2. Principes de philosophie zoologique. Discutés en mars 1830 au sein de l’Académie Royale des Sciences par Mr. Geoffroy de Saint-Hilaire. Jahrbücher für wissenschaftliche Kritik (1830), pt 2: 413–22; (1832), pt 1: 401–22.

Goldfuss, G. A. 1847

Goldfuss, Georg August. 1847. Über das älteste der mit Bestimmtheit erkannten Reptilien, einen Krokodilier, und einige neue fossile Fische aus der Steinkohlen-Formation. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie, und Petrefakten-Kunde, pp. 400–4.

Goldingham, J. 1799

Goldingham, J. 1799. Some account of the sculptures at Mahabalipoorum; usually called theSeven Pagodas. Asiatic Researches 5: 69–80.

Good, J. M. 1822

Good, John Mason. 1822. The study of medicine. 4 vols. London.

Goodison, Nicholas. 1969

Goodison, Nicholas. 1969. English barometers 1680–1860: a history of domestic barometers and their makers. London: Cassell.

Goodsir, H. D. S. 1843

Goodsir, Henry D. S. 1843. On the sexes, organs of reproduction, and mode of development, of the cirripeds. Account of the Maidre of the fishermen, and descriptions of some new species of crustaceans. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 35: 88–104.

Goodsir, H. D. S. 1844

Goodsir, Harry D. S. 1844. Notice of observations on the development of the seminal fluid and organs of generation in the Crustacea. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 36: 183–6.

Goodsir, John. 1842

Goodsir, John. 1842. History of a case in which a fluid periodically ejectedfrom the stomach contained vegetable organisms of an undescribed form, with a chemical analysis of the fluid by George Wilson. Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal 57: 430–43.

Goodsir, John. 1857

Goodsir, John. 1857. On the morphological constitution of the skeleton of the vertebrate head. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal n.s. 5: 123–78.

Goodwin, C. W. 1860

Goodwin, Charles Wycliffe. 1860. On the Mosaic cosmogony. In Essays and reviews. London.

Gordon, George (a). 1854

Gordon, George. 1854. A list of the Mollusca hitherto found in the province of Moray and in the Moray Firth. Zoologist 12: 4300–18, 4421–35, 4453–62.

Goring, Rosemary. 1992

Goring,Rosemary, ed. 1992. Chambers Scottish biographical dictionary. Edinburgh: W. & R. Chambers.

Gorman, W. G. 1910

Gorman, W. Gordon. 1910. Converts to Rome. A biographical list of the more notable converts to the Catholic Church in the United Kingdom during the last sixty years. New and enlarged edition. London: Sands & Co.

Gosden, P. H. J. H. 1973

Gosden, Peter Henry John Heather. 1973. Self-help: voluntary associations in the 19th century. London: B. T. Batsford.

Goss, John. 1822

Goss, John. 1822. On the variation in the colour of peas, occasioned by cross impregnation. [Read 15 October 1822.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 5 (1824): 234–7.

Gosse, E. W. 1890

Gosse, Edmund. 1890. The life of Philip Henry Gosse F.R.S. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1840

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1840. The Canadian naturalist. A series of conversationson the natural history of lower Canada. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1847

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1847. The birds of Jamaica. Assisted by Richard Hill. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1851

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. Assisted by Richard Hill. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1853

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1853. A naturalist’s ramble on the Devonshire coast. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1856

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1856. Tenby: a sea-side holiday. London.

Gosse, P. H. 1863

Gosse, Philip Henry. 1863. Microscopic observation on some seeds of orchids. Journal of Horticulture n.s. 4: 287–8.

Gosselman, C. A. 1839

Gosselman, Carl August. 1839. Some notes on the route from Cordova to Mendoza in 1837. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 9: 407–8.

Goubert, E. M. J. M. P. and Zittel, K. A. von. 1861

Goubert, Emile and Zittel, Carl Alfred von. 1861. Description des fossiles du coral-rag de Glos. Journal de Conchyliologie 9: 192–208.

Gould, A. A. 1841

Gould, Augustus Addison. 1841. Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts, comprising the mollusca, crustacea, annelida and radiata. Boston.

Gould, A. A. 1852–6

Gould, Augustus Addison. 1852–6. Mollusca and shells. Vol. 12 and atlas of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Philadelphia.

Gould, John. 1832–7

Gould, John. 1832–7. The birds of Europe. 5 vols. London.

Gould, John. 1834

Gould, John. 1834. A monograph of the Ramphastidae, or family oftoucans. London.

Gould, John. 1837a

Gould, John. 1837. Observations on some species of the genus Motacílla of Linnæus. Magazine of Natural History n.s. 1: 459–61.

Gould, John. 1837b

Gould, John. 1837. Observations on the raptorial birds of Australia and the adjacent islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 5: 96–100.

Gould, John. 1837c

Gould, John. 1837. Remarks on a group of ground finches from Mr Darwin’s collection, with characters of the new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 5: 4–7.

Gould, John. 1843

Gould, John. 1843. On nine new birds collected during the voyage of HMS Sulphur. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 11: 103–8.

Gould, John. 1848a

Gould, John. 1848. The birds of Australia. 7 vols. London.

Gould, John. 1848b

Gould,John. 1848. Description of a new Heron (Ardrea leucophæa). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 16: 58–9.

Gould, John. 1850–83

Gould, John. 1850–83. The birds of Asia. 7 vols. London.

Gould, John. 1855

Gould, John. 1855. On a new species of the genus Prion. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 23: 87–8.

Gould, John. 1856

Gould, John. 1856. On a new turkey, Meleagris mexicana. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 24: 61–3.

Gould, John. 1861

Gould, John. 1861. An introduction to the Trochilidæ or family of humming-birds. London: privately printed.

Graba, K. J. 1830

Graba, Karl Julian. 1830. Tagebuch, geführt auf einer Reise nach Färö im Jahre 1828. Hamburg.

Graepel, P. H. 1978

Graepel, Peter H. 1978. Carl Friedrich von Gärtner(1772–1850): Familie, Leben, Werk: ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Sexualtheorie und der Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreich. (PhD dissertation, Philipps University, Marburg.)

Graham, Richard. 1968

Graham, Richard. 1968. Britain and the onset of modernization in Brazil 1850–1914. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grant, C. W. 1840

Grant, C. W. 1840. Memoir to illustrate a geological map of Cutch. Transactions of the Geological Society of London 2d ser. 5: 289–329.

Grant, R. E. 1826

Grant, Robert Edmond. 1826. On the structure and nature of the Spongilla friabilis. Edinburgh PhilosophicalJournal 14: 270–84.

Grant, R. E. 1827

Grant, Robert Edmond. 1827. Notice regarding the ova of the Pontobdella muricata, Lam. Edinburgh Journal of Science 7: 160–1.

Grant, R. E. 1834

Grant, Robert Edmond. 1834. Lecture 55. On the generative system in radiated or cyclo- neurose classes. Lancet 2 (1833-4) (2): 1001–8.

Grant, R. E. 1835–7

Grant, Robert Edmond. 1835–7. Outlines of comparative anatomy. London.

Grant, R. E. 1861

Grant, Robert Edmond. 1861. Tabular view of the primary divisions of the animal kingdom, intended to serve as an outline of an elementary course of recent zoology (cainozoology), or the natural history of existing animals. London.

Grateloup, J. P. S. de. 1838

Grateloup, Jean Pierre Sylvestre de. 1838. Mémoire sur les coquilles fossiles des mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles (de la classe des Trachélipodes)observées dans les terrains tertiaires du bassin de l’Adour. Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux 10: 92–152.

Gratiolet, L. P. 1854

Gratiolet, Louis Pierre. [1854]. Mémoire sur les plis cérébraux de l’homme et des primates. Paris.

Grattan, T. C. 1861

[Grattan, Thomas Colley]. 1861. America. Saturday Review, 19 October 1861, pp. 394– 5; 26 October 1861, pp. 420–1.

Graves, Algernon. 1901

Graves, Algernon. 1901. A dictionary of artists who have exhibited works in the principal London exhibitions from 1760 to 1893. 3d ed., with additions and corrections. London: Henry Graves and Co. 8w

Gray, Asa. 1842

Gray, Asa. 1842. Notes of a botanical excursion to the mountains of North Carolina, &c.;with some remarks on the botany of the higher Alleghany mountains. In a letter to Sir W. J. Hooker. London Journal of Botany 1 (1842): 1–14, 217–37; 2 (1843): 113-25; 3 (1844): 230–42.

Gray, Asa. 1848

Gray, Asa. 1848. A manual of the botany of the northern United States. Cambridge, Mass.

Gray, Asa. 1848–9

Gray, Asa. 1848–9. Genera Floræ Americæ Boreali-Orientalis illustrata. The genera of the plants of the United States. 2 vols. Vol. 1: Boston, New York, and London. Vol. 2: New York.

Gray, Asa. 1849

Gray, Asa. 1849. On the composition of the plant by phytons, and some applications of phyllotaxis. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science; second meeting, held at Cambridge, Massachusetts, August 1849, pp. 438–44.

Gray, Asa. 1854–6

Gray, Asa. 1854–6. Botany. Phanerogamia. United States Exploring Expedition during theyears 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., vol. 14. Vol. 1 (no more published) and atlas. Philadelphia.

Gray, Asa. 1856–7

Gray, Asa. 1856–7. Statistics of the flora of the northern United States. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 22: 204–32; 23: 62–84, 369–403.

Gray, Asa. 1856a

Gray, Asa. 1856. Manual of the botany of the northern United States: second edition; including Virginia, Kentucky, and all east of the Mississippi: arranged according to the natural system. New York: George P. Putnam.

Gray, Asa. 1856b

Gray, Asa. 1856. Review of Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomson, Thomas, Flora Indica. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 21: 134–137.

Gray, Asa. 1857a

Gray, Asa. 1857. Account of the botanical specimens. List of dried plants collected in Japan, by S. Wells Williams, Esq., and Dr James Morrow. In vol. 2, pp. 305–32, ofNarrative of the expedition of an American squadron to the China Seas and Japan, performed in the years 1852, 1853, and 1854, under the command of the Commodore M. C. Perry, United States Navy. 3 vols. New York, Washington, D.C., and London. 1856–7.

Gray, Asa. 1857b

Gray, Asa. 1857. First lessons in botany and vegetable physiology, illustrated by over 360 wood engravings, from original drawings, by Isaac Sprague. To which is added a copious glossary, or dictionary of botanical terms. New York: G. P. Putnam; Ivison & Phinney.

Gray, Asa. 1858–9

Gray, Asa. 1858–9. Diagnostic characters of new species of phænogamous plants, collected in Japan by Charles Wright, botanist of the US North Pacific Exploring Expedition . . . With observations upon the relations of the Japanese flora to that of North America, and of other parts of the northern temperate zone. [Read 14 December 1858 and 11 January 1859.] Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences n.s. 6: 377–452.

Gray, Asa. 1858a

Gray, Asa. 1858. Introduction to structural and systematic botany, and vegetable physiology, being a fifth and revised edition of the botanical text-book. New York: Ivison & Phinney.

Gray, Asa. 1858b

Gray, Asa. 1858. Note on the coiling of tendrils of plants. [Read 12 August 1858.] Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 4(1857–60): 98–9.

Gray, Asa. 1859

Gray, Asa. 1859. On the coiling of tendrils. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 27: 277–8.

Gray, Asa. 1860a

[Gray, Asa]. 1860. Darwin on the origin of species. Atlantic Monthly 6: 109–16, 229–39; Darwin and his reviewers. Atlantic Monthly 6: 406–25.

Gray, Asa. 1860b

Gray, Asa. 1860. Discussion between two readers of Darwin’s treatise on the origin of species, upon its naturaltheology. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 30: 226–39.

Gray, Asa. 1860c

Gray, Asa. 1860. Review of Darwin’s theory on the origin of species by means of natural selection. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 29: 153–84.

Gray, Asa. 1861a

Gray, Asa. 1861. Characters of some Compositæ in the collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes, with observations, &c. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 5 (1860–2): 114–52.

Gray, Asa. 1861b

Gray, Asa. 1861. Natural selection not inconsistent with natural theology. A free examination of Darwin’s treatise on the origin of species, and of its American reviewers. London: Trübner. Boston, Mass.: Ticknor & Fields.

Gray, Asa. 1861c

Gray, Asa. 1861. [Review of Life on earth, by John Phillips.] American Journal of Science and Arts2d ser. 31: 444–9.

Gray, Asa. 1862a

Gray, Asa. 1862. Dimorphism in the genitalia of flowers. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 34: 419–20.

Gray, Asa. 1862b

Gray, Asa. 1862. Enumeration of the plants of Dr Parry’s collection in the Rocky Mountains in 1861. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 33 (1862): 404–11; 34 (1862): 249–61; 330–41; 35 (1863): 137.

Gray, Asa. 1862c

Gray, Asa. 1862. Fertilization of orchids through the agency of insects. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 34: 420–9.

Gray, Asa. 1862d

Gray, Asa. 1862. Review of Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Botany. Nos. 22, 23. American Journal of Science and Arts 34: 285–6.

Gray, Asa. 1862e

Gray, Asa. 1862. [Review of Orchids.] American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 34: 138–44.

Gray, Asa. 1863a

Gray, Asa. 1863. Dimorphism in the flowers of Linum. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 279–84.

Gray, Asa. 1863b

Gray, Asa. 1863. Enumeration of the species of plants collected by Dr. C. C. Parry and Messrs. Elihu Hall, and J. P. Harbour, during the summer and autumn of 1862, on and near the Rocky Mountains, in Colorado Territory, lat. 390–410. [Presented 3 March 1863.] Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (1863): 55–80. to have been "read". No volume number.

Gray, Asa. 1863c

Gray, Asa. 1863. A new character in the fruit of oaks. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 35: 430–1.

Gray, Asa. 1863d

Gray,Asa. 1863. [Review of Alphonse de Candolle's Mémoires et souvenirs de Augustin-Pyramus de Candolle.] American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 35: 1–16.

Gray, Asa. 1863e

Gray, Asa. 1863. [Review of J. D. Hooker's study of Welwitschia.] American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 434–9.

Gray, Asa. 1863f

Gray, Asa. 1863. A revision and arrangement (mainly by the fruit) of the North American species of Astragalus and Oxytropis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 6 (1862–5): 188–236.

Gray, Asa. 1863g

Gray, Asa. 1863. Species, considered as to variation, geographical distribution, and succession. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 35: 431–44.

Gray, Asa. 1863h

Gray, Asa. 1863. Structure and fertilization of certain orchids. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 292–4.

Gray, Asa. 1863i

Gray, Asa. 1863. Variation and mimetic analogy in Lepidoptera. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 36: 285–90.

Gray, Asa. 1864

[Gray, Asa.] 1864. [Review of A text-book of geology, by J. D. Dana.] American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 37: 147–8.

Gray, Asa. 1865

Gray, Asa. 1865. Dioico-dimorphism in the primrose family. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 39: 101–4

Gray, Asa. 1876

Gray, Asa. 1876. Darwiniana: essays and reviews pertaining to Darwinism. New York. Reprinted with an introduction by A. Hunter Dupree. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. 1963.

Gray, Asa. 1878–84

Gray, Asa. 1878–84. Synoptical flora of North America. 2 vols. New York: Invison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co. more published].

Gray, G. R. 1840

Gray, George Robert. 1840. A list of the genera ofbirds, with an indication of the typical species of each genus. London.

Gray, G. R. 1844–9

Gray, George Robert. 1844–9. The genera of birds: comprising their generic characters, and notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. Illustrated by David William Mitchell. 3 vols. London.

Gray, G. R. 1849

Gray, George Robert. 1849. Notice of two examples of the genus Gallus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 17: 62–3.

Gray, J. E. 1825

Gray, John Edward. 1825. A synopsis of the genera of cirripedes arranged in natural families, with a description of some new species. Annals of Philosophy n.s. 10: 97–107.

Gray, J. E. 1830–5

Gray, John Edward. [1830--5]. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of Majorgeneral Hardwicke. 2 vols. London.

Gray, J. E. 1846

Gray, John Edward. 1846. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall. Knowsley.

Gray, J. E. 1848a

Gray, John Edward. 1848. Description of a new species of Anatifa. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, p. 44.

Gray, J. E. 1848b

Gray, John Edward. 1848. On Thaliella, a new genus of cirripedes allied to Scalpellum. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, p. 44.

Gray, J. E. 1850a

Gray, John Edward. 1850. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall. Hoofed quadrupeds. Knowsley.

Gray, J. E. 1850b

Gray, John Edward. 1850. Synopsis of the species of deer (Cervina), with the description of a new species in the gardens of the society. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 18: 222–42.

Gray, J. E. 1852a

Gray, John Edward. 1852. Description of a new species of wart pig from theCamaroons. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 10: 280–1.

Gray, J. E. 1852b

Gray, John Edward. 1852. Molluscorum Britanniæ Synopsis. A synopsis of the Mollusca of Great Britain, arranged according to their natural affinities and anatomical structure. By William Elford Leach. London.

Gray, J. E. 1852c

Gray, John Edward. 1852. On the painted pig of the Camaroons (Potamochoerus penicillatus). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 20: 129–32.

Gray, J. E. 1855

Gray, John Edward. 1855. Catalogue of Pulmonata or airbreathing Mollusca in the collection of the British Museum. Pt 1. London.

Gray, J. E. 1862a

Gray, John Edward, ed. 1862. Catalogue of the bones of Mammalia in the collection of the British Museum. London.

Gray, J. E. 1862b

Gray, John Edward. 1862. A hand catalogue of postage stamps for the use ofcollectors. London.

Gray, J. E. 1862c

Gray, John Edward. 1862. On the skull of the Japanese pig (Sus pliciceps). [Read 28 January 1862.] Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of London (1862): 13–17.

Gray, J. E. and Gray, G. R. 1846

Gray, John Edward and Gray, George Robert, eds. 1846. Catalogue of the specimens and drawings of mammalia and birds of Nepal and Thibet, presented by B. H. Hodgson . . . to the British Museum. London.

Gray, J. L. 1893a

Gray, Jane Loring, ed. 1893. Letters of Asa Gray. 2 vols. Boston and New York.

Gray, J. L. 1893b

Gray, Jane Loring, ed. 1893. Letters of Asa Gray. 2 vols. London.

Gray, James. 1952

Gray, James. 1952. History of the Royal Medical Society, 1737–1937. Edited by Douglas Guthrie and with a foreword by Robert Hutchison. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Gray, S. F. 1821

Gray, Samuel Frederick. 1821. A natural arrangement of British plants, according to their relations to each other. With an introduction to botany, in which the terms newly introduced are explained. 2 vols. London.

Gray,Asa. 1862f

Gray, Asa. 1862. Review of Outlines of the distribution of Arctic plants, with a map. By Jos. D. Hooker. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 34: 144–8.

Grayson, D. K. 1983

Grayson, Donald K. 1983. The establishment of human antiquity. New York: Academic Press.

Grayson, D. K. 1985

Grayson, Donald K. 1985. The first three editions of Charles Lyell’s The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. Archives of Natural History 13: 105–21.

Green, J. R. 1914

Green, J. Reynolds. 1914. A history of botany in the United Kingdom from the earliest times to the end of the 19th century. London and Toronto: J. M. Dent & Sons; New York: E. P. Dutton & Co.

Greene, J. C. 1977

Greene, John C. 1977. Darwin as a social evolutionist. Journal of the History of Biology 10: 1–27.

Greene, J. R. 1859–61

Greene, Joseph Reay. 1859–61. Manual of the animal kingdom. Pt 1: Protozoa. Pt 2: Coelenterata. London.

Gregory, F. T. 1862

Gregory, Francis Thomas. 1862. Expedition to the north-west coast of Australia. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 32: 372–429.

Gregory, F. W. 1975

Gregory, Frances W. 1975. Nathan Appleton: merchant and entrepreneur 1779–1861. Charlottesville, Va.: University Press of Virginia.

Gregory, Frederick. 1977

Gregory, Frederick. 1977. Scientific materialism in nineteenth century Germany. Dordrecht, Netherlands, and Boston, Mass.: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

Gregory, J. W. 1916

Gregory, J. W. 1916. Henry Darwin Rogers: an address to the Glasgow University Geological Society 20th January, 1916. Glasgow: James MacLehose and Sons.

Gregson, C. S. 1883

Gregson, Charles Stuart. 1883.Remarks on "Scientific nomenclature", being a reply to the papers on "Scientific nomenclature" published in the "Entomologist" vol. 14. Liverpool: Meek, Thomas & Co.

Grenand, Pierre. 1987

Grenand, Pierre, et al. 1987. Pharmacopées traditionnelles en Guyane. Paris: Institute Francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Développement en Coopération avec le concours du Conseil régional de la Guyane française.

Grenier, J. C. M. and Godron, D. A. 1848–56

Grenier, Jean Charles Marie and Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1848–56. Flore de France, ou déscription des plantes qui croissent naturellement en France et en Corse. 3 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.

Grey, George. 1841

Grey, George. 1841. Journals of two expeditions of discovery in north-west and western Australia, during the years 1837, 38, and 39. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone.

Griffin, Charles. 1861

[Griffin, Charles], ed. 1861. A dictionary of contemporary biography: a handbook of the peerage of rank, worth, and intellect. Containing memoirs of nearly one thousand eminent living individuals. London and Glasgow.

Griffith, Edward. 1827–35

Griffith, Edward, et al. 1827–35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization, by the Baron Cuvier, . . . with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. 16 vols. London.

Griffith, J. W. and Henfrey, Arthur. 1860

Griffith, John William and Henfrey, Arthur. 1860. The micrographic dictionary; a guide to the examination and investigation of the structure and nature of microscopic objects. 2d ed. 2 vols. London.

Griffith, Richard. 1857

Griffith, Richard. 1857. On the remains of fossil plants discovered in the Yellow Sandstone strata, situate at the base ofthe Carboniferous limestone series of Ireland, in connexion with a communication on that subject from M. Adolphe Brongniart. Journal of the Royal Dublin Society 1 (1856–7): 313–25.

Griffith, William. 1847

Griffith, William. 1847. Journals of travels in Assam, Burma, Bootan, Affghanistan, and the neighbouring countries. In Posthumous papers bequeathed to the honorable the East Indian Company . . . Edited by John M’Clelland. Calcutta.

Gris, J. B. A. 1859

Gris, Arthur. 1859. Note sur quelques cas remarquables de pélorie dans le genre Zingiber. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 6: 346–8.

Grisebach, A. H. R. 1843–4

Grisebach, August Heinrich Rudolph. 1843–4. Spicilegium florae Rumelicae et Bithynicae exhibens synopsin plantarum quas aest. 1839 legit. 2 vols. Brunswick: F. Vieweg.

Grisebach, A. H. R. 1845

Grisebach, AugustHeinrich Rudolph. 1845. Gentianaceae. In vol. 9, pp. 39–141, of Prodromus sytematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, by Augustin Pyramus de Candolle and Alphonse de Candolle. Paris: Fortin, Masson & Sociorum.

Grisebach, A. H. R. 1849

Grisebach, August Heinrich Rudolph. 1849. Report on the progress of geographical botany, during the year 1844. Pp. 317-413 of Reports and papers on botany. Edited by Arthur Henfrey. London.

Groeben, Christiane. 1982

Groeben, Christiane, ed. 1982. Charles Darwin 1809-1882, Anton Dohrn 1840-1909: correspondence. Naples.

Gross, C. G. 1993

Gross, Charles G. 1993. Hippocampus minor and man’s place in nature: a case study in the social construction of neuroanatomy. Hippocampus 3: 403–16.

Grote, Arthur. 1875

Grote, Arthur. 1875. Introduction, being a memoir of the late Mr Ed. Blyth, C.M.Z.S., and Hon. Member Asiatic Soc. of Bengal. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 43, pt 2 (extra number, August 1875): iii–xxiv.

Grove, George (a). 1841

Grove, George. 1841. Observations on the blood-corpuscles of the order Feræ. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 9: 42–4.

Grove, George (a). 1846

Grove, George. 1846. The works of William Hewson, F.R.S. London.

Grove, George (b). 1980

Grove, George. 1980. The new Grove dictionary of music and musicians. Edited by Stanley Sadie. 20 vols. London: Macmillan.

Gruber, H. E. 1981

Gruber, Howard Ernest. 1981. Darwin on man. A psychological study of scientific creativity. 2d edition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Gruber, H. E. and Barrett, P. H. 1974

Gruber, Howard Ernest and Barrett, Paul H. 1974. Darwin on man. A psychological study of scientific creativity . . . Together with Darwin’s early and unpublished notebooks. New York: E. P. Dutton and Co. London: Wildwood House.

Gruber, J. W. 1969

Gruber, J. W. 1969. Who was the Beagle’s naturalist? British Journal for the History of Science 4: 266–82.

Gruber, J. W. and Thackray, J. C. 1992

Gruber, Jacob W. and Thackray, John C. 1992. Richard Owen commemoration: three studies. London: Natural History Museum.

Grzimek, Bernhard. 1975

Grzimek, Bernhard, ed. 1975. Insects. Vol. 2 of Grzimek’s animal life encyclopedia. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.

Grönland, Johannes. 1855

Grönland, Johannes. 1855. Note sur les organes glanduleux du genre Drosera. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique) 4th ser. 3: 297–303.

Grönland, Johannes. 1858

Grönland, Johannes. 1858. Notice nécrologique sur M. Neumann. Revue Horticole (1858): 622–4.

Guilding, Lansdown. 1825a

Guilding, Lansdown. 1825. Description of a new species of Onchidium. [Read 4 November 1823.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 14: 322–4 and Tab. IX.

Guilding, Lansdown. 1825b

Guilding, Lansdown. 1825. The natural history of Xylocopa teredo and Horia maculata. Transactions ofthe Linnean Society of London 14: 313–17.

Gulick, Addison. 1932

Gulick, Addison. 1932. Evolutionary and missionary: John Thomas Gulick. Chicago.

Gulliver, George. 1840

Gulliver, George. 1840. Observations on the blood corpuscles of the snowy owl and passenger pigeon. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 8: 42–5.

Gulliver, George. 1846

Gulliver, George, ed. 1846. The works of William Hewson, F.R.S. London.

Gully, J. M. 1846

Gully, James Manby. 1846. The water cure in chronic disease: an exposition of the causes, progress, & terminations of various chronic diseases of the digestive organs, lungs, nerves, limbs, & skin; and of their treatment by water, and other hygienic means. London.

Gunther, A. E. 1975

Gunther, A. E. 1975. The Darwin letters at Shrewsbury School. Notes & Rec. R. Soc. Lond. 30: 25–43. Gunther, Albert E. 1975. A century of zoology at the British Museum through the lives of two keepers, 1815–1914. London:Dawsons of Pall Mall.

Gunther, A. E. 1979

Gunther, A. E. 1979. J. E. Gray, Charles Darwin, and the cirripedes, 1846–1851. Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London 34: 53–63.

Guy, Jeff. 1983

Guy, Jeff. 1983. The heretic. A study of the life of John William Colenso 1814–1883. Pietermaritzberg, South Africa: University of Natal Press. Johannesburg, South Africa: Ravan Press.

Guédès, Michel. 1975

Guédès, Michel. 1975. Charles Naudin: l’évolutionnisme sans transformisme. Histoire et Nature 7: 77–88.

Guépin, J. B. P. 1853

Guépin, Jean Baptiste Pierre. 1853. Note sur l’hybridation des Orchidées. Annales de la Société Linnéenne d’Angers 1: 52–82.

Gyllenhaal, Leonhard. 1808–27

Gyllenhaal, Leonardo. 1808–27. Insecta Suecica. 1 vol. in 4. Skara and Leipzig.

Gärtner, K. F. von. 1826

Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1826. Nachricht über Versuche, die Befruchtung einiger Gewächse betreffend. Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen. Herausgegeben von eine gesellschaft inWürtemberg 1: 35–66.

Gärtner, K. F. von. 1827

Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1827. Correspondenz. Flora 10: 74–80.

Gärtner, K. F. von. 1838

Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1838. Verhandeling ter beantwoording der vraag: "Wat leert de ondervinding aangaande het ontstaan van nieuwe soorten of bijsoorten van planten door kunstige bevruchting van bloemen van de eene met het bloemstof van andere soorten? En welke nieuwe, nuttige of fraaije plantgewassen kunnen op die wijze worden voortgebragt en vermenigvuldigd?". Natuurkundige verhandelingen van de Hollandsche maatschappij der wetenschappen te Haarlem 24: 1–202.

Gärtner, K. F. von. 1844

Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1844. Versuche und Beobachtungen über die Befruchtungsorgane der vollkommeneren Gewächse und über die natürliche und künstliche Befruchtung durch den eigenen Pollen. Pt 1 ofBeiträge zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der vollkommeneren Gewächse. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.

Gärtner, K. F. von. 1849

Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1849. Versuche und Beobachtungen über die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreich. Mit Hinweisung auf die ähnlichen Erscheinungen im Thierreiche, ganz umgearbeitete und sehr vermehrte Ausgabe der von der Königlich holländischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.

Gérard, Frédéric. 1845

Gérard, Frédéric. 1845. Géographie zoologique. Vol. 6, pp. 112–92, of Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d’, ed., Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle. 13 vols. and 3 vols. atlas. Paris. 1841–9.

Gérard,Frédéric. 1844

Gérard, Frédéric. 1844. De l’espèce dans les corps organisés. Extract from d’Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines, ed., Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle. 16 vols. Paris. 1841–9.

Göppert, H. R. 1842

Göppert, Heinrich Robert. 1842. Beobachtungen über das sogenannte Überwallen der Tannenstöcke, für Botaniker und Forstmänner. Bonn.

Götzinger, W. L. 1812

Götzinger, WilhelmLebrecht. 1812. Schandau und seine Umgebungen, oder Beschreibung der sächischen Schweiz. 2d ed. Dresden.

Günther, A. C. L. G. 1853

Günther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1853. Die Fische des Neckars, untersucht und beschreiben vonA. Günther. Stuttgart.

Günther, A. C. L. G. 1855

Günther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1855. Beiträge zur Kenntniss unserer Süsswasserfische. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 21: 197–212.

Günther, A. C. L. G. 1859–70

Günther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1859–70. Catalogue of acanthopterygian fishes in the collection of the British Museum. 8 vols. London.

Günther, A. C. L. G. 1860

Günther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1860. On a new snake from the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pt 28: 97–8.

Haan, Wilhelm. 1875

Haan, Wilhelm. 1875. Sächsisches Schriftsteller-Lexicon. Alphabetisch geordnete Zusammenstellung der im Königreich Sachsen gegenwärtig lebenden Gelehrten, Schriftsteller und Künstler, nebst kurzen biographischen Notizen. Leipzig: R. Schaefer.

Haast, H. F. von. 1948

Haast, H. F. von. 1948. The life and times ofSir Julius von Haast, explorer, geologist, museum builder. Wellington, New Zealand: privately published.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1861

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1861. Report of a topographical and geological exploration of the western districts of the Nelson Province, New Zealand. Nelson, New Zealand: Nelson provincial government.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1862a

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1862. [Address delivered by Mr Haast at the dinner of the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.] Canterbury, New Zealand: Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1862b

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1862. Notes on the geology of the province of Canterbury, NZ. New Zealand Government Gazette. Province of Canterbury, 9 (24 October 1862): 121–31.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1863

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1863. Bemerkungen über Strigops habroptilus,eingesendet aus Canterbury auf Neuseeland. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 13: 1115–20.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1864a

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1864. Notes on the causes which have led to the excavation of deep lake-basins in hard rocks in the Southern Alps of New Zealand. [Read 7 December 1864.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 21 (1865): 130–2.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1864b

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1864. Notes on the ground-parrot of New Zealand (Strigops habroptilus). Ibis 6: 340–6.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1864c

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1864. Notes on the mountains and glaciers of the Canterbury province, New Zealand. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 34: 87–96.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1864d

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1864. Notes to a sketch-map of theprovince of Canterbury, New Zealand, showing the glaciation during the Pleistocene and recent periods as far as explored. [Read 7 December 1864.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 21 (1865): 133–7.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1864e

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1864. On the Southern Alps of Canterbury, Middle Island, New Zealand. [Read 8 February 1864.] Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society 8 (1863–4): 56–7.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1865

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1865. Note on the climate of the Pleistocene epoch of New Zealand. [Read 25 January 1865.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 21 (1865): 135–7. Province of Canterbury …" [Read 7 December 1864] but I have given it a separate entry because it was read later.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1867

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1867. Notes on the geology of the province of Canterbury, N.Z., principally inreference to the deposits of the glacial epoch at the western base of the Southern Alps. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 23: 342–52.

Haast, J. F. J. von. 1879

Haast, John Francis Julius von. 1879. Geology of the provinces of Canterbury and Westland, New Zealand: a report comprising the results of official explorations. Christchurch, New Zealand: The "Times" office.

Hadfield, Charles. 1967

Hadfield, Charles. 1967. The canals of South Wales and the border. 2d ed. Newton Abbot, Devon: David & Charles in conjunction with the University of Wales Press.

Hadfield, Miles. 1980

Hadfield, Miles, et al. 1980. British gardeners. A biographical dictionary. London: A. Zwemmer in association with The Condé Nast Publications.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1860

Haeckel, Ernst. 1860. Über die Augen und Nerven der Seesterne. Zeitschrift fürwissenschaftliche Zoologie 10: 183–90.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1862

Haeckel, Ernst. 1862. Die Radiolarien. (Rhizopoda Radiaria.) Eine Monographie. 2 vols. Berlin: Georg Reimer.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1863

Haeckel, Ernst. 1863. Über die Entwickelungstheorie Darwin’s. [Read 19 September 1863.] Amtlicher Bericht über die 38. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und ärzte in Stettin, pp. 17–30.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1864a

Haeckel, Ernst. 1864. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Corycaeiden. Jenaische Zeitschrift für Medicin und Naturwissenschaft 1: 61–112.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1864b

Haeckel, Ernst. 1864. Beschreibung neuer craspedoter Medusen aus dem Golfe von Nizza. Jenaische Zeitschrift für Medicin und Naturwissenschaft 1: 325–42.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1865a

Haeckel, Ernst. 1865. Die Familie der Rüsselquallen(Geryonida.) Vol. 1 of Beiträge zur Naturgeschichter der Hydromedusen. Leipzig: W. Engelmann.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1865b

Haeckel, Ernst. 1865. Über eine neue Form des Generationswechsels bei den Medusen und über die Verwandtschaft der Geryoniden und Aeginiden. Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1865): 85–94.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1866

Haeckel, Ernst. 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. Allgemeine Grundzüge der organischen Formen-Wissenschaft, mechanisch begründet durch die von Charles Darwin reformirte Descendenz-Theorie. 2 vols. Berlin: Georg Reimer.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1868

Haeckel, Ernst. 1868. Natürliche Schöpfungsgeschichte. Gemeinverständliche wissenschaftliche Vorträge über die Entwickelungslehre im Allgemeinen und diejenige von Darwin, Goethe und Lamarck im Besonderen, überdie Anwendung derselben auf den Ursprung des Menschen und andere damit zusammenhängende Grundfragen der Naturwissenschaft. Berlin: Georg Reimer.

Haeckel, E. P. A. 1921

Haeckel, Ernst. 1921. Italienfahrt. Briefe an die Braut 1859/60. Leipzig: K. F. Koehler.

Haidinger, W. K. 1848

Haidinger, Wilhelm Karl. 1848. Über Herrn v. Morlot’s Sendschreiben an Herrn Élie de Beaumont die Bildung des Dolomits betreffend. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch- naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien 1: 171–3.

Haight, G. S. 1956–78

Haight, Gordon S. 1956–78. The George Eliot letters. 9 vols. New Haven and London.

Haken, J. C. L. 1805

H[aken, Johann Christian Ludwig]. 1805. Robinsons des Jüngern, Beschreibung seiner Reise nach Otahite und den Südsee-Inseln. Ein nützliches Lesebuch für dieJugend. Altona.

Haldeman, S. S. 1843–4

Haldeman, Samuel Steman. 1843–4. Enumeration of the recent freshwater Mollusca which are common to North America and Europe; with observations on species and their distribution. Boston Journal of Natural History 4: 468–84.

Haliburton, R. G. 1863

Haliburton, Robert Grant. 1863. New materials for the history of man, derived from a comparison of the customs and superstitions of nations. Halifax, Nova Scotia: n.p. Nat. sci. but as it had already been privately printed & circulated, Haliburton withdrew it from the society’s Proceedings and Transactions (info from copy of Proc. & Trans. NSI of Nat Sci in the Zoological Society Library, London).

Haliburton, T. C. 1837–8

Haliburton, Thomas Chandler. 1837–8. The clockmaker; or the sayings and doings of Samuel Slick, of Slickville. Ser. 1, 2. London.

Haliday, A. H. 1841–3

Haliday, Alexander Henry. 1841–3. Contributions towards the classification of the Chalcididæ. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 3: 295–301.

Hall, A. R. 1969

Hall, A. Rupert. 1969. The Cambridge Philosophical Society: a history, 1819–1969. Cambridge: Cambridge Philosophical Society.

Hall, J. N. 1991

Hall, John N. 1991. Trollope. A biography. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Hall, James (a). 1815

Hall, James. 1815. On the revolutions of the earth’s surface. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 7: 139–211.

Hall, James (b) and Wyman, Jeffries. 1845–7

Hall, James and Wyman, Jeffries. 1845–7. Notice of the geological position of the cranium of the CastoroidesOhioensis. An anatomical description of the same. Boston Journal of Natural History 5: 385–401.

Hall, James (b). 1860

Hall, James. 1860. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Silurian rocks of Nova Scotia. Canadian Naturalist 5: 144–59.

Hall, M. B. 1984

Hall, Marie Boas. 1984. All scientists now: the Royal Society in the nineteenth century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hall, P. B. 1987

Hall, Philip B. 1987. Robert Swinhoe (1836–1877), FRS, FZS, FRGS: a Victorian naturalist in Treaty Port China. Geographical Journal 153: 37–47.

Haller, Albrecht van. 1757–66

Haller, Albrecht von. 1757–66. Elementa physiologiae corporis humani. 8 vols. Lausanne.

Halsted, E. P. 1841

Halsted, Edward Pellew. 1841. Report on the island of Chedooba. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 10: 349–77, 419–46.

Hamberger, G. C. and Meusel, J. G. 1796–1834

Hamberger, Georg Christoph and Meusel, Johann Georg. 1796–1834. Das gelehrte Teutschland, oder Lexikon der jetzt lebendenteutschen Schriftsteller. 23 vols. in 24. Lemgo.

Hamilton, W. J. 1856

Hamilton, William John. 1856. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 12: xxvi–cxix.

Hamilton, W. R. 1843

Hamilton, William Richard. 1843. Address to the Royal Geographical Society of London; delivered at the anniversary meeting on the 22nd May, 1843. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 13: xli–cv.

Hampe, G. E. L. 1859–60

Hampe, Georg Ernst Ludwig. 1859–60. Musci Californici novi. Linnaea. Ein Journal für die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange 14: 455–64.

Hance, H. F. 1871

Hance, Henry Fletcher. 1871. Floræ Hongkongensis supplementum. A compendious supplement to Mr Bentham’s description of the plants of the Island of Hongkong. Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 13 (1873): 95–144.

Hancock, Albany. 1849a

Hancock, Albany. 1849. Notice of the occurrence on the British coast of a burrowing barnacle belonging to a new order of the class Cirripedia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 4: 305–14.

Hancock, Albany. 1849b

Hancock, Albany. 1849. On the excavating powers of certain sponges belonging to the genus Cliona; with descriptions of several new species, and an allied generic form. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 3: 321–48.

Hancock, Albany. 1850

Hancock, Albany. 1850. On the anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of three new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 5: 173–204.

Hancock, John. 1886

Hancock, John. 1886. Letters from C. Darwin, Esq., to A. Hancock, Esq., communicated by John Hancock, Esq. Natural History Transactions of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne 8: 250–78.

Hancock, Thomas. 1824

Hancock, Thomas. 1824. Essay on instinct, and its physical and moral relations. London.

Hancock,Albany. 1848

Hancock, Albany. 1848. On the boring of the Mollusca into rocks, &c.; and on the removal of portions of their shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 2: 225– 48.

Hancock,Albany. 1858

Hancock, Albany. 1858. On the organization of the Brachiopoda. [Read 14 May 1857.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 148: 791–869.

Hanson, Bert. 1970

Hanson, Bert. 1970. The early history of the glacial theory in British geology. Journal of Glaciology 9: 135–41.

Harbord, Edward. 1825

Harbord, Edward, Baron Suffield. 1825. Considerations on the game laws. Norwich and London.

Harbottle, T. B. 1902

Harbottle, ThomasBenfield. 1902. Dictionary of quotations (classical). 2d edition. London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co. New York: Macmillan Co.

Harbottle, T. B. and Dalbiac, P. H. 1901

Harbottle, Thomas Benfield and Dalbiac, Philip Hugh. 1901. Dictionary of quotations (French and Italian). London: Swan Sonnenschein.

Harcourt, E. W. V. 1851

Harcourt, Edward William Vernon. 1851. A sketch of Madeira; containing information for the traveller or invalid visitor. London.

Harcourt, E. W. V. 1855

Harcourt, Edward William Vernon. 1855. Notes on the ornithology of Madeira. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 15: 430–8.

Harcourt, W. G. G. V. V. 1863

[Harcourt, William Vernon]. 1863. Letters by Historicus or some questions of international law. Reprinted from "The Times" with considerable additions. London and Cambridge: Macmillan.

Hardcastle, Lucy. 1830

Hardcastle, Lucy. 1830. An introduction to the elements of the Linnæan system of botany, for young persons. Derby: T. Richardson. London: Hurst, Chance, and Co.

Harding, J. P. 1962

Harding, J. P. 1962. Darwin’s type specimens of varieties of Balanus amphitrite. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Zoology) 9: 271–96.

Hardy, James. 1892

Hardy, James, ed. 1892. Selections from the correspondence of Dr George Johnston. Edinburgh.

Harker, A. 1907

Harker, A. 1907. Notes on the rocks of the Beagle collection. Geological Magazine 5th ser. 4: 100–6.

Harkness, S. B. 1955

Harkness, Stanley B. 1955. The career of Samuel Butler (1835–1902): a bibliography. London: Bodley Head.

Harnack, Adolf. 1900

Harnack, Adolf. 1900. Geschichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin im Auftrage derAkademie bearbeitet. 3 vols. in 4. Berlin: gedruckt in der Reichsdruckerei.

Harris, James (a). 1751

Harris, James. 1751. Hermes: or a philosophical inquiry concerning language and universal grammar. London.

Harris, Michael. 1974

Harris, Michael. 1974. A field guide to the birds of Galapagos. London.

Harshberger, J. W. 1899

Harshberger, John W. 1899. The botanists of Philadelphia and their work. Philadelphia.

Harte, Negley. 1986

Harte, Negley. 1986. The University of London, 1836-1986: an illustrated history. London and Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey: The Athlone Press.

Harting, J. E. 1889

Harting, James Edmund. 1889. Memorial of Frederick Bond. Zoologist 13: 401–22.

Hartmann, G. L. 1827

Hartmann, Georg Leonhard. 1827. Helvetische Ichthyologie, oder ausführliche Naturgeschichte in der Schweiz sich vorfindendenFische. Zürich.

Hartung, Georg and Bronn, H. G. 1860

Hartung, Georg and Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1860. Die Azoren in ihrer äusseren Erscheinung und nach ihrer geognostischen Natur. Leipzig.

Hartung, Georg. 1864

Hartung, Georg. 1864. Geologische Beschreibung der Inseln Madeira und Porto Santo. Leipzig.

Harvey, Joy. 1987

Harvey, Joy. 1987. ""Strangers to each other"": male and female relationships in the life and work of Clémence Royer. In Uneasy careers and intimate lives: women in science 1789–1979, edited by Pnina G. Abir-Am andDorinda Outram. New Brunswick and London: Rutgers University Press.

Harvey, Joy. 1997a

Harvey, Joy. 1997. "Almost a man of genius": Clémence Royer, feminism, and nineteenth-century science. New Brunswick, N.J., and London: Rutgers University Press.

Harvey, Joy. 1997b

Harvey, Joy. 1997. Les Esprits fertiles et le problème de la stérilité expérimentale: Charles Darwin et le Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. In Le Muséum au premier siècle de son histoire, edited by Claude Blanckaert et al. Paris: Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Archives.

Harvey, W. H. 1838

Harvey, William Henry. 1838. The genera of South African plants, arranged according to the natural system. Cape Town, South Africa: A. S. Robertson.

Harvey, W. H. 1847

Harvey, William Henry. 1847. Nereis Australis, or algae of the Southern Ocean: being figures anddescriptions of marine plants, collected on the shores of the Cape of Good Hope, the extra-tropical Australian colonies, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Antarctic regions; deposited in the herbarium of the Dublin University. London.

Harvey, W. H. 1849

Harvey, William Henry. 1849. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of the British coasts. London.

Harvey, W. H. 1854

Harvey, William Henry. 1854. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of the British coasts. 3d ed. London.

Harvey, W. H. 1859

Harvey, William Henry. 1859. On a new genus and two new species of plants from the Cape of Good Hope. [Read 18 March 1859.] Proceedings of the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association 1: 253–5.

Harvey, W. H. 1859–63

Harvey, William Henry. 1859–63. Thesaurus Capensis: or, illustrations of the South African flora, beingfigures and brief descriptions of South African plants selected from the Dublin University Herbarium. 2 vols. in 1. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co. London: John van Voorst.

Harvey, W. H. 1860

Harvey, William Henry. 1860. An inquiry into the probable origin of the human animal, on the principles of Mr Darwin’s theory of natural selection, and in opposition to the Lamarckian notion of a monkey parentage. Dublin: privately printed.

Harvey, W. H. 1861

Harvey, William Henry. 1861. On ""omne vivum ab ovo"", or, the natural evolution of organic species considered. Dublin Hospital Gazette, 15 May 1861.

Harvey, W. H. 1862

Harvey, William Henry. 1862. Notice of a collection of algae made on the north-west coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver’s Island, by David Lyall. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6: 157–77.

Harvey, W. H. and Sonder, O. W. 1859–65

Harvey, William Henry and Sonder, Otto Wilhelm. 1859–65. Flora Capensis: being a scientific description of the plants of the Cape Colony, Caffraria, & Port Natal. 3 vols. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co.

Hasselquist, Frederik. 1766

Hasselquist, Frederik. 1766. Voyages and travels in the Levant. London.

Hastings, A. C. G. 1926

Hastings, A. C. G., ed. 1926. The voyage of the Dayspring: being the journal of the late Sir John Hawley Glover . . . together with some account of the expedition up the Niger River in 1857. London: John Lane, The Bodley Head Ltd.

Hastings, Michael. 1978

Hastings, Michael. 1978. Sir Richard Burton: a biography. London: Hodder and Stoughton.

Haug, Balthasar. 1790

Haug, Balthasar. 1790. Das gelehrte Wirtemberg. Stuttgart: Herzoglichen Hoben Carlsschule.

Haughton, Samuel. 1853–4

Haughton, Samuel. 1853–4. On the depth of thesea deducible from tidal observations. Proceedings of the Irish Academy 6: 354–5.

Haughton, Samuel. 1856

Haughton, Samuel. 1856. Discussion of tidal observations made by direction of the Royal Irish Academy in 1850–51. [Read 24 April 1854.] Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy 23: 35–140.

Haughton, Samuel. 1859

Haughton, Samuel. 1859. On Cyclostigma, a new genus of fossil plants from the Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorcan, Co. Kilkenny; and on the general law of phyllotaxis in the natural orders. Journal of the Royal Dublin Society 2 (1858–9): 407-20.

Haughton, Samuel. 1860a

[Haughton, Samuel]. 1860. [Biogenesis.] Natural History Review 7: 23–32.

Haughton, Samuel. 1860b

Haughton, Samuel. 1860. Presidential address. Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin 8 (1857–60): 137–56.

Haughton, Samuel. 1862a

Haughton, Samuel. 1862. Onthe form of the cells made by various wasps, and by the honey bee; with an appendix on the origin of species. [Read 21 November 1862.] Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Dublin 3 (1859–62): 128–40. [Reprinted in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 11 (1863): 415--29.]

Haughton, Samuel. 1862b

Haughton, Samuel. 1862. On the use of nicotine in tetanus, and cases of poisoning by strychnia. [Read before the King and Queen's College of Physicians in Ireland, 19 March 1862.] Dublin Quarterly Journal of Medical Science 34: 172–86.

Haughton, Samuel. 1863

Haughton, Samuel. 1863. On the form of the cells made by various wasps, and by the honey bee; with an appendix on the origin of species. Dublin: University Press.

Haughton, W. 1862

Haughton, W. 1862. On the unicorn of the ancients. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 10: 363–70.

Haupt,Hermann. 1927

Haupt, Hermann, ed. 1927. Hessische Biographien, vol. 2. Darmstadt.

Hawkesworth, John. 1773

Hawkesworth, John. 1773. An account of the voyages undertaken by . . . Commodore Byron, Captain Wallis, Captain Carteret and Captain Cook. 3 vols. London.

Haworth, A. H. 1803–28

Haworth, Adrian Hardy. 1803–28. Lepidoptera Britannica: sistens digestionem novam insectorum Lepidopterorum. London.

Hayes, J. L. 1844

Hayes, John Lord. 1844. Probable influence of icebergs upon drift. Boston Journal of Natural History 4: 426–52.

Haynes, E. S. P. 1916

Haynes, E. S. P. 1916. Master George Pollak. Cornhill Magazine n.s. 41: 232–7.

Head, F. B. 1826

Head, Francis Bond. 1826. Rough notes taken during some rapid journeys across the Pampas and among the Andes. London.

Headland, F. W. 1852

Headland, Frederick William. 1852. An essay on the action of medicines in the system. London.

Hearne, Samuel. 1795

Hearne, Samuel. 1795. A journey from Prince of Wales’s Fort in Hudson’s Bay to the Northern ocean . . . in the years 1769, 1770, 1771 & 1772. London.

Heber, Reginald. 1828

Heber, Reginald. 1828. Narrative of a journey through the upper provinces of India from Calcutta to Bombay 1824–25. (With notes upon Ceylon.) An account of a journey to Madras and the Southern provinces, 1826, and letters written in India. (Edited by Amelia Heber.) 2 vols. London.

Hector, James. 1864a

Hector, James. 1864. Expedition to the west coast of Otago, New Zealand; with an account of the discovery of a low pass from Martin’s Bay to Lake Wakatipu. [Read 12 December 1864.] Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 34: 96–111.

Hector, James. 1864b

Hector, James. 1864. On the geology of Otago, New Zealand. [Read 7 December 1864.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 21 (1865): 124–8.

Hector, James. 1865

Hector, James. 1865. Origin of rock-basins in New Zealand. Geological Magazine 2: 377–8.

Hector, James. 1886

Hector, James. 1886. Outline of New Zealand geology. Wellington: George Didsbury.

Heer, Oswald. 1855

Heer, Oswald. 1855. Über die fossilen Pflanzen von St. Jorge in Madeira. [Read 5 November 1855.] Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft für die gesammten Naturwissenschaften n.s. 5 (1857): paper 2.

Heer, Oswald. 1855–9

Heer, Oswald. 1855–9. Flora tertiaria Helvetiae. Die tertiäre Flora der Schweiz. 3 vols. Winterthur, Switzerland: J. Wurster.

Heer, Oswald. 1860

Heer, Oswald. 1860. Untersuchungen über das Klima und die Vegetationsverhältnisse des Tertiärlandes. Winterthur, Switzerland: Anstalt von Wurster.

Heer, Oswald. 1861a

Heer, Oswald. 1861. The fossil flora of Bovey Tracey. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 11 (1860–2): 453-5.

Heer, Oswald. 1861b

Heer, Oswald. 1861.Recherches sur le climat et la végétation du pays tertiaire. Translated from the German by Charles Théophile Gaudin. Winterthur, Geneva, and Paris.

Heer, Oswald. 1861c

Heer, Oswald. 1861. Über die fossilen Calosomen. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und PetrefaktenKunde (1861): 52–8.

Heer, Oswald. 1862

Heer, Oswald. 1862. On the fossil flora of Bovey Tracey. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 152: 1039–86.

Heilprin, Angelo and Heilprin, Louis. 1931

Heilprin, Angelo and Heilprin, Louis, eds. [1931]. A complete pronouncing gazetteer or geographical dictionary of the world. 2 vols. Philadelphia and London: J. B. Lippincott.

Heinecke, P. M. 1985

Heinecke, P. M. 1985. The parish of Chelsfield. Bromley Local History 7: 62–8.

Hellenius, C. N. 1801

Hellenius, CarlNicolas. 1801. Fortsättning af berättelsen om den genom en rägets parning med en gumse, upkomna affödans fortplantning, samt de hos densamma, där under sig företeende förändringar. Kongelige Vetenskaps Akademiens nya handlingar 22: 105–16.

Hemleben, Johannes. 1964

Hemleben, Johannes. 1964. Ernst Haeckel in Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag.

Hemsley, W. B. 1906

Hemsley, W. Botting. 1906. A new and complete index to the Botanical Magazine, from its commencement in 1787 to the end of 1904, including the first, second, and third series. To which is prefixed a history of the magazine. London: Lovell Reeve.

Henfrey, Arthur. 1852

Henfrey, Arthur, trans. 1852. Principles of the anatomy and physiology of the vegetable cell. By Hugo von Mohl. London: John van Voorst.

Henfrey, Arthur. 1853a

Henfrey, Arthur, ed. 1853. Botanical and physiological memoirs. London.

Henfrey, Arthur. 1853b

Henfrey, Arthur, trans. 1853. Reflections on the phenomena of rejuvenescence in nature, especially in the life and development of plants. By Alexander Carl Heinrich Braun. In Botanical and physiological memoirs, edited by Arthur Henfrey. London: Ray Society.

Henry, D. P. 1848a

Henry, Doris P. 1848a. Address delivered in the Ipswich Museum, on 9th March, 1848. Ipswich.

Henry, D. P. 1848b

Henry, Doris P. 1848b. Syllabus of a course of lectures on botany, suggesting matter for a pass-examination at Cambridge in this subject. Cambridge.

Henry, D. P. and McLaughlin, P. A. 1986

Henry, Dora P. and McLaughlin, Patsy A. 1986. The recent species of Megabalanus (Cirripedia: Balanomorpha) with special emphasis on Balanus tintinnabulum (Linnaeus) sensulato. ZoologischeVerhandelingen uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden 235: 1–69.

Henry, William. 1810

Henry, William. 1810. The elements of experimental chemistry. 6th ed. 2 vols. London.

Henry, William. 1823

Henry, William. 1823. 9th ed. 2 vols. London.

Hensel, R. F. 1860

Hensel, [Reinhold Friedrich]. 1860. Über Hipparion mediterraneum. [Read 28 June 1860.] Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1860 (Physikalische Abhandlungen) (1861): 27–121.

Henslow, George. 1866

Henslow, George. 1866. Note on the structure of Indigofera, as apparently offering facilities for the intercrossing of distinct flowers. [Read 19 April 1866.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 9 (1867): 355–8.

Henslow, J. S. 1821a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1821. Geological description of Anglesea. [Read 26November 1861.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 1 (1822): 359–452.

Henslow, J. S. 1821b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1821. Supplementary observations to Dr Berger’s account of the Isle of Man. [Read 7 April 1820.] Transactions of the Geological Society 5 (1821): 482– 505

Henslow, J. S. 1830

Henslow, John Stevens. 1830. On the specific identity of the primrose, oxlip, cowslip, and polyanthus. Magazine of Natural History 3: 406–9.

Henslow, J. S. 1832

Henslow, John Stevens. 1832. On the varieties of Paris quadrifolia, considered with respect to the ordinary characteristics of monocotyledonous plants. Magazine of Natural History 5: 429–33.

Henslow, J. S. 1835a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1835. A catalogue of British plants, arranged according to the natural system, with the synonyms of De Candolle, Smith, Lindley, and Hooker. 2d ed. Cambridge.

Henslow, J. S. 1835b

[Henslow, John Stevens, ed.]. 1835. Extracts from letters addressed to Professor Henslow by C. Darwin, esq, read at a meeting of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 16 November, 1835. Privately printed for the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Reprinted 1960 and in Collected papers 1: 3–16.

Henslow, J. S. 1837a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1837. Description of two new species of Opuntia; with remarks on the structure of the fruit of Rhipsalis. Magazine of Zoology and Botany 1: 466–9.

Henslow, J. S. 1837b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1837. Descriptive and physiological botany. New edition. Part of Dionysius Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Greene, & Longmans; John Taylor.

Henslow, J. S. 1838

Henslow, John Stevens. 1838. Florula Keelingensis. An account of the native plants of the Keeling Islands. Annals of Natural History1: 337–47.

Henslow, J. S. 1841a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1841. On the occurrence of the animalcule of Vibrio tritici in blighted grains of the ears of wheat, constituting what is termed Ear-cockle, Purples, or Peppercorn. Microscopic Journal and Structural Record 1: 36-9.

Henslow, J. S. 1841b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1841. On the specific identity of the fungi producing rust and mildew. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England 2: 220–24.

Henslow, J. S. 1841c

Henslow, John Stevens. 1841. Report on the diseases of wheat. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England 2: 1–25.

Henslow, J. S. 1843a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1843. An account of the Roman antiquities, found at Rougham, near Bury St. Edmund’s, on the fifteenth of September, 1843. [Bury.]

Henslow, J. S. 1843b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1843. Letters to the farmers of Suffolk,with a glossary of terms used. London.

Henslow, J. S. 1843c

Henslow, John Stevens. 1843. On concretions in the Red Crag at Felixstow, Suffolk. [Read 13 December 1843.] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 4 (1842–5): 281–3.

Henslow, J. S. 1844

Henslow, John Stevens. 1844. Suggestions towards an enquiry into the present condition of the labouring population of Suffolk. Hadleigh.

Henslow, J. S. 1845a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1845. On concretions in the Red Crag at Felixstow, Suffolk. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 1: 35–7.

Henslow, J. S. 1845b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1845. On nodules, apparently coprolitic, from the Red Crag, London Clay, and Greensand. Report of the 15th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cambridge Transactions of the sections, pp. 51–2.

Henslow, J. S. 1847

Henslow, John Stevens. 1847. On detritus derived from the London Clay and deposited in the Red Crag. Report of the 17th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Oxford Transactions of the sections, p. 64.

Henslow, J. S. 1853

Henslow, John Stevens. 1853. Syllabus of lectures on botany: with an appendix, containing copious demonstrations of fourteen common plants for the illustration of terms. Cambridge.

Henslow, J. S. 1855a

Henslow, John Stevens. 1855. British plants growing wild in the parish of Hitcham, Suffolk. 2d ed.

Henslow, J. S. 1855b

Henslow, John Stevens. 1855. On typical objects in natural history. Report of the 25th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Glasgow, pp. 108–26. Reprinted separately as On typical series of objects in natural history, adapted to local museums. London. 1856.

Henslow, J. S. 1856

Henslow, John Stevens. 1856. On the triticoidal forms of ægilops and on the specific identity of Centaurea nigra and C. nigrescens. Report of the 26th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cheltenham, Transactions of the sections, pp. 87–8.

Henslow, J. S. 1858

Henslow, John Stevens. [1858]. Appendix to Hitcham allotment report for 1857. Hadleigh, Suffolk.

Henslow, J. S. 1860

Henslow, John Stevens. 1860. On the supposed germination of mummy wheat. Report of the 30th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Oxford, Transactions of the sections, pp. 110–11.

Herbert, J. D. 1830

Herbert, J. D. 1830. On the accumulation of diluvium or gravel in the vallies which border the great Himmalaya system of formations. Gleanings in Science 2: 164–5.

Herbert, Sandra. 1977

Herbert,Sandra. 1977. The place of man in the development of Darwin’s theory of transmutation. Part II. Journal of the History of Biology 10: 155–227.

Herbert, Sandra. 1980

Herbert, Sandra. 1980. The red notebook of Charles Darwin. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Historical Series 7: 1–164. Published as a separate volume, Ithaca: Cornell University Press. 1980.

Herbert, Sandra. 1999

Herbert, Sandra. 1999. An 1830s view from outside Switzerland: Charles Darwin on the "beryl blue" glaciers of Tierra del Fuego. Eclogae Geologicae Helvetiae 92: 339–46.

Herbert, William. 1818

Herbert, William. 1818. Instructions for the treatment of the Amaryllis longifolia, as a hardy aquatic, with some observations on the production of hybrid plants, and the treatment of the bulbs of the genera Crinum and Amaryllis. [Read 7 July 1818.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society ofLondon 3 (1820): 187–96.

Herbert, William. 1819

Herbert, William. 1819. On the production of hybrid vegetables; with the result of many experiments made in the investigation of the subject. [Read 21 December 1819.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 4 (1822): 15–50.

Herbert, William. 1820

Herbert, William. 1820. Instructions for the treatment of the Amaryllis longifolia, as a hardy aquatic, with some observations on the production of hybrid plants, and the treatment of the bulbs of the genera crinum and amaryllis. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 3: 187-96.

Herbert, William. 1822

Herbert, William. 1822. On the production of hybrid vegetables; with the result of many experiments made in the investigation of the subject. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 4: 15–50.

Herbert, William. 1837

Herbert, William. 1837.Amaryllidaceæ; preceded by an attempt to arrange the monocotyledonous orders, and followed by a treatise on cross-bred vegetables, and supplement. London: James Ridgway & Sons.

Herbert, William. 1840

Herbert, William. 1840. Amaryllidearum species novae. Annals of Natural History 4: 28.

Herbert, William. 1843

Herbert, William. 1843. Hybrid Narcissi. Edwards’s Botanical Register, plate 38.

Herbert, William. 1846a

Herbert, William. 1846. Local habitation and wants of plants. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 1: 44–9.

Herbert, William. 1846b

Herbert, William. 1846. On hybridization amongst vegetables. [Read 14 October 1846.] Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 2: 1–28, 81–107.

Heron, Robert. 1835

Heron, Robert. 1835. Notes on the habits of the pea-fowl. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1833–5), pt 3: 54.

Herringshaw, T. W. 1909–14

Herringshaw, Thomas W. 1909–14. Herringshaw’s national library of American biography. 5 vols. Chicago: American Publishers’ Association.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1830

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1830. A preliminary discourse on the study of natural philosophy. Part of Dionysius Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green; John Taylor.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1831

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1831. A preliminary discourse on the study of natural philosophy. In Dionysius Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1833

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1833. A treatise on astronomy. Published in D. Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1843

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1843. On certain improvements on photographic processes described in a former communication, and on the parathermic rays of the solar spectrum. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, pp. 1–6.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1848

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1848. Review of Alexander von Humboldt’s Kosmos and of Cosmos, vol. 1, translated by Elizabeth Julia Sabine. Edinburgh Review 87: 170– 229.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1849

Herschel,John Frederick William, ed. 1849. A manual of scientific enquiry: prepared for the use of Her Majesty’s Navy: and adapted for travellers in general. London.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1861

Herschel, John Frederick William. 1861. Physical geography. From the Encyclopædia Britannica. Edinburgh.

Herschel, J. F. W. 1862

[Herschel, John Frederick William]. 1862. On the existence of muscles in plants. In "Our survey of literature and science". Cornhill Magazine 6: 853–5.

Hess, R. A. 1885

Hess, Richard Alexander. 1885. Lebensbilder hervorragender Forstmänner und um das Forstwesen verdienter Mathematiker, Naturforscher und Nationalökonomen. Berlin: P. Parey.

Heusinger von Waldegg, J. F. C. K. 1846

Heusinger, Karl Friedrich. 1846. Über die verschiedenartige Wirkung gewisser äusserer Einflüsse auf verschieden gefärbte Thiere. Wochenschrift fürdie gesammte Heilkunde. 18: 277–83.

Heuzé, Gustave. 1899

Heuzé, Gustave. 1899. Les Vilmorin. Revue Horticole 71: 453–9.

Hevly, Bruce. 1996

Hevly, Bruce. 1996. The heroic science of glacier motion. Osiris 11: 66–86.

Hewitson, W. C. 1831–44

Hewitson, William Chapman. 1831–44. British oology; being illustrations of the eggs of British birds, with figures of each species, as far as practicable, drawn and coloured from nature: accompanied by descriptions of the materials and situation of their nests, number of eggs, etc. 2 vols. and supplement. Newcastle upon Tyne.

Hewitt, E. M. 1912

Hewitt, Ethel M. 1912. Industries. Introduction to vol. 5 of The Victoria history of the counties of England: Hampshire and the Isle of Wight, edited by William Page. Westminster: Archibald Constable and Company.

Hickey, D. R. 1989

Hickey, DonaldR. 1989. The war of 1812. A forgotten conflict. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press.

Hickson, W. E. 1849

Hickson, William Edward. 1849. An essay on the principle of population. Westminster Review 52: 133–201.

Hiern, W. P. 1896–1900

Hiern, William Philip. 1896–1900. Catalogue of the African plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch in 1853–61. Dicotyledons. 4 parts. London: Printed by order of the Trustees [of the British Museum].

Higgins, H. H. 1860

Higgins, Henry Hugh. 1860. On Darwin’s theory of the ""Origin of species"". Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool 15 (1860–1): 42–9.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1861

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1861. Die Verbreitung der Coniferen in der Jetztzeit und in den früheren geologischen Perioden. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens 18: 199–384.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1863a

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1863. Die Fruchtbildung der Orchideen, ein Beweis für die doppelte Wirkung des Pollen. Botanische Zeitung 21: 329–33, 337–45.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1863b

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1863. On the impregnation in orchids as a proof of the two different effects of the pollen. Annals and Magazine of NaturalHistory 3d ser. 12: 169–74.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1864

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1864. Experimente über den Dimorphismus von Linum perenne und Primula sinensis. Botanische Zeitung 22: 1–5.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1865

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1865. Experimente zur Dichogamie und zum Dimorphismus. Botanische Zeitung 23: 1–6, 13–15.

Hildebrand, F. H. G. 1866

Hildebrand, Friedrich Hermann Gustav. 1866. Über die Befruchtung der Salviaarten mit Hülfe von Insekten. Jahrbücher für wissenschaftliche Botanik 4 (1865–6): 451–78.

Hilgard, E. W. 1860

Hilgard, Eugene Woldemar. 1860. Report on the geology and agriculture of the state of Mississippi. Jackson, Miss.: E. Barksdale.

Hill, Arthur. 1833

Hill, Arthur. 1833. Sketch of the system of education, moral and intellectual, in practice atthe schools of Bruce Castle, Tottenham, and Hazelwood, near Birmingham. London.

Hill, G. B. 1896

Hill, George Birkbeck. 1896. Talks about autographs. London.

Hill, John (a). 1748–52

Hill, John. 1748–52. A general natural history: or, new and accurate descriptions of the animals, vegetables, and minerals, of the different parts of the world; with their virtues and uses . . . in medicine and mechanics. 3 vols. London.

Hill, M. D. 1825

Hill, Matthew Davenport. 1825. Public education. Plans for the government and liberal instruction of boys, in large numbers; as practised at Hazelwood School. 2d ed. London.

Hinchliff, Peter. 1964

Hinchliff, Peter. 1964. John William Colenso: bishop of Natal. London and Edinburgh: Thomas Nelson.

Hincks, Thomas. 1852

Hincks, Thomas. 1852. On a peculiar organ which occurs on some of the marine Bryozoa and whichappears to indicate a difference of sex. Report of the 22nd meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Belfast, Transactions of the sections, pp. 75–6.

Hindmarsh, Luke. 1839

Hindmarsh, Luke. 1839. On the wild cattle of Chillingham Park. Annals of Natural History 2: 274–84.

Hinds, R. B. 1842

Hinds, Richard Brinsley. 1842. Remarks on the vegetation of the Feejee Islands, Tanna, New Ireland, and New Guinea. London Journal of Botany 1: 669–76.

Hinds, R. B. 1843

Hinds, Richard Brinsley. 1843. The regions of vegetation; being an analysis of the distribution of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connexion with climate and physical agents. Appendix to vol. 2 of Belcher, Edward, Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in HMS Sulphur, 1836–42. 2 vols. London.

Hinds, R. B. 1844

Hinds, Richard Brinsley, ed. 1844. Thezoology of the voyage of HMS Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher . . . during the years 1836–42. 2 vols. London.

Hinds, R. B. 1845

Hinds, Richard Brinsley. 1845. Memoirs on geographic botany. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 15: 11–30, 89–104.

Hinrichsen, Adolf. 1891

Hinrichsen, Adolf. 1891. Das literarische Deutschland. 2d edition. Berlin and Leipzig: C. F. Steinacker.

Hitchcock, Edward. 1836

Hitchcock, Edward. 1836.Ornithichnology. Description of the foot marks of birds, (Ornithichnites) on New Red Sandstone in Massachusetts. American Journal of Science and Arts 29: 307–40.

Hitchcock, Edward. 1841

Hitchcock, Edward. 1841. Final report on the geology of Massachusetts. 2 vols. Northampton, Massachusetts.

Hobbs, J. L. 1960

Hobbs, John L. 1960. The Haycocks changed the face of Shrewsbury. The Shropshire Magazine (February 1960): 17–18.

Hochstetter, F. C. von. 1863

Hochstetter, Ferdinand Christian von. 1863. Neu-Seeland. Stuttgart: Cotta’scher.

Hodge, M. J. S. 1983

Hodge, M. J. S. 1983. The development of Darwin’s general biological theorizing. In Bendall, D. S., ed., Evolution from molecules to men. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hodge, M. J. S. 1985

Hodge, M. J. S. 1985. Darwin as a lifelong generation theorist. In The Darwinian heritage,edited by David Kohn. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Hodgson, B. H. 1833

Hodgson, Brian Houghton. 1833. Description of the wild dog of the Himalaya. Asiatic Researches 18, pt 2: 221–37.

Hodgson, B. H. 1842

Hodgson, Brian Houghton. 1842. Notice of the mammals of Tibet, with descriptions and plates of some new species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 11, pt 1: 275–89.

Hodgson, B. H. 1847

Hodgson, Brian Houghton. 1847. On the tame sheep and goats of the sub-Himálayas and of Tibet. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 16, pt 2: 1003–26.

Hodgson, B. H. 1849

Hodgson, Brian Houghton. 1849. On the physical geography of the Himálaya. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 18: 761-88.

Hodgson, B. H. 1856

Hodgson, Brian Houghton. 1856. On a new perdicine bird fromTibet. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 25: 165–6.

Hoeven, Jan van der. 1856–8

Hoeven, Jan van der. 1856–8. Handbook of zoology. Translated from the second Dutch edition by William Clark. 2 vols. London.

Hofacker, J. D. 1828

Hofacker, J. D. 1828. Über die Eigenschaften welche sich bei Menschen und Thieren von den Eltern auf die Nachkommen vererben, mit besonderer Rücksicht auf die Pferdezucht, mit Beiträgen von F. Notter. Tu<`>bingen.

Hoffmann, Hermann. 1852

Hoffmann, Hermann. 1852. Pflanzenverbreitung und Pflanzenwanderung; eine botanisch-geographische Untersuchung. Darmstadt.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1851

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1851. Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Keimung, Entfaltung und Fruchtbildung höherer Kryptogamen (Moose, Farrn, Equisetaceen, Rhizocarpeen und Lycopodiaceen) und der Samenbildung derConiferen. Leipzig: Friedrich Hofmeister.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1858

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1858. Neuere Beobachtungen über Embryobildung der Phanerogamen. Jahrbücher für wissenschaftliche Botanik 1: 82–188.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1862

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1862. On the germination, development, and fructification of the higher Cryptogamia, and on the fructification of the Coniferæ. Translated by Frederick Currey. London: Ray Society.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1865–77

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict, ed. 1865–77. Handbuch der physiologischen Botanik. 4 vols. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1867

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1867. Die Lehre von der Pflanzenzelle. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Hofmeister, W. F. B. 1868

Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1868.Allgemeine Morphologie der Gewächse. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Holder, C. F. 1891

Holder, Charles Frederick. 1891. Charles Darwin: his life and work. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons.

Holland, Clive. 1982

Holland, Clive, ed. 1982. Manuscripts in the Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, England: a catalogue. New York and London: Garland.

Holland, F. J. 1875

Holland, Frances J., ed. 1875. Fragmentary papers on science and other subjects by the late Sir Henry Holland, Bart. London.

Holland, Henry. 1839

Holland, Henry. 1839. Medical notes and reflections. London.

Holland, Henry. 1852

Holland, Henry. 1852. Chapters on mental physiology. London.

Holland, Henry. 1855

Holland, Henry. 1855. Medical notes and reflections. 3d ed. London.

Holland, Henry. 1858

Holland, Henry. 1858.Chapters on mental physiology. 2d ed. London.

Holland, Henry. 1859

[Holland, Henry.] 1859. Life and organisation. Edinburgh Review 109: 227–63.

Holland, Henry. 1862

Holland, Henry. 1862. Essays on scientific and other subjects from the Edinburgh and Quarterly Reviews. London.

Holland, Henry. 1872

Holland, Henry. 1872. Recollections of past life. London: Longmans, Green, and Co.

Holland, Saba. 1855

Holland, Saba. 1855. A memoir of the Reverend Sydney Smith . . . With a selection from his letters, edited by Mrs. Austin. 2 vols. London.

Holloway, L. M. 1981

Holloway, Lisbeth M. 1981. Medical obituaries. American physicians’ biographical notices in selected medical journals before 1907. New York and London.

Hood, Thomas. 1839

Hood, Thomas. 1839. The railway. In extracts from The comic annual for1839. Athenæum No. 586: 47–8.

Hooker, J. D. 1844–7

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1844–7. Flora Antarctica. 1 vol. and 1 vol. of plates. Pt 1 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Reeve Brothers.

Hooker, J. D. 1845a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1845. An enumeration of the plants of the Galapagos Archipelago; with descriptions of those which are new. [Read 4 March, 6 May, and 16 December 1845.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20 (1851): 163–233.

Hooker, J. D. 1845b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1845. Note on some marine animals, brought up by deep-sea dredging, during the Antarctic voyage of Captain Sir James C. Ross, R.N. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 16: 238-9.

Hooker, J. D. 1845c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1845. OnFitchia, a new genus of arborescent Compositæ, (Trib. Cichoraceæ), from Elizabeth Island, (lat. 26o, long. 125o W.) in the South Pacific. London Journal of Botany 4: 640–3.

Hooker, J. D. 1845d

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1845. On the Huon pine, and on Microcachrys, a new genus of Coniferæ from Tasmania; together with remarks upon the geographical distribution of that order in the southern hemisphere. London Journal of Botany 4: 137–57.

Hooker, J. D. 1845e

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1845. Testimonials in favour of Joseph Dalton Hooker R.N., M.D., F.L.S. as a candidate for the vacant chair of botany in the University of Edinburgh in four series. 4 vols. in 1. Edinburgh.

Hooker, J. D. 1846a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1846. Description of Pleuropetalum, a new genus of Portulaceæ, from the Galapago Islands. London Journal of Botany 5:108–9.

Hooker, J. D. 1846b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1846. On the vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago, as compared with that of some other tropical islands and of the continent of America. [Read 1 and 15 December 1846.] Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1 (1849): 312, 313, 314; Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20 (1851): 235-62.

Hooker, J. D. 1846c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1846. On the vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago, as compared with that of some other tropical islands and of the continent of America. [Read 1 and 15 December 1846.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20 (1851): 235– 62. version?]

Hooker, J. D. 1847

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1847. Floræ Tasmaniæ Spicilegium; or contributions towards a flora of Van Diemen’s Land. London Journal of Botany 6: 106–25, 265–86, 461–79.

Hooker, J. D. 1848a

Hooker, JosephDalton. 1848. Notes of a tour in the plains of India, the Himalä, and Borneo; being extracts from private letters, written during a government botanical mission to those countries. 2 pts. London.

Hooker, J. D. 1848b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1848. On some peculiarities in the structure of Stigmaria. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, and of the Museum of Practical Geology in London 2, pt 2: 431–9.

Hooker, J. D. 1848c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1848. On the vegetation of the Carboniferous period, as compared with that of the present day. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, and of the Museum of Practical Geology in London 2, pt 2: 387–430.

Hooker, J. D. 1848d

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1848. Remarks on the structure and affinities of some Lepidostrobi. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, and of the Museum of Practical Geology in London 2,pt 2: 440–56.

Hooker, J. D. 1849

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1849. The rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya; being an account, botanical and geographical, of the rhododendrons recently discovered in the mountains of eastern Himalaya, from drawings and descriptions made on the spot, during a government botanical mission to that country. Edited by William Jackson Hooker. London: Reeve, Benham & Reeve.

Hooker, J. D. 1851a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1851. An enumeration of the plants of the Galapagos Archipelago; with descriptions of those which are new. [Read 4 March, 6 May, and 16 December 1845.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20: 163– 233.

Hooker, J. D. 1851b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1851. On the vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago, as compared with that of some other tropical islands and of the continent of America. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20: 235–62.

Hooker, J. D. 1852

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1852. On the climate and vegetation of the temperate and cold regions of East Nepal and the Sikkim Himalaya Mountains. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 7: 69–131.

Hooker, J. D. 1853

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1853. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand. London: Lovell Reeve.

Hooker, J. D. 1853–5

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1853–5. Flora Novæ-Zelandiæ. 2 vols. Pt 2 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Lovell Reeve.

Hooker, J. D. 1854a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1854. Himalayan journals; or, notes of a naturalist in Bengal, the Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, &c. 2 vols. London: John Murray.

Hooker, J. D. 1854b

Hooker, JosephDalton. 1854. On some species of Amomum, collected in western tropical Africa by Dr Daniell, staff surgeon. Hooker’s Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany 6: 289–97.

Hooker, J. D. 1854c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1854. On the functions and structure of the rostellum of Listera ovata. [Read 15 June 1854.] Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 144: 259–63.

Hooker, J. D. 1854d

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1854. On the possibility of impregnating ovules after the removal of the stigma. Gardeners’ Chronicle, 30 September 1854, p. 629.

Hooker, J. D. 1855–60

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1855–60. Flora Tasmaniæ. Pt 3 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM Discovery Ships Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. 2 vols. London.

Hooker, J. D. 1855a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1855. Illustrations of Himalayan plants. London.

Hooker, J. D. 1855b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1855. On some small seed-vessels (Folliculites minutulus, Bronn) from the Bovey Tracey coal. Journal of the Geological Society of London 6: 566–70.

Hooker, J. D. 1856

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1856. Review of Géographie botanique raisonnée . . . par M. Alph. de Candolle. Hooker’s Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany 8: 54-64, 82–8, 112–21, 151–7, 181–91, 214–19, 248–56.

Hooker, J. D. 1857a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1857. On some collections of Arctic plants, chiefly made by Dr Lyall, Dr Anderson, Herr Miertsching, and Mr Rae, during the expeditions in search of Sir John Franklin. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 1: 114–24.

Hooker, J. D. 1857b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1857. On the botany of Raoul Island,one of the Kermadec group in the South Pacific Ocean. Journal of the Linnean Society. Botany 1: 125–9.

Hooker, J. D. 1859

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1859. On the flora of Australia, its origin, affinities, and distribution; being an introductory essay to the flora of Tasmania. London: Lovell Reeve.

Hooker, J. D. 1860a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1860. Flora Tasmaniæ. 2 vols. Pt 3 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Reeve Brothers; Lovell Reeve. 1844–60.

Hooker, J. D. 1860b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1860. Outlines of the distribution of Arctic plants. [Read 21 June 1860.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23 (1862): 251–348.

Hooker, J. D. 1861a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1861. An account of the plants collected by DrWalker in Greenland and Arctic America during the expedition of Sir Francis M’Clintock, R.N., in the Yacht "Fox". Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 5: 79– 88.

Hooker, J. D. 1861b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1861. On the vegetation of Clarence Peak, Fernando Po; with descriptions of the plants collected by Mr Gustav Mann on the higher parts of that mountain. [Read 7 March 1861.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 6: 1–23.

Hooker, J. D. 1861c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1861. Outlines of the distribution of Arctic plants. [Read 21 June 1860.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23 (1862): 251–348.

Hooker, J. D. 1862a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1862. On the cedars of Lebanon, Taurus, Algeria, and India. Natural History Review n.s. 2: 11–18.

Hooker, J. D. 1862b

[Hooker, Joseph Dalton.] 1862. Review of Orchids,by Charles Darwin. Gardener’s Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 23 August 1862, pp. 789–90, 13 September 1862, p. 863, and 27 September 1862, p. 910.

Hooker, J. D. 1862c

[Hooker, Joseph Dalton.] 1862. Review of Orchids, by Charles Darwin. Natural History Review n.s. 2: 371–6.

Hooker, J. D. 1863a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1863. Enumeration of the mountain flowering plants and ferns collected by M. Gustav Mann, government botanist, during his various ascents of the Camaroons Mountains, of Clarence Peak, Fernando Po, and of the peak of San Thomé. Appendix 3 in Abeokuta and the Camaroons Mountains. An exploration, by Richard F. Burton. 2 vols. London.

Hooker, J. D. 1863b

[Hooker, Joseph Dalton.] 1863. On species. Natural History Review n.s. 3: 189–201.

Hooker, J. D. 1863c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1863. On the plants of the temperate regions of the CameroonsMountains and islands in the Bight of Benin; collected by Mr Gustav Mann, government botanist. [Read 5 November 1863.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 7 (1864): 171–240.

Hooker, J. D. 1863d

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1863. On Welwitschia, a new genus of Gnetaceæ. [Read 18 December 1862 and 16 January 1863.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 24 (1864): 1–48.

Hooker, J. D. 1864–7

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1864–7. Handbook of the New Zealand flora: a systematic description of the native plants of New Zealand and the Chatham, Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and MacQuarrie’s Islands. 2 pts. London. 1864– 7. Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1864–7. Handbook of the New Zealand flora: a systematic description of the native plants of New Zealand and the Chatham, Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and MacQuarrie’s Islands. 2 vols. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

Hooker, J. D. 1864a

[Hooker, Joseph Dalton?] 1864. Botanical lesson-books. [Review of Lessons in elementary botany, by Daniel Oliver.] Natural History Review n.s. 4: 355–69.

Hooker, J. D. 1864b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1864. Note on the replacement of species in the colonies and elsewhere. Natural History Review n.s. 4: 123–7.

Hooker, J. D. 1864c

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1864. On the identity of Pinus Peuce, Griseb., of Macedonia, with the P. excelsaof the Himalaya Mountains. [Read 3 March 1864.] Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany) 8 (1865): 145–6.

Hooker, J. D. 1866

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1866. Ceropegia sororia. Kaffrarian Ceropegia. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 3d ser. 22: tab. 5578.

Hooker, J. D. 1867a

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1867. Lecture on insular floras. [Abstract of alecture before the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1866.] Journal of Botany 5: 23–31; Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette (1867): 6–7, 27, 50–1, 75–6.

Hooker, J. D. 1867b

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1867. Lecture on insular floras. [Abstract of a lecture before the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1866.] Journal of Botany 5: 23–31; Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, nos. 1–4 pp. 6-7, 27, 50–1, 75–6. Bot?]

Hooker, J. D. 1872–97

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1872–97. Flora of British India. 7 vols. London.

Hooker, J. D. 1875–97

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1875–97. The flora of British India. Assisted by various botanists. 7 vols. London: L. Reeve.

Hooker, J. D. 1881

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1881. On geographical distribution. Presidential address, section E, geography. Report of the fifty-firstmeeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at York, Transactions of the sections, pp. 727–38.

Hooker, J. D. 1903

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1903. A sketch of the life and labours of Sir William Jackson Hooker, . . . late director of the Royal Gardens of Kew. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Hooker, J. D. and Harvey, W. H. 1847

Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Harvey, William Henry. 1847. Algae Tasmanicæ; being a catalogue of the species of Algae collected on the shores of Tasmania . . . with characters of the new species. London Journal of Botany 6: 397–417.

Hooker, J. D. and Thomson, Thomas. 1855

Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomson, Thomas. 1855. Flora Indica: being a systematic account of the plants of British India, together with observations on the structure and affinities of their natural orders and genera. London: W. Pamplin.

Hooker, J. D. and Thomson, Thomas. 1859

Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomson, Thomas. 1859. Præcursores ad Floram Indicam.– — Balsamineæ. [Read 16 June 1859]. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. Botany 4 (1860): 106–57.

Hooker, J. D. andThomson, Thomas. 1858

Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomson, Thomas. 1858. Præcursores ad Floram Indicam: being sketches of the natural families of Indian plants, with remarks on their distribution, structure, and affinities. [Read 3 March 1857.] Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Botany) 2 (1858): 1–29, 54–103, 163–80.

Hooker, W. J. 1818–20

Hooker, William Jackson. 1818–20. Musci exotici; containing figures and descriptions of new or little known foreign mosses and other cryptogamic subjects. 2 vols. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.

Hooker, W. J. 1821

Hooker, William Jackson. 1821. FloraScotica; or a description of Scottish plants, arranged both according to the artificial and natural methods. 2 pts. London.

Hooker, W. J. 1830a

Hooker, William Jackson. 1830. The British flora; comprising the phænogamous, or flowering plants, and the ferns. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green.

Hooker, W. J. 1830b

[Hooker, William Jackson]. 1830. On the species of the genus Colletia, of the natural order Rhamneæ, discovered by Dr Gillies in South America. Botanical Miscellany 1: 150–9.

Hooker, W. J. 1838

Hooker, William Jackson. 1838. The British flora; in two volumes. Vol. 1, comprising the phænogamous, or flowering plants, and the ferns. 4th ed. London.

Hooker, W. J. 1840

Hooker, William Jackson. 1840. Flora Boreali-Americana; or the botany of the northern parts of British America: compiled principally from the plants collected by DrRichardson & Mr Drummond on the late northern expeditions, under command of Captain Sir John Franklin RN. To which are added . . . those of Mr Douglas, from north-west America, and of other naturalists. 2 vols. London: Henry G. Bohn.

Hooker, W. J. 1843

Hooker, William Jackson. 1843. Notes on the botany of HM Discovery Ships, Erebus and Terror in the Antarctic voyage; with some account of the Tussac grass of the Falkland Islands. London Journal of Botany 2: 247–329.

Hooker, W. J. 1844

Hooker, William Jackson. 1844. Description, with a figure, of a new species of Thuja, the alerse of Chili. London Journal of Botany 3: 144–9. Hooker, William Jackson. 1844. Berberis darwinii. Hook. Icones Plantarum n.s. 3: tab. DCLXXII.

Hooker, W. J. 1848

Hooker, William Jackson. 1848. Extracts from the private letters of Dr Hooker, written during a botanical missionto India. London Journal of Botany 7: 237–68, 297–321.

Hooker, W. J. 1849

Hooker, William Jackson. 1849. Niger flora; or, an enumeration of the plants of western tropical Africa . . . including Spicilegia Gorgonea, by P. B. Well . . . and flora Nigritiana, by Dr J. D. Hooker . . . and George Bentham. London.

Hooker, W. J. 1851

Hooker, William Jackson. 1851. Victoria regia; or illustrations of the Royal water-lily . . . by Walter Fitch; with descriptions by William Jackson Hooker. London.

Hooker, W. J. and Arnott, G. A. W. 1836, 1841

Hooker, William Jackson and Arnott, George Arnott Walker. 1836, 1841. Contributions towards a flora of South America and the islands of the Pacific. Companion to the Botanical Magazine 2: 41-52, 250–4; Journal of Botany 3: 19–47, 310–48.

Hooker, W. J. and Arnott, G. A. W. 1850

Hooker, William Jackson and Arnott, George ArnottWalker. 1850. The British flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants, and the ferns. 6th ed. of Hooker, William Jackson, The British flora. London, 1830. London.

Hooker, W. J. and Arnott, G. A. W. 1855

Hooker, William Jackson and Arnott, George Arnott Walker. 1855. The British flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants, and the ferns. 7th ed. London.

Hooker, W. J. and Arnott, G. A. W. 1860

Hooker, William Jackson and Arnott, George Arnott Walker. 1860. The British flora, comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants and the ferns, with numerous figures illustrative of the umbelliferous plants, the composite plants, the grasses, and the ferns. 8th edition, revised and corrected. London: Longman, Green, Longman, & Roberts.

Hooker, W. J. and Hooker, J. D. 1847

Hooker, William Jackson and Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1847. Botany of the Niger expedition: noteson Madeira plants. London Journal of Botany 6: 125–39.

Hooper, Robert. 1831

Hooper, Robert. 1831. Lexicon medicum; or medical dictionary. 6th ed. London.

Hope, F. W. 1836

Hope, Frederick William. 1836. Observations on succinic insects. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 1: 133–47.

Hope, F. W. 1837–40

Hope, Frederick William. 1837–40. Descriptions of some species of Carabidæ, collected by Charles Darwin, Esq., in his late voyage. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 2: 128–31.

Hopkins, A. B. 1952

Hopkins, Annette Brown. 1952. Elizabeth Gaskell: her life and work. London: John Lehmann.

Hopkins, William. 1835

Hopkins, William. 1835. Researches in physical geology. [Read 4 May 1835.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 6 (1838): 1–84.

Hopkins, William. 1838

Hopkins, William. 1838. Researches in physical geology. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 6: 1–84.

Hopkins, William. 1842

Hopkins, William. 1842. On the elevation and denudation of the district of the lakes of Cumberland and Westmoreland. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3 (1838- -42): 757–66.

Hopkins, William. 1843

Hopkins, William. 1843. On the motion of glaciers. [Read 1 May and 11 December 1843.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 8 (1849) 50- -74, 159–69.

Hopkins, William. 1844

Hopkins, William. 1844. On the transport of erraticblocks. [Read 29 April 1844.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 8 (1849) 220–40.

Hopkins, William. 1845

Hopkins, William. 1845. On the motion of glaciers. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine 26: 1–16, 146–69.

Hopkins, William. 1845–56

Hopkins, William. 1845–56. On the geological structure of the Wealden district and of the Bas Boulonnais. [Read 3 February 1841.] Transactions of the Geological Society of London 2d ser. 7: 1–51.

Hopkins, William. 1847

Hopkins, William. 1847. Report on the geological theories of elevation and earthquakes. Report of the 17th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held and Oxford, pp. 33-92.

Hopkins, William. 1848

Hopkins, William. 1848. On the elevation and denudation of the district of the lakes of Cumberland and Westmorland. [Read 6 June 1842.] Quarterly Journal of theGeological Society of London 4: 70-98.

Hopkins, William. 1849a

Hopkins, William. 1849. On the internal pressure to which rock masses may be subjected, and its possible influence in the production of the laminated structure. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 8: 456–70.

Hopkins, William. 1849b

Hopkins, William. 1849. On the motion of glaciers. [Read 1 May 1843.] Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 8: 50-74.

Hopkins, William. 1852a

Hopkins, William. 1852. On the influence of various configurations of land and sea, and oceanic currents, on the earth’s superficial temperature. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 8: 63–92.

Hopkins, William. 1852b

Hopkins, William. 1852. Presidential address. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 8: xxi–lxxx.

Hopkins, William. 1860

Hopkins,William. 1860. Physical theories of the phenomena of life. Fraser’s Magazine 61: 739–52; 62: 74–90.

Hopkins,William. 1836

Hopkins, William. 1836. An abstract of a memoir on physical geology; with a further exposition of certain points connected with the subject. London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 8: 227–36, 272–81, 357–66.

Hopkirk, Thomas. 1817

Hopkirk, Thomas. 1817. Flora anomoia. A general view of the anomalies in the vegetable kingdom. Glasgow.

Hoppe, Brigitte. 1971

Hoppe, Brigitte. 1971. Die Geschichtlichtkeit der Natur und des Menschen. Die Entwicklungstheorie Alexander Brauns. In Medizingeschichte in unserer Zeit, edited by Hans-Heinz Eulner et al. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke Verlag.

Horner, Leonard. 1846

Horner, Leonard. 1846. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 2: 145-221.

Horner, Leonard. 1848

Horner, Leonard. 1848. A letter to the president [on the discovery of Saurian remains in the Saarbrück coalfields] [Read 16 June 1847.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 4: 17.

Horner, Leonard. 1855

Horner, Leonard. 1855. An account of some recent researches near Cairo, undertaken with the view of throwing light upon the geological history of the alluvial land of Egypt. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 145: 105–38.

Horner, Leonard. 1858

Horner, Leonard. 1858. An account of some recent researches near Cairo, with the view of throwing light upon the geological history of the alluvial land of Egypt. Pt II. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 148: 53–92.

Horner, Leonard. 1861

Horner, Leonard. 1861. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 17: xxxi-lxxii.

Horner,Leonard. 1847

Horner, Leonard. 1847. Anniversary address of the president. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 3: xxii-xc.

Hornschuch, C. F. 1848

Hornschuch, Christian Friedrich. 1848. Über Ausartung der Pflanzen. Flora, oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung n.s. 6: 17-28, 33–44, 50–64, 66–86.

Horsburgh, E. L. S. 1980

Horsburgh, E. L. S. 1980. Bromley, Kent: from the earliest times to the present century, compiled from materials collected from original sources by various hands. Reprint edition. Chislehurst, Kent: Lodgemark Press.

Horsburgh, James. 1809–11

Horsburgh, James. 1809–11. Directions for sailing to and from the East Indies, China, New Holland, Cape of Good Hope, and the interjacent ports; compiled chiefly from original journals at the East India House, and from journals and observations, made during twenty-one years experiencenavigating in those seas. 2 pts. London.

Horsfield, Thomas. 1824

Horsfield, Thomas. 1824. Zoological researches in Java, and the neighbouring islands. London.

Hoskyn, Richard. 1862

Hoskyn, Richard. 1862. Report on the deep sea soundings to the westward of Ireland,—- made in HMS ""Porcupine,"" in June, July, and August, 1862. Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle 31: 561–9.

Howard, R. A. 1988

Howard, Richard A. 1988. Charles Wright in Cuba 1856–1867. Alexandria, Virginia: Chadwyck-Healey.

Howell, T. J. 1816

Howell, Thomas J. 1816. The stranger in Shrewsbury; or an historical and descriptive view of Shrewsbury and its environs. Shrewsbury.

Huber, François. 1814

Huber, François. 1814. Nouvelles observations sur les abeilles. 2d ed. Appendix edited by Jean Pierre Huber. Paris.

Huber, J. P. 1810

Huber, Jean Pierre. 1810. Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indigènes. Paris and Geneva.

Huc, E. R. 1855

Huc, Évariste Régis. 1855. The Chinese empire: forming a sequel to the work entitled "Recollections of a journey through Tartary and Thibet’. Translated from the French. 2 vols. London.

Huc, E. R. and Gabet, Joseph. 1852

Huc, Évariste Régis and Gabet, Joseph. [1852]. Travels in Tartary, Thibet, and China, during the years 1844–5–6. Translated from the French by W. Hazlitt. 2 vols. London.

Hudson, John. 1842

Hudson, John, ed. 1842. A complete guide to the Lakes . . . with Mr Wordsworth’s description of the scenery of the country . . . andthree letters on the geology of the Lake district by Professor [Adam] Sedgwick. Kendal.

Hudson, William. 1762

Hudson, William. 1762. Flora Anglica: exhibens plantas per regnum Angliæ sponte crescentes, distributas secundum systema sexuale. London.

Hudson, William. 1798

Hudson, William. 1798. Flora Anglica. 3d ed. London.

Huerkamp, Claudia. 1990

Huerkamp, Claudia. 1990. The making of the modern medical profession, 1800–1914. Prussian doctors in the nineteenth century. In German professions, 1800–1950, edited by Geoffrey Cocks and Konrad H. Jarausch. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hugel, K. A. A. and Fulljames, George. 1836

Hugel, Baron and Fulljames, George. 1836. Recent discovery of fossil bones in Perim Island, in the Cambay Gulph. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 5: 288–91.

Huggins, A. K. 1970

Huggins,A. K. 1970. British postal stationery. A priced hand book of the postal stationery of Great Britain. London: Philatelic Society.

Hughes, Robert. 1987

Hughes, Robert. 1987. The fatal shore: a history of the transportation of convicts to Australia, 1787–1868. London: Collins Harvill.

Hugon, Thomas. 1837

Hugon, Thomas. 1837. Remarks on the silk worms and silks of Assam. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 6: 21–37.

Hull, D. L. 1973

Hull, David L. 1973. Darwin and his critics: the reception of Darwin’s theory of evolution by the scientific community. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Hull, Edward. 1857

Hull, Edward. 1857. Memoir of the geology of the country around Cheltenham. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and of the Museum of Practical Geology. (To accompany Sheet 44 of the Geological Survey.) London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von and Bonpland, A. J. A. 1811–33

Humboldt, Alexander von and Bonpland, Aimé. 1811–33. Recueil d’observations de zoologie et d’anatomie comparée. (Pt 2 of Voyage aux régions équinoxiales.) 2 vols. Paris.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von and Bonpland, A. J. A. 1819–29

Humboldt, Alexander von and Bonpland, Aimé Jacques Alexandre. 1819–29. Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the new continent, during the years 1799– 1804. 3d ed. London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von and Bonpland, A. J. A. 1822

Humboldt, Alexander von and Bonpland, Aimé Jacques Alexandre. 1822. Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the new continent, during the years 1799–1804. Translated by Helen Maria Williams. 3d edition. 2 vols. in 1. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown. Vols. 1 and 2of Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the new continent, during the years 1799–1804, by Alexander von Humboldt and Aimé Jacques Alexandre Bonpland. Translated by Helen Maria Williams. 7 vols. in 6. Pt 1 of Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown. 1814–29.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1805–34

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1805–34. Voyages aux régions équinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait en 1799 . . . 1804 par A. de Humboldt et A. Bonpland. 34 vols. Paris.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1808

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1808. Ansichten der Natur mit wissenschaftlichen Erläuterungen. 1 vol. (no more published). Tübingen.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1814–29

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1814–29. Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the New Continent, during the years 1799–1804, by Alexander de Humboldt and Aimé Bonpland . . . translated into English by Helen Maria Williams. 7vols. London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1815–25

Humboldt, Alexander von, et al. 1815–25. Nova genera et species plantarum quas in peregrinatione orbis novi collegerunt, descripserunt, partim adumbraverunt Amat. Bonpland et Alex. de Humboldt. 7 vols. Pt 6 of Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland. Paris: Libraire Grecque-Latine-Allemande [& others].

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1817

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1817. Des lignes isothermes et de la distribution de la chaleur sur le globe. Mémoires de physique et de chimie de la Société d’Arcueil 3: 462–602. Also Edinburgh Philosophical Journal 3 (1820): 1–20, 256–74; 4 (1821): 23–37, 262–81; 5 (1821): 28–39.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1828

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1828. Tableaux de la nature. Translated from the German by J. B. B. Eyriès. 2d ed. 2 vols. Paris.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1836–9

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1836–9. Examen critique de l’histoire de la géographie du Nouveau Continent, et des progrès de l’astronomie nautique au 15e et 16e siècles. 5 vols. Paris.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1839

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1839. On the longitude of Valparaiso and Callao, in a letter from Baron Alexander von Humboldt. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 9: 502–6.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1843

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1843. Asie centrale. Recherches sur les chai<^>nes de montagnes et la climatologie comparée. 3 vols. Paris.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1845–62

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1845–62. Kosmos. Entwurf einer physischen Weltbeschreibung. 5 vols. Stuttgart and Tübingen.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1845–8

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1845–8. Kosmos; a general survey of the physicalphenomena of the universe. Translated by Augustin Prichard. 2 vols. London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1846–58

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1846–58. Cosmos: sketch of a physical description of the universe. Translated [by Elizabeth Juliana Sabine] under the superintendence of Edward Sabine. 4 vols. London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1849

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1849. Aspects of nature, in different lands and different climates; with scientific elucidations. Translated by Mrs [Elizabeth Juliana] Sabine. 2 vols. London.

Humboldt, F. W. H. A. von. 1849–58

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1849–58. Cosmos: a sketch of a physical description of the universe. Translated from the German by E. C. Otté, B. H. Paul, andW. S. Dallas. 5 vols. London.

Humboldt, K. W. von. 1849

Humboldt, Karl Wilhelm von. 1849. Thoughts and opinions of a statesman. A series of extracts from the letters of K. W. von Humboldt to Charlotte Diede. Edited by Arthur Helps. London.

Humboldt,F. W. H. A. von. 1797

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1797. Versuche über die gereizte Muskel- und Nervenfaser, nebst Vermuthungen über den chemischen Process des Lebens in der Thier- und Pflanzenwelt. 2 vols. Berlin.

Humboldt,F. W. H. A. von. 1831

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1831. Fragmens de géologie et de climatologie asiatiques. 2 vols. Paris.

Hume, Abraham. 1845

Hume, Abraham. 1845. Examination of the theory contained in the "Vestiges of creation’. London.

Hummel, A. D. 1821–29

Hummel, Arvid-David. 1821–29. Essais entomologiques. 7 pts. St Petersburg.

Hunt, E. B. 1863

Hunt, Edward Bissell. 1863. On the origin, growth, substructure and chronology of the Florida reef. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 35: 197–210.

Hunt, James (b). 1863a

Hunt, James. 1863. On the negro’s place in nature. London: Trübner & Company.

Hunt, James (b). 1863b

Hunt, James. 1863. On the negro’s place in nature. [Read 17 November 1863.] Memoirs read before the Anthropological Society of London 1 (1863–4): 1–64.

Hunt, Robert. 1854

Hunt, Robert. 1854. Researches on light in its chemical relations; embracing a consideration of all the photographic processes. 2d ed. London.

Hunt, T. C. 1841

Hunt, Thomas Carew. 1841. Report of the destruction by earthquake of the town of Praya de Victoria, on the 15th of June, 1841. [Read 1 December 1841.]Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3 (1838–42): 565–6.

Hunt, T. C. 1845a

Hunt, Thomas Carew. 1845. A description of the Island of St Mary (Azores). Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 15: 258–68.

Hunt, T. C. 1845b

Hunt, Thomas Carew. 1845. A description of the Island of St Michael (Azores). Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 15: 268–96.

Hunter, John. 1778

Hunter, John. 1778. The natural history of the human teeth. 2d ed. London.

Hunter, John. 1792

Hunter, John. 1792. Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. 2d ed. London.

Hunter, John. 1837

Hunter, John. 1837. Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy . . . with notes by Richard Owen. Vol. 4 of The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. with notes, edited by James F. Palmer. 4 vols. London. 1835–7.

Hunter,John. 1861

Hunter, John. 1861. Essays and observations on natural history, anatomy, physiology, psychology, and geology. Being his posthumous papers on those subjects, arranged and revised, with notes: to which are added, the introductory lectures on the Hunterian Collection of fossil remains . . . by Richard Owen. 2 vols. London.

Hutchinson, H. G. 1914

Hutchinson, Horace Gordon. 1914. Life of Sir John Lubbock, Lord Avebury. 2 vols. London: Macmillan.

Hutchinson, Paul. 1842

Hutchinson, Paul, ed. 1842. On the wool of the Bactrian, or twohumped camel, (Camelus Bactrianus,) being a copy of an unpublished paper forwarded to the Royal Asiatic Society of London. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 11, pt 2: 1182–7.

Hutchinson, Paul. 1920

Hutchinson, Paul, ed. 1920. A guide to important mission stations in eastern China. Shanghai: The Mission Book Company.

Hutchinson, W. N. 1850

Hutchinson, William Nelson. 1850. Dog breaking. The most expeditious, certain, and easy method; whether great excellence or only mediocrity is required. 2d ed. London.

Huth, A. H. 1880

Huth, Alfred Henry. 1880. The life and writings of Henry Thomas Buckle. 2 vols. London.

Hutton, F. W. 1861

Hutton, Frederick Wollaston. 1861. Some remarks on Mr Darwin’s theory. Geologist 4: 132–6, 183–8.

Hutton, F. W. 1865

Hutton, Frederick Wollaston. 1865. Notes on some of the birds inhabiting the Southern Ocean. Ibis n.s. 1: 276–98.

Hutton, F. W. 1887

Hutton, Frederick Wollaston. 1887. Darwinism. A lecture. Christchurch.

Hutton, F. W. 1899

Hutton, Frederick Wollaston. 1899. Darwinism and Lamarckism: old and new. London.

Hutton, James. 1795

Hutton, James. 1795. Theory of the earth, withproofs and illustrations. 2 vols. Edinburgh and London.

Hutton, Thomas. 1842

Hutton, Thomas. 1842. "Borz’ of the Afghans—-wild goat of Afghanistan, "The Paseng’ of authors. Capra ægagrus, Pallas. Calcutta Journal of Natural History 2: 521–35.

Hutton, Thomas. 1846

Hutton, Thomas. 1846. Rough notes on the zoology of Candahar and the neighbouring districts . . . with notes by Ed. Blyth, curator of the Asiatic Society’s museum. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 15: 135–70.

Hutton, Thomas. 1848

Hutton, Thomas. 1848. Notes on the nidification of Indian birds. (Communicated by E. Blyth, Esq.) Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal n.s. 17, pt 2: 3–13, 681–96.

Hutton, Thomas. 1850

Hutton, Thomas. 1850. The chronology of creation; or, geology and scripture reconciled. Calcutta.

Huxham, J. C. 1759–67

Huxham, John Corham,trans. 1759–67. Observations on the air and epidemic diseases. 2 vols. London and Plymouth.

Huxham, John. 1752

Huxham, John. 1752. Observationes de aëre et morbis epidemicis. 2 vols. London and Plymouth.

Huxley, J. S. 1935

Huxley, Julian Sorell, ed. 1935. The diary of the voyage of HMS Rattlesnake. London: Chatto and Windus

Huxley, Leonard. 1900

Huxley, Leonard, ed. 1900. Life and letters of Thomas Henry Huxley. 2 vols. London: Macmillan.

Huxley, Leonard. 1918

Huxley, Leonard, ed. 1918. Life and letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, OM, GCSI. Based on materials collected and arranged by Lady Hooker. 2 vols. London: John Murray.

Huxley, Leonard. 1923

Huxley, Leonard. 1923. The house of Smith Elder. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1849

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1849. On the anatomy and the affinities of the family of theMedusæ. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London pt 2: 413–34. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 9–32.

Huxley, T. H. 1851a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1851. Report upon the researches of Prof. Müller into the anatomy and development of the echinoderms. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 8: 1–19. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester eds. 1898–1903, 1: 103–21.

Huxley, T. H. 1851b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1851. Zoological notes and observations made on board HMS Rattlesnake during the years 1846–50. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 7: 304–6, 370–4; 8: 433–42. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 80–95.

Huxley, T. H. 1852

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1852. Researches into the structure of the Ascidians. Report of the 22d meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Belfast,Transactions of the sections, pp. 76–7. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 194–6.

Huxley, T. H. 1853

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1853. On the morphology of the cephalous Mollusca, as illustrated by the anatomy of certain Heteropoda and Pteropoda collected during the voyage of HMS "Rattlesnake’ in 1846–50. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 143: 29–65. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester eds. 1898–1903, 1: 152–93. Huxley, Thomas Henry, trans. 1853. Fragments relating to philosophical zoology. Selected from the works of K. E. von Baer. In Scientific memoirs, selected from the transactions of foreign academies of science, and from foreign journals. Natural History. Edited by Arthur Henfry and Thomas Henry Huxley, pp. 176–238.

Huxley, T. H. 1854a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1854. Contributions to the anatomy of the Brachiopoda. Proceedings of the RoyalSociety of London 7: 106–17, 241–2. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester eds. 1898-1903, 1: 325–36.

Huxley, T. H. 1854b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1854. Review of Vestiges of the natural history of creation, 10th edition. British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review 13: 425–39.

Huxley, T. H. 1855a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1855. Mollusca. In vol. 3 of Natural history, pp. 855–74, of Knight, Charles, ed., English cyclopædia. A new dictionary of universal knowledge. 22 vols. London. 1854–70.

Huxley, T. H. 1855b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1855. On certain zoological arguments commonly adduced in favour of the hypothesis of the progressive development of animal life in time. [Read 20 April 1855.] Notices of the Proceedings at the meetings of the members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 2 (1854–8): 82–5. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898- -1903, 1: 300–4.

Huxley, T. H. 1856–7

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1856–7. Lectures on general natural history. Medical Times & Gazette n.s. 12: 429–32, 481–4, 507–11, 563–7, 618–23; 13: 27–30, 131–4, 157–60, 278–81, 383–6, 462–3, 537–8, 586–8, 635–9; 14: 133–5, 181–3, 255-7, 353–5, 505–8, 638–40; 15: 159–62, 186–9, 238–41, 467-71.

Huxley, T. H. 1856a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1856. On natural history, as knowledge, discipline, and power. Notices of the Proceedings at the meetings of the members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 2 (1854–58): 187–95. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 305–14.

Huxley, T. H. 1856b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1856. On the method of palaeontology. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 18: 43–54. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 432–44.

Huxley, T. H. 1857a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1857. Lectures on generalnatural history. Lecture XII: The Cirripedia. Medical Times and Gazette n.s. 15: 238–41.

Huxley, T. H. 1857b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1857. Observations on the structure of glacier ice. Philosophical Magazine 4th ser. 14: 241–60. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 482– 501.

Huxley, T. H. 1857c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1857. On the present state of knowledge as to the structure and functions of nerve. Notices of the Proceedings at the meetings of the members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 2 (1854–8): 432–7. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 1: 315–20.

Huxley, T. H. 1858a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1858. On the agamic reproduction and morphology of Aphis. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 22 (1859): 193–220, 221–36. Reprinted in Foster and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 2: 26–80.

Huxley, T. H. 1858b

Huxley,Thomas Henry. 1858. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. [Read 17 June 1858.] Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 9 (1857–9): 381–457. [Reprinted in vol. 1 of The scientific memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley, edited by Michael Foster and Edwin Ray Lankester. 4 vols. London: Macmillan. New York: D. Appleton. 1898.]

Huxley, T. H. 1858c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1858. Report on the examination of specimens of bottom. In Dayman, Joseph, Deep sea soundings in the North Atlantic Ocean between Ireland and Newfoundland, made in HMS Cyclops. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1859a

[Huxley, Thomas Henry]. 1859. The Darwinian hypothesis. The Times, 26 December 1859, p. 8.

Huxley, T. H. 1859b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1859. Oceanic Hydrozoa. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1859c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1859. The oceanic Hydrozoa; a description of the Calycophoidæ and Physophoridæobserved during the voyage of HMS "Rattlesnake’, in the years 1846–1850. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1859d

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1859. On the persistent types of animal life. [Read 3 June 1859.] Notices of the proceedings at the meetings of the members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 3 (1858–62): 151–3.

Huxley, T. H. 1859e

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1859. On the persistent types of animal life. [Read 3 June 1859.] Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 3 (1858–62): 151–3.

Huxley, T. H. 1859f

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1859. Time and life: Mr Darwin’s "Origin of species." Macmillan’s Magazine 1 (1859–60): 142–8.

Huxley, T. H. 1860a

[Huxley, Thomas Henry.] 1860. Darwin on the origin of species. Westminster Review n.s. 17: 541–70.

Huxley, T. H. 1860b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1860. Onspecies and races, and their origin. Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 3 (1858–62): 195–200. Reprinted in Foster, and Lankester, eds. 1898–1903, 2: 388–94.

Huxley, T. H. 1860c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1860. On the study of zoology. [Read 14 May 1860.] In Lectures addressed to teachers on preparation for obtaining science certificates and the method of teaching a science class. 2 series. London 1860–1. Reprinted in T. H. Huxley 1870.

Huxley, T. H. 1861a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. Glyptolæmus kinnairdi. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Figures and Descriptions illustrative of British Organic Remains, decade 10, pp. 41–6.

Huxley, T. H. 1861b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. On a new species of Macrauchenia (M. Boliviensis). [Read 21 November 1860.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Societyof London 17: 73– 84.

Huxley, T. H. 1861c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. On the brain of Ateles paniscus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, pp. 247–60.

Huxley, T. H. 1861d

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. On the zoological relations of man with the lower animals. Natural History Review n.s. 1: 67–84.

Huxley, T. H. 1861e

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. Phaneropleuron andersoni. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Figures and descriptions illustrative of British organic remains decade 10, pp. 47–9.

Huxley, T. H. 1861f

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1861. Preliminary essay upon the systematic arrangement of the fishes of the Devonian epoch. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Figures and Descriptions illustrative of British Organic Remains decade 10, pp. 1–40.

Huxley, T. H. 1861g

[Huxley, ThomasHenry]. 1861. Review of vol. 3 of Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America, by Louis Agassiz. Natural History Review n.s. 1: 433-44.

Huxley, T. H. 1862a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. Address delivered at the anniversary meeting of the Geological Society of London on the 21st of February, 1862. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1862b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. The anniversary address. [Read 21 February 1862.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: xl–liv.

Huxley, T. H. 1862c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. Description of a new specimen of Glyptodon recently acquired by the Royal College of Surgeons of England. [Read 18 December 1862.] Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 12 (1862–3): 316–26.

Huxley, T. H. 1862d

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. Description of Anthracosaurus Russelli, a new Labyrinthodont from theLanarkshire coal-field. [Read 3 December 1862.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 19 (1863): 56–68.

Huxley, T. H. 1862e

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. On fossil remains of man. Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of Members of the Royal Institution 3 (1858–62): 420–2. [Reprinted in Foster and Lankester eds. 1898--1903, 2: 509--11.]

Huxley, T. H. 1862f

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1862. On our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organic nature. 6 pts. London: Robert Hardwicke.

Huxley, T. H. 1863a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1863. Evidence as to man’s place in nature. London: Williams & Norgate.

Huxley, T. H. 1863b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1863. Evidence as to man’s place in nature. New York: D. Appleton.

Huxley, T. H. 1863c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1863. On our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organicnature. Being six lectures to working men, delivered at the Museum of Practical Geology. London: Robert Hardwicke.

Huxley, T. H. 1863d

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1863. Professor Huxley’s lectures at the Royal College of Surgeons. The lectures on the vertebrate skull. Medical Times and Gazette n.s. 26: 607–10, 633–5; 27: 1–6, 57–8, 107–10, 189–92, 371–4, 425–9, 475–8, 529–31, 579–80, 607–9, 633–6, 663–8.

Huxley, T. H. 1864a

[Huxley, Thomas Henry]. 1864. Criticisms on "The origin of species". Natural History Review n.s. 4: 566–80.

Huxley, T. H. 1864b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1864. Lectures on the elements of comparative anatomy. On the classification of animals and on the vertebrate skull. London: John Churchill & Sons.

Huxley, T. H. 1864c

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1864. On the osteology of the genus Glyptodon. [Read 28 January 1864.] Philosophical Transactionsof the Royal Society of London 155 (1865): 31–70.

Huxley, T. H. 1865

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1865. On a collection of vertebrate fossils from the Panchet Rocks, Ranigunj, Bengal. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palæontologia Indica ser. 4 (Indian Pretertiary Vertebrata), 1 (1865–85), pt 1.

Huxley, T. H. 1866a

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1866. Illustrations of the structure of the crossopterygian ganoids. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Figures and Descriptions illustrative of British Organic Remains, decade 12, pp. 3–4.

Huxley, T. H. 1866b

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1866. Lessons in elementary physiology. London: Macmillan.

Huxley, T. H. 1870

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1870. Lay sermons, addresses, and reviews. London.

Huxley, T. H. 1871

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1871. A manual of the anatomy of vertebratedanimals. London: J. & A. Churchill.

Huxley, T. H. 1872

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1872. Holophagus gulo. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Figures and Descriptions illustrative of British Organic Remains, decade 13, plate 10.

Huxley, T. H. 1877

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1877. A manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals. London: J. & A. Churchill.

Huxley, T. H. 1880

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1880. The crayfish. An introduction to the study of zoology. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co.

Huxley, T. H. 1893

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1893. Darwiniana. Vol. 2 of Collected essays. By T. H. Huxley. 9 vols. London: Macmillan. 1893–4.

Huxley, T. H. 1893–4

Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1893–4. Collected essays. 7 vols. London.

Huxley, T. H. and Etheridge, Robert. 1865

Huxley, Thomas Henry and Etheridge, Robert. 1865. Acatalogue of the collection of fossils in the Museum of Practical Geology, with an explanatory introduction. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Hérétieu, [--]. 1841

Hérétieu, —-. 1841. Note sur une variété assez rare du Lepustimidus. Revue Zoologique, par la Société Cuvierienne 4: 33–5.

Hörbye, J. C. 1857

Hörbye, Jens Carl. 1857. Observations sur les phénomènes d’érosion en Norvège … Programme de l’Université pour le 1er semestre, 1857. Christiania.

Imbrie, John and Imbrie, K. P. 1979

Imbrie, John and Imbrie, Katherine Palmer. 1979. Ice Ages: solving the mystery. London and Basingstoke: Macmillan Press.

Ingle, Ray and King, Gillian. 1988

, DiMauro, Angelo, Ingle, Ray and King, Gillian. 1988 Chancellor,Gordon, DiMauro, Angelo, Ingle, Ray and King, Gillian. 1988. Charles Darwin’s Beagle collections in the Oxford University Museum. Archives of Natural History 15: 197–231.

Irons, J. C. 1896

Irons, James Camp. 1896. Autobiographical sketch of Dr. Croll with memoir of his life and work. London.

Irwin, M. L. 1926

Irwin, Mary Leslie. 1926.Anthony Trollope: a bibliography. New York: Burt Franklin.

Isabelle, Arsène. 1835

Isabelle, Arsène. 1835. Voyage à Buénos-Ayres et à Porto-Alègre, par la Banda- Oriental, les Missions d’Uruguay et la province de Rio-Grande-do-Sul (de 1830 à 1834). Havre.

Jackson, B. D. 1906

Jackson, Benjamin Daydon. 1906. George Bentham. London: J. M. Dent. New York: E. P. Dutton.

Jackson, B. D. 1913

Jackson, Benjamin Daydon. 1913. Catalogue of the Linnean specimens of Amphibia, Insecta, and Testacea, noted by Carl von Linné. London: printed for the Linnean Society.

Jackson, Julian. 1842

Jackson, Julian. 1842. The structure and distribution of coral reefs. [Review.] Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 12: 115–20.

Jacquin, N. J. 1794

Jacquin, Nikolaus Josef. 1794. Oxalis. Monographia,iconibus illustrata. Vienna.

Jalland, Pat. 1996

Jalland, Pat. 1996. Death in the Victorian family. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

James, Constantin. 1892

James, Constantin. 1892. Moi<">se et Darwin. L’homme dela Genèse comparé à l’homme-singe. n.p.: Desclée, De Brouwer.

James, F. A. J. L. 1987a

James, Frank A. J. L., ed. 1987. Chemistry and theology in mid-Victorian London: the diary of Herbert McLeod, 1860–1870. London and New York: Mansell.

James, F. A. J. L. 1987b

James, Frank A. J. L., ed. 1987. Chemistry and theology in mid- Victorian London: the diary of Herbert McLeod, 1860–1870. Microfiche edition. London: Mansell Publishing.

Jameson, William (a). 1858

Jameson, William. 1858. Excursion made from Quito to the River Napo, January to May 1857. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society 28: 337–49.

Jameson, William (a). 1865

Jameson, William. 1865. Synopsis plantarum æquatoriensium, exhibens plantas praecipue in regione temperata et frigida crescentes, secundum systematam naturalem descriptas viribus medicatis et usibus oeconomicisplurimarum adjectis. 3 vols. Quito, Ecuador: typis J. P. Sanz.

Jameson, William (b). 1853

Jameson, William. 1853. On the physical aspect of the Punjab— its agriculture and botany. Journal of the Horticultural Society of London 8: 273–313.

Jamieson, T. F. 1858

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1858. On the Pleistocene deposits of Aberdeenshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 14: 509–32.

Jamieson, T. F. 1859

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1859. On an outlier of Lias in Aberdeenshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 15: 131–3.

Jamieson, T. F. 1860a

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1860. On the drift and rolled gravel of the north of Scotland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16: 347–71.

Jamieson, T. F. 1860b

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1860. On the occurrence of Crag strata beneath theboulder- clay in Aberdeenshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geologial Society of London 16: 371–3.

Jamieson, T. F. 1862

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1862. On the ice-worn rocks of Scotland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 164–84.

Jamieson, T. F. 1863

Jamieson, Thomas Francis. 1863. On the parallel roads of Glen Roy, and their place in the history of the glacial period. [Read 21 January 1863.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 19: 235–59.

Janal, M. J. 1988

Janal, Martin Joel. [1988]. Classification of the Foraminifera: a case study in taxonomy and its history. (PhD dissertation: University of Cambridge.) were) is 1988. Submission dates &c for dissertations are arbitrary. It catalogued in CUL and in Dissertations Abstracts International as 1988.

Janet, P. A. R. 1863

Janet, Paul. 1863. Le matérialisme contemporain. Unethéorie anglaise sur les causes finales. Revue des deux mondes 48: 556–86.

Janet, P. A. R. 1878

Janet, Paul. 1878. Final causes. Translated from the French by William Affleck. Preface by Robert Flint. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark.

Jansen, M. B. 1989

Jansen, Marius B., ed. 1989. The Cambridge history of Japan. Volume 5. The nineteenth century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Janson, E. W. 1848

Janson, Edward Westley. 1848. Notice of the occurrence of rare Coleopterous insects, with observations on their habits; to which is appended the description of a species hitherto unrecorded as British. Zoologist 6: 2108–10.

Jardine, Nicholas. 1991

Jardine, Nicholas. 1991. The scenes of inquiry. On the reality of questions in the sciences. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Jardine, Nicholas. 1996

Jardine, Nicholas, et al., eds. 1996. Culturesof natural history. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Jardine, William. 1834

Jardine, William. 1834. The natural history of the Felinæ. Vol. 3 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. 1843.

Jardine, William. 1835

Jardine, William. 1835. The natural history of the ruminating animals, containing deer, antelopes, camels, &c. Pt I. Vol. 11 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. 1843.

Jardine, William. 1836

Jardine, William. 1836. The natural history of the ruminating animals, containing goats, sheep, wild and domestic cattle, &c. Pt II. Vol. 10 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. 1843.

Jardine, William. 1840

Jardine, William, ed. 1840. The natural history of bees. Comprehending the uses and economical management of the British and foreignhoney-bee; together with the known wild species. Vol. 38 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. 1833–43.

Jardine, William. 1860

[Jardine, William]. 1860. On the Origin of species. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal n.s. 11: 280–9.

Jeffreys, J. G. 1856

Jeffreys, John Gwyn. 1856. On the marine Testacea of the Piedmontese coast. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 17: 155–88.

Jekel, Henri. 1849

Jekel, Henri, ed. 1849. C. J. Schoenherr genera et species Curculionidum. Catalogus . . . recensus et ordinatus. Paris.

Jenkins, Brian. 1974–80

Jenkins, Brian. 1974–80. Britain & the war for the Union. 2 vols. Montreal, Quebec, and London: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Jenkins, Elizabeth. 1974

Jenkins, Elizabeth. 1974. Tennyson and Dr Gully. Lincoln: The Tennyson Society.

Jensen, J. V. 1988

Jensen, J. Vernon. 1988. Return to the Wilberforce-Huxley debate. British Journal for the History of Science 21: 161-79.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1835

Jenyns, Leonard. 1835. A manual of British vertebrate animals. Cambridge and London.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1837

Jenyns, Leonard. 1837. Some remarks on the study of zoology, and on the present state of the science. Magazine of Zoology and Botany 1: 1–31.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1843

Jenyns, Leonard. 1843. The natural history of Selborne by the late Rev. Gilbert White, M.A. A new edition, with notes. London. Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1843. The natural history of Selbourne by the late Rev. Gilbert White, M.A. A new edition, with notes. London.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1846

Jenyns, Leonard. 1846. Observations in natural history: with an introduction on habits of observing, asconnected with the study of that science. Also a calendar of periodic phenomena in natural history; with remarks on the importance of such registers. London.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1847

Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1847. Van Voorst’s naturalists’ almanack [The naturalists' pocket almanack published by John Van Voorst.] London.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1856

Jenyns, Leonard. 1856. On the variation of species. Report of the 26th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Cheltenham, Transactions of the sections, pp. 101–5.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1858

Jenyns, Leonard. 1858. Observations in meteorology. London.

Jenyns, Leonard. 1862

Jenyns, Leonard. 1862. Memoir of the Rev. John Stevens Henslow, late rector of Hitcham, and professor of botany in the University of Cambridge. London: John Van Voorst.

Jerdon, T. C. 1867

Jerdon, ThomasClaverhill. 1867. The mammals of India; a natural history of all the animals known to inhabit continental India. Roorkee, India.

Jervis, James. 1945

Jervis, James. [1945.] W. B. Clarke: ""The father of Australian geology"". Sydney: Royal Australian Historical Society.

Jespersen, P. H. 1948

Jespersen, P. Helveg. 1948. Charles Darwin and Dr. Grant. Lychnos (1948–9): 159–67.

Jesperson, P. H. 1948

Jesperson, P. Helveg. 1948. Charles Darwin and Dr Grant. Lychnos (1948–9): 159–67.

Jesse, Edward. 1835

Jesse, Edward. 1835. Gleanings in natural history. Third and last series. London.

Johnson, G. W. 1857

Johnson, George W., ed. 1857. The cottage gardeners’ dictionary. London: W. Kent & Co.

Johnson, Henry (a). 1862

Johnson, Henry. 1862. On the distorted skulls found at Wroxeter (Salop), with a mechanico-chemicalexplanation of the distortion. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 12: 149–50.

Johnston, A. K. 1848

Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed. 1848. The physical atlas: a series of maps & notes illustrating the geographical distribution of natural phenomena. Based on the Physikalischer Atlas of Professor H. Berghaus. Edinburgh.

Johnston, A. K. 1850

Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed. 1850. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. Reduced from the edition in imperial folio for the use of colleges, academies, and families. Edinburgh and London.

Johnston, A. K. 1856

Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed. 1856. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. A new and enlarged edition in 5 pts. Edinburgh and London.

Johnston, George. 1853

Johnston, George. 1853. Terra Lindisfarnensis. The natural history of the eastern borders. Vol. I: The botany. London.

Johnston, William. 1917

Johnston, William. 1917. Roll of commissioned officers in the medical service of the British Army, 1727–1898. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press.

Johnston,I. M. 1943

Johnston, Ivan M. 1943. Publication dates for the botanical parts of the Pacific Railway reports. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University 24: 237–42.

Joline, A. H. 1902

Joline, Adrian H. 1902. Meditations of an autograph collector. New York and London: Harper & Brothers.

Joly, Nicolas. 1843

Joly, Nicolas. 1843. Études sur les moeurs, le développement et les métamorphoses d’une petite Salicoque d’eau douce (Caridina Desmarestii), suivies de quelques réflexions sur les métamorphoses des Crustacés Décapodes en général. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 2d ser. 19: 34–86.

Jones, F. M. 1923

Jones,Frank Morton. 1923. "The most wonderful plant in the world". Nat. Hist. 23: 589–96.

Jones, H. F. 1911

Jones, Henry Festing. 1911. Charles Darwin and Samuel Butler: a step towards reconciliation. London.

Jones, H. F. 1919

Jones, Henry Festing. 1919. Samuel Butler: author of Erewhon (1835–1902): a memoir. 2 vols. London.

Jones, H. P. 1900

Jones, Hugh Percy, ed. 1900. A new dictionary of foreign phrases and classical quotations . . . with English translations or equivalents. London: Charles William Deacan.

Jones, T. R. (b). 1841

Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1841. A general outline of the animal kingdom, and manual of comparative anatomy. London.

Jones, T. R. (b). 1845–52

Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1845–52. The natural history of animals; being the substance of three courses of lectures delivered before the Royal Institution of Great Britain. 2vols. London.

Jones, William. 1796

Jones, William, trans. 1796. Institutes of Hindu law: or, the ordinances of Menu, according to the gloss of Cullu<’>ca. Comprising the Indian system of duties, religious and civil. Calcutta and London.

Jordan, Alexis. 1846–9

Jordan, Alexis. 1846[--9]. Observations sur plusieurs plantes nouvelles rares ou critiques de la France. 6 pts. Paris and Leipzig.

Jordan, Alexis. 1852

Jordan, Alexis. 1852. De l’origine des diverses variétés ou espèces d’arbres fruitiers et autres végétaux généralement cultivés pour les besoins de l’homme. Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-lettres et Arts de Lyon 2d ser. 2: 65–161.

Judd, J. W. 1909

Judd, John Wesley. 1909. Darwin and geology. In Seward, Albert Charles, ed., Darwin and modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Judd, J. W. 1911

Judd, John Wesley. 1911. Charles Darwin’s earliest doubts concerning the immutability of species. Nature 88: 8–12.

Judd, J. W. 1912

Judd, John W. 1912. The coming of evolution. Cambridge.

Jukes, J. B. 1847

Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1847. Narrative of the surveying voyage of HMS Fly, commanded by Captain F. P. Blackwood, R.N. in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the years 1842–1846: together with an excursion into the interior of the eastern part of Java. 2 vols. London.

Jukes, J. B. 1850

Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1850. A sketch of the physical structure of Australia, so far as it ispresent known. London.

Jukes, J. B. 1857

Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1857. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh.

Jukes, J. B. 1862

Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1862. On the mode of formation of some of the river-valleys in the south of Ireland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 378–403.

Jukes, J. B. and Selwyn, A. R. C. 1848

Jukes, Joseph Beete and Selwyn, Alfred Richard Cecil. 1848. Sketch of the structure of the country extending from Cader Idris to Moel Siabod, North Wales. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 4: 300–2.

Junker, Thomas. 1989

Junker, Thomas. 1989. Darwinismus und Botanik. Rezeption, Kritik und theoretische Alternativen im Deutschland des 19. Jahrhunderts. Stuttgart: Deutscher Apotheker Verlag.

Junker, Thomas. 1991

Junker, Thomas. 1991. Henrich Georg Bronn und die Entstehung der Arten.Sudhoffs Archiv Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftsgeschichte 75: 180–208.

Jussieu, A. H. L. de. 1842

Jussieu, Adrien de. 1842. Botanique. In Jussieu, Adrien de, Milne-Edwards, Henri, and Beudant, F. S., eds., Cours élémentaire d’histoire naturelle à l’usage des collèges et des maisons d’éducation, rédigé conformément au programme de l’université du 14 Septembre 1840. 3 vols. Paris. 1841–8.

Jussieu, A. H. L. de. 1843a

Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1843. Monographie de la famille des Malpighiacées. Archives du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 3: 5–151, 255–616.

Jussieu, A. H. L. de. 1843b

Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1843. Monographie de la famille malpighiacées. Paris.

Jussieu, A. H. L. de. 1843c

Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1843. Monographie des Malpighiacées,ou Exposition des caractères de cette famille de plantes, des genres, et espèces qui la composent. Paris.

Jussieu, A. H. L. de. 1848

Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1848. Taxonomie. Coup d’oeil sur l’histoire et les principes des classifications botaniques. Paris.

Jussieu, A. L. de. 1789

Jussieu, Antoine de Laurent de. 1789. Genera plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita, juxta methodum in horto regio Parisiensi exaratum. Paris: Herissant & Barrois.

Jäger, Gustav. 1851

Jäger, Gustav. 1851. Zum Andenken an den den 1. Mai 1772 geborenen den 1. September 1850 zu Calw gestorbenen Botaniker Dr Carl Friedrich von Gärtner. Stuttgart.

Jäger, Gustav. 1862

Jäger, Gustav. 1862. Die Darwin’sche Theorie über die Entstehung der Arten. Schriften des Vereines zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftlicher Kenntnisse in Wien 1860–1 1: 83–110.

Jäger, Gustav. 1864

Jäger, Gustav. 1864. Zoologische Briefe. Vienna: Wilhelm Braumüller.

Kain, R. J. P. 1986

Kain, Roger J. P. 1986. An atlas and index of the tithe files of mid-nineteenth-century England and Wales. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kane, R. J. 1841

Kane, Robert John. 1841. Elements of chemistry. Dublin.

Kant, Immanuel. 1781

Kant, Immanuel. 1781. Critik der reinen Vernunft. Riga.

Kant, Immanuel. 1790

Kant,Immanuel. 1790. Critik der Urtheilskraft. Berlin and Libau, Latvia: Lagarde und Friederich.

Kaplan, Fred. 1983

Kaplan, Fred. 1983. Thomas Carlyle: a biography. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Karsten, G. K. W. H. 1861

Karsten, Gustave Karl Wilhelm Hermann. 1861. On the sexual life of plants, and parthenogenesis. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 8: 81–9, 200–9.

Kaufmann, Georg. 1911

Kaufmann, Georg, ed. 1911. Festschrift zur Feier des hundertjährigen Bestehens der Universität Breslau. 2 vols. Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt.

Keevil, J. J. 1943

Keevil, John Joyce. 1943. Robert McCormick, R.N., the stormy petrel of naval medicine. Journal of the Royal Naval Medical Service 29: 36–62.

Keevil, J. J. 1957–63

Keevil, John Joyce. 1957–63. Medicine and the Navy, 1220-1900. 4 vols. (Vols. 3 and 4 by C. Lloyd and J. L. S. Coulter.) Edinburgh and London: E. and S. Livingstone.

Keilhau, B. M. 1838–40

Keilhau, Baltazar Mathias. 1838–40. Theory of granite, and the other massive rocks; together with that of crystalline slate; proposed in lectures in geology, in the University of Christiania in Norway, in the year 1836. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 24 (1838): 387–403; 25 (1838): 80–101, 263–72; 28 (1840): 366–71.

Keilhau, B. M. 1844

Keilhau, Baltazar Mathias. 1844. On the mode of formation of crystalline limestone . . . with preliminary observations on the present state of geology, and on the methods ofinvestigation pursued in that science. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 36 (1844): 341- -62; 37 (1844): 143–76.

Keith, Arthur. 1955

Keith, Arthur. 1955. Darwin revalued. London: Watts.

Kelaart, E. F. 1846

Kelaart, Edward Frederick. 1846. Flora Calpensis. Contributions to the botany and topography of Gibraltar and its neighbourhood: with plan and views of the rock. London.

Kelly, Alfred. 1981

Kelly, Alfred. 1981. The descent of Darwin. The popularization of Darwinism in Germany, 1860–1914. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.

Kemp, William. 1841

Kemp, William. 1841. On the supposed moraines of ancient glaciers in Scotland. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 3d ser. 18: 337-43.

Kemp, William. 1843

Kemp, William. 1843. Observations on the latest geological changes in the south of Scotland. Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 3d ser. 23: 28–41.

Kemp, William. 1844

Kemp, William. 1844. An account of some seeds buried in a sand-pit which germinated. By Mr William Kemp of Galashiels, in a letter to Charles Darwin, Esq. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 13: 89–91.

Kennedy, P. M. 1982

Kennedy, Paul M. 1982. The rise of the Anglo-German antagonism, 1860–1914. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Kent, D. H. 1986

Kent, Douglas H. 1986. The Royal Horticultural Society’s herbarium competition: a milestone in botanical conservation. Typescript.

Kerner von Marilaun, A. J. 1878

Kerner, A. 1878. Flowers and their unbidden guests. London.

Kerr, Robert. 1792

Kerr, Robert. 1792. The animal kingdom, or, zoological system of . . . C. Linnaeus. Class I. Mammalia . . . being a translation of that part of the Systema Naturaea . . . with numerous additions from more recent zoological writers. London.

Kerr, Robert. 1811–24

Kerr, Robert. 1811–24. A general history and collection of voyages and travels . . . forming a complete history of the origin and progress of navigation, discovery, and commerce, by sea and land, from the earliest ages to the present time. 18 vols. Edinburgh.

Kessel, R. A. and Alchian, A. A. 1967

Kessel, Reuben A. and Alchian, Armen A. 1967. Real wages in the north during the Civil War: Mitchell’s data reinterpreted. In The economic impact of the American Civil War, edited by Ralph Andreano. 2d ed. Cambridge,Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Company.

Keynes, Margaret. 1943

Keynes, Margaret. 1943. Leonard Darwin, 1850–1943. Cambridge: privately printed at Cambridge University Press.

Keynes, Milo. 1994

Keynes, Milo. 1994. Portraits of Dr Erasmus Darwin, F.R.S., by Joseph Wright, James Rawlinson and William Coffee. Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London 48: 69–84.

Keynes, R. D. 1979

Keynes, Richard Darwin, ed. 1979. The Beagle record. Selections from the original pictorial records and written accounts of the voyage of HMS Beagle. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Keynes, R. D. 1988

Keynes, Richard Darwin, ed. 1988. Charles Darwin’s Beagle diary. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kinahan, J. R. 1856

Kinahan, John Robert. 1856. Remarks on the habits and distribution of marine Crustacea on the eastern shores of Port Philip, Victoria,Australia; with descriptions of undescribed species and genera. Journal of the Royal Dublin Society 1 (1856–7): 111–34.

King, H. C. 1955

King, Henry C. 1955. The history of the telescope. New York: Dover Publications.

King, P. P. 1832

King, Philip Parker. 1832. Some observations upon the geography of the southern extremity of South America, Tierra del Fuego, and the Strait of Magalhaens. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London 1: 155–75.

King, P. P. and Broderip, W. J. 1832–4

King, Phillip Parker and Broderip, William John. 1832–4. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and Mollusca, in a collection formed by the officers of HMS Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the southern coasts of South America. Zoological Journal 5: 332–49.

King, Richard. 1855

King, Richard. 1855. The Franklin expedition from first tolast. London.

King-Hele, Desmond. 1963

King-Hele, Desmond. 1963. Erasmus Darwin. London: Macmillan & Co.

King-Hele, Desmond. 1977

King-Hele, Desmond. 1977. Doctor of revolution. The life and genius of Erasmus Darwin. London: Faber & Faber.

King-Hele, Desmond. 1981

King-Hele, Desmond, ed. 1981. The letters of Erasmus Darwin. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

King-Hele, Desmond. 1986

King-Hele, Desmond. 1986. Erasmus Darwin and the Romantic poets. London: Macmillan.

King-Hele, Desmond. 1999

King-Hele, Desmond. 1999. Erasmus Darwin. A life of unequalled achievement. London: Giles de la Mare Publishers Limited.

Kinglake, A. W. 1863–87

Kinglake, Alexander William. 1863–87. The invasion of the Crimea: its origin, and an account of its progress down to the death of Lord Raglan. 8 vols. Edinburgh and London:William Blackwood & Sons.

Kingsley, Charles. 1851

[Kingsley, Charles]. 1851. Yeast: a problem. London.

Kingsley, Charles. 1855

Kingsley, Charles. 1855. Glaucus; or, the wonders of the shore. 2d ed. Cambridge.

Kingsley, Charles. 1874

Kingsley, Charles. 1874. Westminster sermons. London.

Kingsley, F. E. 1878

Kingsley, Fanny E., ed. 1878. Charles Kingsley: his letters and memories of his life. 2 vols. London.

Kirby, W. F. 1862

Kirby, William Forsell. 1862. A manual of European butterflies, on the plan of Stainton’s Manual of British butterflies and moths. London and Edinburgh.

Kirby, W. F. 1863

Kirby, William Forsell. 1863. On the geographical distribution of European Rhopalocera. [Read 5 January 1863.] Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 3d ser. 1 (1862–4): 481–91.

Kirby, William and Spence, William. 1815–26

Kirby, William and Spence, William. 1815–26. An introduction to entomology: or elements of the natural history of insects. London.

Kirby, William and Spence, William. 1828

Kirby, William and Spence, William. 1828. An introduction to entomology: or elements of the natural history of insects. 5th ed. 4 vols. London.

Kirby,William. 1825

Kirby, William. 1825. A description of some insects which appear to exemplify Mr William S. MacLeay’s doctrine of affinity and analogy. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 14: 93–110.

Kirsop, W. 1979

Kirsop, W. 1979. W. R. Greg and Charles Darwin in Edinburgh and after—-an Antipodean gloss. Transactions of the Cambridge Bibliographical Society 7: 376–90.

Kjerulf, Theodor. (date?)

Kjerulf, Theodor. An introduction to entomology; or, elements of the natural history of insects, etc. 7th ed. London.

Kjerulf, Theodor. 1860

Kjerulf, Theodor. 1860. Über das Friktions-Phänomen. Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischenGesellschaft 12: 389-408.

Klotzsch, J. F. 1854

Klotzsch, Johann Friedrich. 1854. Begoniaceen-Gattungen und Arten. [Read 2 March 1854.] Abhandlungen der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 39 (1855): 121–255.

Knight, T. A. 1799

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1799. An account of some experiments on the fecundation of vegetables. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London (1799), pp. 195– 204.

Knight, T. A. 1815

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1815. On the want of permanence of character in varieties of fruit, when propagated by grafts and buds. [Read 4 April 1815.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 2 (1817): 160–1.

Knight, T. A. 1817

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1817. Anaccount of a peach tree, produced from the seed of the almond tree, with some observations on the origin of the peach tree. [Read 7 October 1817.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 3 (1820): 1–5.

Knight, T. A. 1820

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1820. Upon the variations of the scarlet strawberry (Fragaria Virginiana) when propagated by seeds. [Read 4 August 1818.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 3 (1820): 207–10.

Knight, T. A. 1821

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1821. Observations on hybrids. [Read 6 February 1821.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 4 (1822): 367–73.

Knight, T. A. 1823

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1823. Some remarks on the supposed influence of the pollen in cross breeding, upon the colour of the seed-coats of plants, and the qualities of their fruits. [Read 3 June 1823.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 5(1824): 377–80.

Knight, T. A. 1824

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1824. An account of some mule plants. [Read 6 May 1823.] Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 5 (1824): 292–6.

Knight, T. A. 1826

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1826. Notice of new or remarkable varieties of fruits, ripened in the summer and autumn of the years 1823 and 1824, which were exhibited at meetings of the Horticultural Society. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London 6: 392–7.

Knight, T. A. 1828

Knight, Thomas Andrew. 1828. On some circumstances relating to the economy of bees. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London pt 2: 319–23.

Knoll, Elizabeth. 1986

Knoll, Elizabeth. 1986. The sciences of language and the evolution of mind: Max Müller’s quarrel with Darwinism. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 22: 3–22.

Knowlton,R. J. 1976

Knowlton, Robert J. 1976. Church property and the Mexican reform 1856–1910. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press.

Knox, A. E. 1849

Knox, Arthur Edward. 1849. Ornithological rambles in Sussex; with a systematic catalogue of the birds of that county, and remarks on their local distribution. London.

Knox, Robert. 1850

Knox, Robert. 1850. The races of men: a fragment. London.

Knox, Robert. 1855

Knox, Robert. 1855. Inquiries into the philosophy of zoology. Pt 1.—- On the dentition of the Salmonidæ. Zoologist 13: 4777–92.

Koch, F. K. L. and Dunker, W. B. R. H. 1837

Koch, Friedrich Karl Ludwig and Dunker, Wilhelm. 1837. Beiträge zur Kenntniss des norddeutschen Oolithgebildes und dessen Versteinerungen. Braunschweig.

Koch, W. D. J. 1843–4

Koch, Wilhelm Daniel Joseph. 1843–4. Synopsis florae Germanicae etHelveticae, exhibens stirpes phanerogamas rite cognitas, praemissa generum dispositione secundum classes et ordines systematis Linnaeani conscripta. 2d edition. 2 vols. Frankfurt: Fridericus Wilmans. Leipzig: Gebhardt & Reisland.

Koch, W. D. J. and Mertens, F. K. 1823–39

Koch, Wilhelm Daniel Joseph and Mertens, Franz Carl. 1823–39. J. C. Röhlings Deutschlands flora. Nach einem veränderten und erweiterten Plane bearbeitet. 5 vols. Frankfurt: Friedrich Wilmans.

Kohn, David. 1980

Kohn, David. 1980. Theories to work by: rejected theories, reproduction, and Darwin’s path to natural selection. Studies in History of Biology 4: 67–170.

Kohn, David. 1981

Kohn, David. 1981. On the origin of the principle of diversity. Science 213: 1105–8.

Kohn, David. 1985

Kohn, David. 1985. Darwin’s principle of divergence as internal dialogue. In The Darwinian heritage, editedby David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Kohn, David. 1996

Kohn, David. 1996. The aesthetic construction of Darwin’s theory. In The elusive synthesis: aesthetics and science, edited by A. I. Tauber. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Kolenati, F. A. R. 1845–6

Kolenati, Friedrich A. 1845–6. Meletemata entomologica. St Petersburg.

Kopp, H. F. M. 1849

Kopp, Herman Franz Moritz. 1849. Einleitung in die Krystallographie und in die krystallographische Kenntniss der wichtigeren Substanzen.Braunschweig.

Kordes, Berend. 1797

Kordes, Berend. 1797. Lexikon der jetztlebenden schleswig-holsteinischen und eutinischen Schriftsteller. Schleswig, Germany: Johann Gottlob Röhss.

Korthals, P. W. 1839–42

Korthals, Pieter Willem. 1839–42. Over het geslacht Nepenthes. In Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overzeesche bezittingen, door de Leden der Natuurkundige commissie in Indië en andere Schrijvers, edited by Coenraad Jacob Temminck. Leiden: S. & J. Luchtmans and C. C. van der Hoek.

Kottler, M. J. 1974

Kottler, Malcolm Jay. 1974. Alfred Russel Wallace, the origin of man, and spiritualism. Isis 65: 145–92.

Kottler, M. J. 1985

Kottler, Malcolm Jay. 1985. Charles Darwin and Alfred RusselWallace: two decades of debate over natural selection. In The Darwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Kotzebue, Otto von. 1821

Kotzebue, Otto von. 1821. Entdeckungs-Reise in die SüdSee und nach der Berings- Strasse zur Erforschung einer nordöstlichen Durchfahrt. Unternommen in den Jahren 1815 . . . 1818. 3 vols. Weimar.

Kotzebue, Otto von. 1830

Kotzebue, Otto von. 1830. Neue Reise um die Welt, in den Jahren 1823 . . . 26. 2 vols. Weimar.

Kraatz, E. G. 1860

Kraatz, Ernst Gustave. 1860. Über die europäischen Hirschkäfer. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift 4 (1859-60): 68–75, 265–75.

Kraemer, Hans. 1905–10

Kraemer, Hans. 1905–10. Il secolo XIX descritto ed illustrator. 3 vols. Milan.

Krause, E. L. 1885

Krause, Ernst. 1885. Charles Darwinund sein Verhältnis zu Deutschland. Leipzig.

Krauss, C. F. F. von. 1844–6

Krauss, Ferdinand. 1844–6. Pflanzen des Cap- und Natallandes. Flora, oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung n.s. 2: 261–74, 277–307, 346–59, 423–32, 551–6, 819–35; n.s. 3: 81– 93, 305–14, 337–44, 753–64; n.s. 4: 113–21, 129–38, 209–219.

Krauss, C. F. F. von. 1846

Krauss, Ferdinand. 1846. Beiträge zur Flora des Capund Natallandes. Regensburg.

Krauss, C. F. F. von. 1848

Krauss, Ferdinand. 1848. Die südafrikanischen Mollusken. Stuttgart.

Krausse, Erika. 1987

Krausse, Erika. 1987. Ernst Haeckel. 2d edition. Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.

Kritsky, Gene. 1991

Kritsky, Gene. 1991. Darwin’s Madagascan Hawk Moth prediction. American Entomologist 37: 206–9.

Kritsky, Gene. 1995

Kritsky, Gene. 1995. Darwin, Walsh, and Riley: theentomological link. American Entomologist (Summer 1995), pp. 89–95.

Krohn, A. D. 1859

Krohn, August David. 1859. Beobachtungen über den Cementapparat und die weiblichen Zeugungsorgane einiger Cirripedien. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 25 (pt 1): 355–64.

Krohn, A. D. 1860a

Krohn, August David. 1860a. Beobachtungen über die Entwickelung der Cirripedien. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 26: 1-8. Reprinted in Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6 (1860): 423–8.

Krohn, A. D. 1860b

Krohn, Ausgust David. 1860b. Beiträge zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pteropoden und Heteropoden. Leipzig.

Krohn, A. D. 1860c

Krohn, August David. 1860. Observations on the development of the Cirripedia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 6: 423–8.

Krok, T. O. B. N. 1925

Krok, Thorgny Ossian Bolivar Napoleon. 1925.Bibliotheca botanica suecana ab antiquissimis temporibus ad finem anni MCMXVIII . . . Svensk botanisk litteratur fran äldsta tider T.O.M. 1918. Uppsala and Stockholm: Almquist & Wiksells.

Krusenstern, A. I. von. 1824–7a

Krusenstern, Adam Johann von. 1824–7. Atlas de l’Océan Pacifique. 2 vols. St Petersburg.

Krusenstern, A. I. von. 1824–7b

Krusenstern, Adam Johann von. 1824–7. Recueil de mémoires hydrographiques, pour servir d’analyse et d’explication à l’Atlas de l’Océan Pacifique. 2 vols. St Petersburg.

Krusenstern, A. I. von. 1835

Krusenstern, Adam Johann von. 1835. Supplémens au recueil de mémoires hydrographiques, pour servir d’analyse et d’explication à l’Atlas de l’Océan Pacifique. St Petersburg.

Kunth, K. S. 1815

Kunth, Karl Sigismund. 1815. Considérations générales sur lafamille des Cypéracées. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle 2: 147–53.

Kunth, K. S. 1833–50

Kunth, Karl Sigismund. 1833–50. Enumeratio plantarum omnium hucusque cognitarum, secundum familias naturales disposita, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et synonymis. 5 vols. Stuttgart and Tübingen.

Kurr, J. G. von. 1833

Kurr, Johann Gottlob von. 1833. Untersuchungen über die Bedeutung der Nektarien in den Blumen. Stuttgart.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1843

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1843. Observationes de prima insectorum genesi adjecta articulatorum evolutionis cum vertebratorum comparatione. Annales des Sciences Naturelles(Zoologie) 2d ser. 20: 253–84. Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1843. Observations pour servir à l’histoire des organes sexuels et du liquide séminal des Crustacés et des Cirrhipèdes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 2d ser. 19: 335–50.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1851

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1851. Some observations upon the structure of two new species of Hectocotyle, parasitic upon Tremoctopus violaceus, D. Ch., and Argonauta argo, Linn.; with an exposition of the hypothesis that these Hectocotylæ are the males of the Cephalopoda upon which they are found. [Read 15 April and 6 May 1845.] Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 20: 9–21.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1864a

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1864c. On Darwin’s theory of the origin of species. Reader 4:199–200, 234–5.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1864b

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1864. Über die Darwin’sche Schöpfungstheorie. Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Zoologie 14: 74–86.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1864c

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1864. Über die Darwin’sche Schöpfungstheorie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

Kölliker, R. A. von. 1899

Kölliker, Rudolf Albert von. 1899. Erinnerungen aus meinem Leben. Leipzig: W. Engelmann.

Kölreuter, J. G. 1761–6

Kölreuter, Joseph Gottlieb. 1761–6. Vorläufige Nachricht von einigen das Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen und Beobachtungen. Leipzig: in der Gleditschischen Handlung.

Köstlin, Otto. 1860

Köstlin, Otto. 1860. Über die Unverändlichkeit der organischen Species. Stuttgart.

La Touche, J. D. 1884

La Touche, James Digues. 1884. A hand-book of the geology of Shropshire. London: Edward Stanford. Shrewsbury, Shropshire: Adnitt & Naunton.

La Vergata, Antonello. 1985

La Vergata, Antonello. 1985. Images of Darwin: a historiographic overview. In The Darwinian heritage, edited by David Kohn. Princeton: Princeton University Press in association with Nova Pacifica.

Laage, R. J. C. van ter. 1980

V. ter Laage, R. J. Ch. 1980. Jacques Moleschott, een markante persoonlijkheid in de negentiende eeuwse fysiologie?. Privately printed.

Lacaze-Duthiers, F. J. H. de. 1852a

Lacaze-Duthiers, Félix Joseph Henri. 1852. Recherches sur l’armure génitale femelle des insectes Orthoptères. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 3d ser. 17: 207–51.

Lacaze-Duthiers, F. J. H. de. 1852b

Lacaze-Duthiers, Félix Joseph Henri. 1852. Recherches sur l’armure génitale femelle des insectes Hémiptères. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Zoologie 3d ser. 18: 337–90.

Lacordaire, J. T. 1830

Lacordaire, Jean Théodore. 1830. Mémoire sur les habitudes des Coléoptères de l’Amérique méridionale. Annales des Sciences Naturelles 20: 185–291; 21: 149–94.

Lacordaire,J. T. 1854–75

Lacordaire, Jean Théodore. 1854–75. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Genera des Coléoptères, etc. 11 vols. in 12. Vols. 10 and 11 by F. Chapuis. Paris.

Laing, Samuel. 1836

Laing, Samuel. 1836. Journal of a residence in Norway during the years 1834, 1835 and 1836. London.

Laird, John. 1864

Laird, John. 1864. Correspondence between Her Majesty’s government and Messrs Laird Brothers; . . . respecting the iron-clad vessels building at Birkenhead, 1863–4. London: Vacher & Sons.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de and Poiret, J. L. M. 1783–1817

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de and Poiret, Jean Louis Marie. 1783–1817. Encyclopédie méthodique. Botanique. 8 vols. and supplement in 5 vols. Paris: Panckoucke; Agasse. 1[--4] May 63.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de. 1801

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de. 1801. Systême des animaux sans vertèbres, ou tableau général des classes, des ordres et des genres de ces animaux; . . . et suivant l’arrangement établi dans les galeries du Muséum d’Hist. Naturelle, . . . Précédé du discours d’ouverture ducours de zoologie, donné dans le Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle l’an 8 de la République. Paris: the author; Deterville.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de. 1809

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de. 1809. Philosophie zoologique; ou exposition des considérations relatives à l’histoire naturelle des animaux; à la diversité de leur organisation . . . ; enfin, à celles qui produisent, les unes le sentiment, et les autres l’intelligence de ceux qui en sont doués. 2 vols. Paris: Dentu; the author.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de. 1815–22

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de. 1815–22. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres, présentant les caractères généraux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs classes, leurs familles, leurs genres, et la citation des principales espèces qui s’yrapportent; précédée d’une introduction offrant la détermination des caractères essentiels de l’animal, sa distinction du végétal et des autres corps naturels, enfin, l’exposition des principes fondamentaux de la zoologie. 7 vols. Paris: Verdière [& others]. 1st edn (1809) except for title page and cover (see Marginalia 1: 477).

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de. 1830

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de. 1830. Philosophie zoologique, ou exposition des considérations relatives à l’histoire naturelle des animaux; à la diversité leur organisation . . . et les autres l’intelligence de ceux qui en sont doués. New edition. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. M. de. 1835–45

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de. 1835–45. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. 2d ed. 11vols. Paris.

Lambert, A. B. 1804

Lambert, Aylmer Bourke. 1804. Further account of the Bos frontalis. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 7: 302–5.

Lambert, A. B. 1828–37

Lambert, Aylmer Bourke. 1828–37. A description of the genus Pinus. 2d ed. London.

Lamont, Augusta. 1950

Lamont, Augusta. 1950. Records and recollections of Sir James Lamont of Knockdow. Privately printed.

Lamont, James. 1860

Lamont, James. 1860. Notes about Spitzbergen in 1859. [Read 28 March 1860.] Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16: 428–44.

Lamont, James. 1861

Lamont, James. 1861. Season with the sea-horses; or, sporting adventures in the northern sea. London.

Lamouroux, J. V. F. 1821

Lamouroux, Jean Vincent Félix. 1821. Exposition méthodique des genres de l’ordre des Polypiers. Paris.

Lane, E. W. 1857

Lane, Edward Wickstead. 1857. Hydropathy; or, the natural system of medical treatment. An explanatory essay. London.

Lang, David. 1989

Lang, David. 1989. A guide to the wild orchids ofGreat Britain and Ireland. 2d ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lange, J. M. C. 1857

Lange, Johan Martin Christian. 1857. Oversigt over Grønlands planter. Vol. 2, Appendix 6, pp. 106–35, of Rink, Hinrich Johannes, Grønland, geographisk og statistik beskrevet. 2 vols. Copenhagen.

Lankester, Edwin. 1849

Lankester, Edwin, trans. 1849. Principles of scientific botany; or, botany as an inductive science. By M. J. Schleiden. London: Longman, Brown, Green, & Longmans.

Larmor, Joseph. 1907

Larmor, Joseph, ed. 1907. Memoir and scientific correspondence of the late Sir George Gabriel Stokes, Bart. 2 vols. Cambridge.

Lartet, E. A. I. H. 1860

Lartet, Edouard Amant Isidore Hippolyte. 1860. On the coexistence of man with certain extinct quadrupeds, proved by fossil bones, from various Pleistocene deposits, bearing incisions made by sharp instruments. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 16: 471–5.

Latham, John. 1781–1802

Latham, John. 1781–1802. A general synopsis of birds. 3 vols. and 2 supplements. London.

Latham, John. 1821–8

Latham, John. 1821–8. A general history of birds. 11 vols. Winchester.

Latreille, P. A. 1802

Latreille, Pierre André. 1802. Histoire naturelle des Fourmis, et recueil de mémoires et d’observations sur les Abeilles, les Araignées, les Faucheurs, et autres insectes. Paris.

Latreille, P. A. 1802–5

Latreille, Pierre André. [1802--5]. Histoire naturelle, générale et particulliere, des Crustacés et des insectes. (Suites à Buffon.) 14 vols. Paris.

Lauder, T. D. 1823

Lauder, Thomas Dick. 1823. On the parallel roads of Lochaber. [Read 2 March 1818.] Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 9: 1–64.

Laugel, A. A. 1860

Laugel, Antoine Auguste. 1860. Nouvelle théorie d’histoire naturelle. L’origine des espèces. Revue des deux mondes 2d ser. 26: 644–71.

Lawrence, William. 1819

Lawrence, William. 1819. Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural history of man. London.

Lawson, Peter and Lawson, Charles. 1852

Lawson, Peter and Lawson, Charles. 1852. The Lawsonian collection. Synopsis of the vegetable products of Scotland in the Museum of the Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew. 5 vols. in 1 and appendix. Edinburgh.

Layard, A. H. 1849a

Layard, Austen Henry. 1849a. Nineveh and its remains: with an account of a visit to the Chaldæan Christians of Kurdistan, and the Yezidis, or devil-worshippers; and an enquiry into the manners and arts of the ancient Assyrians. 2 vols. London.

Layard, A. H. 1849b

Layard, Austen Henry. 1849b. The monuments of Nineveh. From drawings made on the spot. . . illustrated in one hundred plates. London.

Layard, A. H. 1853

Layard, Austen Henry. 1853. A second series of the monuments of Nineveh . . . from drawings made on the spot, during a second expedition to Assyria. London.

Layard, E. L. 1851

Layard, Edgar Leopold. 1851. On the progress of natural history in Ceylon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 7: 402-9.

Layard, E. L. 1852–3

Layard, Edgar Leopold. 1852–3. Rambles in Ceylon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 9: 329–39; 11: 224–36, 302-14, 386–98.

Layard, E. L. 1853–4

Layard, Edgar Leopold. 1853–4. Notes on the ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the island. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2d ser. 12: 97–107, 165-76, 262–72; 13: 123–31, 212–18, 257–64, 446–53; 14: 57–64, 105–15, 264- -72.

Le Couteur, John. 1836

Le Couteur, John. 1836. On the varieties, properties and classification of wheat. London.

Le Maout, Emmanuel and Decaisne, Joseph. 1873

Le Maout, Emmanuel and Decaisne, Joseph. 1873. A general system of botany, descriptive and analytical. 2 pts in 1 vol. Translated by Frances Harriet Hooker and edited by Joseph Dalton Hooker. London: Longmans, Green & Co.

Leach, W. E. 1811–16

Leach, William Elford. 1811–16. On the genera and species of Eproboscideous insects. Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 2: 547–66.

Leach, W. E. 1817

Leach, William Elford. 1817. Distribution systématique de la classe des Cirripèdes. Journal de Physique, de Chemie, d’Histoire Naturelle et des Arts 85: 67–9.

Lecoq, Henri. 1845

Lecoq, Henri. 1845. De la fécondation naturelle et artificielle des végétaux et de l’hybridation, considérée dans ses rapports avec l’horticulture, l’agriculture et la sylviculture . . . Contentant les moyens pratiques d’opérer l’hybridation et de créer facilement des variétés nouvelles. Paris: Audot.

Lecoq, Henri. 1854–8

Lecoq, Henri. 1854–8. Etudes sur la géographie botanique de l’Europe et en particulier sur la végétation du plateau central de la France. 9 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.

Lecoq, Henri. 1862a

Lecoq, Henri. 1862. De la fécondation naturelle et artificielle des végétaux et de l’hybridation. Considérée dans ses rapports avec l’horticulture, l’agriculture et la sylviculture. Contenant les moyens pratiques d’opérer l’hybridation et decréer facilement des variétés nouvelles. 2d edition. Paris: Libraire agricole de la Maison rustique.

Lecoq, Henri. 1862b

Lecoq, Henri. 1862. De l’espèce et de ses croisements dans le genre Mirabilis. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France 9: 217–35.

Ledebour, K. F. von. 1842–53

Ledebour, Karl Friedrich von. 1842–53. Flora Rossica sive enumeratio plantarum in totius imperii Rossici provinciis Europaeis, Asiaticis et Americanis hucusque observatarum. 4 vols. Stuttgart.

Lehmann, J. G. C. 1844–7

Lehmann, Johann Georg Christian, ed. 1844–7. Plantae Preissianae sive enumeratio plantarum quas in Australasia Occidentali et Meridionali-Occidentali annis 1838–41 allegit Ludovicus Preiss. 2 vols. Hamburg.

Leidy, Joseph. 1848a

Leidy, Joseph. 1848. On the existence of the eye in the perfect Cirrhipoda. Proceedings of the Academy ofNatural Sciences of Philadelphia 4: 1–2.

Leidy, Joseph. 1848b

Leidy, Joseph. 1848. Remarks on the eyes of the Balanus. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 4: 1–2.

Leidy, Joseph. 1858

Leidy, Joseph. 1858. Notice of remains of extinct Vertebrata, from the valley of the Niobrara River, collected during the exploring expedition of 1857, in Nebraska, under the command of Lieut. G. K. Warren, US Top. Eng., by Dr F. V. Hayden, geologist to the expedition. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 10: 20–9.

Leidy, Joseph. 1863

Leidy, Joseph. 1863. Pliocene fossil fauna of the Niobrara River, in Nebraska. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3d ser. 11: 148–50.

Leidy, Joseph. 1869

Leidy, Joseph. 1869. The extinct mammalian fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, including an account of some allied forms from other localities, together witha synopsis of the mammalian remains of North America. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 2d ser. 7: 23–472.

Leifchild, J. R. 1862

[Leifchild, John R.]. 1862. Review of Orchids, by Charles Darwin. Athenæum, 24 May 1862, pp. 683–5.

Leighton, W. A. 1841

Leighton, William Allport. 1841. A flora of Shropshire. London and Shrewsbury. Leighton, William Allport. 1841. On Epilobium angustifolium, Linn., and species which have been confounded with it. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 (1842): 246–8. [Published in issue of December 1841.] SF5 P382.c.51.10

Leighton, W. A. 1842

Leighton, William Allport. 1842. On Epilobium angustifolium, Linn., and species which have been confounded with it. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8: 401–4.

Leighton, W. A. 1851

Leighton,William Allport. 1851. The British species of angiocarpous lichens, elucidated by their sporidia. London.

Lennox, W. P. 1858

Lennox, William Pitt. 1858. Merrie England, its sports and pastimes. London.

Lenoir, Timothy. 1982

Lenoir, Timothy. 1982. The strategy of life. Teleology and mechanics in nineteenth century German biology. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel.

Leonardi, Piero. 1959

Leonardi, Piero. 1959. Una lettera inedita di Carlo Darwin. Ann. Univ. Ferrara. Sezione 9: Scienze Geologiche e Mineralogiche n.s. 3 (no. 4): 71–4.

Lepsius, K. R. 1842

Lepsius, Karl Richard. 1842. Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden desægyptischen Alterthums, theils zum erstenmale, theils nach den Denkmælern berichtigt, herausgegeben und erlæutert. Leipzig.

Lepsius, K. R. 1849–58

Lepsius, Karl Richard. 1849–58. Denkmäler aus Aegypten und Aethiopien . . . in den Jahren 1842–1845 ausgeführten wissenschaftlichen Expedition. 12 vols. Berlin.

Leroy, C. G. 1802

Leroy, Charles Georges. 1802. Lettres philosophiques sur l’intelligence et la perfectibilité des animaux, avec quelques lettres sur l’homme. Paris.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1844

Lesquereux, Leo. 1844. Quelques recherches sur les marais tourbeux en général. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchâtel 3 (1845): 1–158. 1844 is on the title page of the paper, but the whole vol. was printed in 1845 (not clear what time span it covers). All papers paginated separately, but there is a contentspage at the back.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1859

Lesquereux, Leo. 1859. On some fossil plants of recent formations. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 27: 359–66.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1859–63

Lesquereux, Leo. 1859–63. On some questions concerning the coal formations of North America. American Journal of Science and Arts 2d ser. 28 (1859): 21–37; 30 (1860): 63–74, 367–84; 32 (1861): 15–25, 193–205; 33 (1862): 206–16; 35 (1863): 375–86.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1860

Lesquereux, Leo. 1860. Botanical and palæontological report on the geological state survey of Arkansas. Philadelphia: C. Sherman & son. Dale. 1860. Second report of a geological reconnoissance of the middle and southern counties of Arkansas. Philadelphia: C. Sherman and son.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1863

Lesquereux, Leo. 1863. On California mosses. [Read 19 June 1863.] Transactions of the AmericanPhilosophical Society n.s. 13 (1869): 1–24.

Lesson, R. P. and Garnot, Prosper. 1826–30

Lesson, René Primevère and Garnot, Prosper. 1826–30. Zoologie. In Duperrey, Louis Isidore, Voyage autour du monde, sur la corvette de sa majesté La Coquille, pendant les années 1822–5. 2 vols. in 3 and atlas. Paris. 1826–30.

Lestiboudois, G. T. 1848

Lestiboudois, Gaspard Thémistocle. 1848. Phyllotaxie anatomique ou recherches sur les causes organiques. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Botanique). 3d ser. 2 (1848): 15–105.

Leuckart, K. G. F. R. 1847

Leuckart, Karl Georg Friedrich Rudolf. 1847. Über die männlichen Geschlechtstheile der Sepiola vulgaris. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 13: 23–9.

Leuckart, K. G. F. R. 1851

Leuckart, Karl Georg Friedrich Rudolf. 1851. Über den Polymorphismus der Individuen oder dieErscheinungen der Arbeitstheilung in der Natur. Giessen.

Leuckart, K. G. F. R. 1852

Leuckart, Rudolf. 1852. Vesicula Prostatica In vol. 4 of The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology, edited by Robert Bentley Todd. 5 vols. 1835–59. London.

Leuckart, K. G. F. R. 1858

Leuckart, Rudolf. 1858. Die Fortpflanzung und Entwickelung der Pupiparen nach Beobachtungen an Melophagus ovinus. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle 4: 145–226.

Levaillant, François. 1790

Levaillant, François. 1790. Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of Africa. Translated from the French. 2 vols. London. Levaillant,François. 1790. Voyage dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique par le Cap de Bonne Espérance, dans les années 1780–85. 2 vols. Paris.

Levy, Paul. 1979

Levy, Paul. 1979. G. E. Moore and the Cambridge Apostles. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

Lewes, G. H. 1855

Lewes, George Henry. 1855. The life and works of Goethe: with sketches of his age and contemporaries, from published and unpublished sources. 2 vols. London: David Nutt.

Lewes, G. H. 1857

Lewes, George Henry. 1857. Goethe’s Leben und Schriften. Translated by Julius Frese. 2 vols. Berlin: F. Duncker.

Lewes, G. H. 1860

Lewes, George Henry. 1860. Studies in animal life. Cornhill Magazine 1: 61–74, 198– 207, 283–95, 438–47, 598–607, 682–90.

Lewis, C. T. and Short, Charles. 1969

Lewis, Charlton T. and Short, Charles. 1969. A Latin dictionary, founded on Andrews’edition of Freund’s Latin dictionary. Revised, enlarged, and in great part rewritten. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Lewis, G. C. 1862

Lewis, George Cornewall. 1862. Historical survey of the astronomy of the ancients. London.

Lewis, J. P. 1913

Lewis, John Penry. 1913. List of inscriptions on tombstones and monuments in Ceylon, of historical or local interest, with an obituary of persons uncommemorated. Colombo, Sri Lanka: n.p.

Lewis, R. A. 1952

Lewis, Richard Albert. 1952. Edwin Chadwick and the public health movement, 1832– 1854. London: Longmans, Green.

Leydig, Franz von. 1850

Leydig, Franz. 1850. Zur Anatomie der männlichen Geschlechtsorgane und Analdrüsen der Säugethiere. Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Zoologie 2: 1–57.

Leyland, John. 1888

Leyland, John, ed. 1888. Contemporary medical men and their professional work:biographies of leading physicians and surgeons, with portraits, from the "Provincial Medical Journal". 2 vols. Leicester: Provincial Medical Journal.

Lichtenstein, M. K. H. 1812–15

Lichtenstein, Martin Heinrich Karl. 1812–15. Travels in southern Africa, in the years 1803–6. Translated from the original German, by Anne Plumtre. 2 vols. London.

Liddon, H. P. 1893–7

Liddon, Henry Parry. 1893–7. Life of Henry Bouverie Pusey. Doctor of divinity, canon of Christ Church, Regius professor of Hebrew in the University of Oxford. 4 vols. Edited and prepared for publication by J. O. Johnston et al. London and New York: Longmans, Green & Co.

Liebig, Justus von. 1840–4

Liebig, Justus von. 1840–4. Traité de chimie organique. 3 vols. Paris: Fortin, Masson & Cie.

Liebig, Justus von. 1840a

Liebig, Justus von. 1840. Organic chemistry in its applications to agriculture and physiology. Edited by Lyon Playfair. London.

Liebig, Justus von. 1840b

Liebig, Justus. 1840. Organic chemistry in itsapplications to agriculture and physiology. Edited by Lyon Playfair. London.

Liebig, Justus von. 1842

Liebig, Justus von. 1842. Chemistry in its application to agriculture and physiology. Edited by Lyon Playfair. 2d ed., with very numerous additions. London.

Liebig, Justus von. 1851

Liebig, Justus von. 1851. Familiar letters on chemistry, in its relations to physiology, dietetics, agriculture, commerce, and political economy. 3d ed. London.

Liebig, Justus von. 1862

Liebig, Justus von. 1862. Die Chemie in ihrer Anwendung auf Agricultur und Physiologie. 7th edition. 2 vols. Brunswick, Germany: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn.

Liebmann, F. M. 1843

Liebmann, Frederik Michael. 1843. Nachrichten über die Reise desDänischen Botanikers Liebmann in M